UBC Publications

UBC Publications

UBC Publications

The University of British Columbia Calendar Aug 30, 1926

Item Metadata

Download

Media
calendars-1.0169857.pdf
Metadata
JSON: calendars-1.0169857.json
JSON-LD: calendars-1.0169857-ld.json
RDF/XML (Pretty): calendars-1.0169857-rdf.xml
RDF/JSON: calendars-1.0169857-rdf.json
Turtle: calendars-1.0169857-turtle.txt
N-Triples: calendars-1.0169857-rdf-ntriples.txt
Original Record: calendars-1.0169857-source.json
Full Text
calendars-1.0169857-fulltext.txt
Citation
calendars-1.0169857.ris

Full Text

 W$t (Hntbersftp
OF
^rtttgf) Columbia
CALENDAR
TWELFTH  SESSION
1926 - 1927
VANCOUVER,   BRITISH  COLUMBIA
1926 W$t UntoerSttp
OF
prtttstf) Columbia
CALENDAR
Twelfth Session
1926-1927
VANCOUVER,   BRITISH  COLUMBIA
1926  CONTENTS
Page
Academic Year  5
Visitor  7
Chancellor  7
President     7
The Board of Governors  7
The Senate      7
Officers and Staff  8
Historical Sketch  15
The Constitution of the University  17
The Work of the University  18
Retiring Allowances  19
Endowments and Donations    20
Suggested Local Scholarships  22
The Library    23
New Buildings    25
General Information   ,  37
Admission to the University  39
Registration and Attendance      41
Fees  43
Medals, Scholarships and Prizes  45
Faculty of Arts and Science
Time Table of Lectures  60
Time Table of Supplemental Examinations  64
Regulations in Reference to Courses
First and Second Years  65
Third and Fourth Years—Pass  68
Third and Fourth Years—Honours  69
For the M.A. Degree  75
Examinations and Advancement     80
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Bacteriology  82
"             "   Botany     83
"   Chemistry      88
"   Classics      92
"   Economics, Sociology and Political Science 96
"   Education      100
"   English  104
"   Geology and Geography  110
"   History  116
"   Mathematics      122
"    Modern Languages     126
"    Philosophy  131
"    Physics  134
"   Zoology      136
Faculty of Applied Science
Foreword     '  141
Regulations in Reference to Courses  143
General Outline of Courses  145
Courses in—
Chemical Engineering  147
Chemistry     148 4 The University of British Columbia
Civil Engineering  149
Electrical Engineering  152
Forest Engineering  153
Geological Engineering  155
Mechanical Engineering    157
Metallurgical Engineering    158, 160
Mining Engineering    158, 161
Nursing and Health  162
Double Course in Arts and Applied Science  170
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc  170
Examinations and Advancement  171
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Botany     173
"            "   Chemistry     177
"   Civil Engineering  180
"            "   Economics     191
"   Forestry  191
"            "   Geology and Geography  196
"   Mathematics     201
"            "   Mechanical and Electrical Engineering . . . 202
"             "    Mining and Metallurgy  214
"   Physics      218
"   Nursing and Health  220
"            "   Zoology      224
Faculty of Agriculture
Regulations in Reference to Courses—
For the B.S.A. Degree  229
The Winter Course (Short Course)    229
Extension Courses  230
For the M.S.A. Degree    230, 235
Examinations and Advancement  236
Courses in—
Agronomy Major  233
Animal Husbandry Major  233
Dairying Major     234
Horticulture  Major     234
Poultry Husbandry Major  235
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Agronomy      238
"            "   Animal Husbandry  241
"   Dairying  244
"   Horticulture  246
"   Poultry Husbandry  249
List of Students in Attendance, Session 1925-26  253
Degrees Conferred, May, 1925 284
Honorary Degrees Conferred, October, 1925  290
Medals, Scholarships and Prizes Awarded, May, 1925  291
Summer Session  293
Student Organization  294
Affiliated Colleges—
Victoria College  298
Westminster Hall  299
Anglican Theological College  299
Ryerson College  300 Academic Year
ACADEMIC YEAR 1926-1927
1926
Monday,
August 30th.
Wednesday,
September 15th.
Friday,
September 24th.
Tuesday,
September 28th.
Saturday,
October 2ndj.
Monday,
October 11th.
Saturday,
October 16th.
Wednesday,
October 20th.
Friday,
December 10th.
Tuesday,
December 14th.
Wednesday,
December 15th.
Thursday,
December 23rd.
Matriculation    Supplemental   Examinations
begin.
Supplemental Examinations in Arts begin.
Last day for Registration.
Lectures begin.
Supplemental    Examinations    in    Applied
Science begin.
Last day for payment of First Term fees.
Last day for Change in Students' Courses.
Meeting of the Senate.
Last day of Lectures for Term.
Examinations begin.
Meeting of the Senate.
Examinations end. The University of British Columbia
1927
Monday,
January   10th.
Monday,
January 24th.
Wednesday,
February  16th.
Thursday,
April 14th.
Tuesday,
April 19th.
Thursday,
April 28th.
Wednesday,
May 11th.
Thursday,
May 12th.
Thursday,
May 12th.
Monday,
June 20th.
Second Term begins.
Last day for payment of Second Term fees.
Meeting of the Senate.
Last day of Lectures.
Sessional Examinations begin.
Field Work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the Examinations.
Last day for payment of Graduation fees.
Meeting of the Senate.
Congregation.
Meeting of Convocation.
Junior and Senior Matriculation  Examinations begin. THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
VISITOR
The Hon. R. Randolph Bruce, Lieutenant-Governor of
British Columbia.
CHANCELLOR
R.  E.  McKechnie,  Esa.,  M.D., CM.,  LL.D.,  F.A.CS.
PRESIDENT
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc, LL.D.
BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS
R. E. McKechnie, Esq., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.C.S. (ex officio).
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc, LL.D. (ex officio),
Robert  P.  McLennan,  Esa.,  Vancouver.    Term  expires   1927.
•Roderick Fraser, Esa., M.D., Victoria.   Term expires 1927.
Joseph N. Ellis, Esa., B.C.L., K.C, Vancouver.    Term expires 1927.
Evlyn F. K. Farms, M.A., LL.D., Vancouver.    Term expires  1929.
Denis Murphy, Hon. Mr. Justice, Vancouver.    Term expires  1929.
Henry C  Shaw, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.    Term  expires  1929.
Robie L.  Reid, Esa., K.C, Vancouver.    Term  epires  1931.
Campbell Sweeny, Esq., Vancouver.    Term expires 1931.
Christopher Spencer, Esq., Vancouver.    Term expires 1931.
SENATE
(a) The Minister of Education, The Honourable John Duncan MacLean,
M.D., CM., LL.D.
The Chancellor.
The  President   (Chairman).
(6) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, Esa., B.S.A., M.A.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, Esq.,
M.A., LL.D., F.G.S.,  F.R.S.C.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, H. T. J. Coleman, Esq.,
B.A., Ph.D.
Representatives of the Faculty of  Agriculture:  H.  M.  Kino,  Esq.,
B.S.A., M.S.; A. F. Barss, Esq., A.B., B.S. in Agr., M.S.
Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science: H. R. Christie,
Esq.,  B.Sc.F.;  R.  H.  Clark,  Esq.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.
Representatives    of    the    Faculty    of    Arts    and    Science:    Daniel
Buchanan, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.C; M. Y. Williams, Esq.,
B.Sc, Ph.D., F.G.S.A.
•Deceased. The University of British Columbia
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—
E. J. Rothwell, Esq., M.B., New Westminster.
His  Honour  Peter  S.  Lampman, Victoria.
James Henderson, Esq., M.A., Vancouver.
(d) The Superintendent of Education, S. J. Willis, Esq., B.A.
The Principal of Vancouver Normal School, D. M. Robinson, Esq., B.A.
The Principal of Victoria Normal School, D. L. MacLaubin, Esq., B.A.
(e) Representative   of   High   School   Principals   and   Assistants, G.  A.
Ferousson, Esq., B.A.
(/) Representatives  of Affiliated  Colleges:—
Victoria College, Victoria,  E. B. Paul,  Esq., M.A., LL.D.
Westminster Hall, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. W. H. Smith,
M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
The  Anglican  Theological  College  of British  Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A., D.D.
Ryerson College, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. J. G. Brown,
M.A.
(y) Elected by Convocation:—
G.  G.  Sedgewick, Esq.,  B.A.,  Ph.D., Vancouver.
C. Killam, Esq., M.A., D.C.L., Vancouver.
Rev.  A.  H.  Sovereign,  M.A.,  B.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  Vancouver.
His Honour J. D. Swanson, B.A., Kamloops.
The Most Rev. A. U. de Pencier, M.A., D.D., Vancouver.
W  B. Burnett, Esq., B.A., M.D., CM., F.A.CS., Vancouver.
G. W. Scorr, Esq., B.A., Vancouver.
A. E. Lord, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
Sherwood  Lett,  Esa-, B.A., Vancouver.
J. M.  Turnbull, Esq.,  B.A.Sc, Vancouver.
J. S. Gordon, Esq., B.A, Vancouver.
G. E. Robinson, Esa, B.A, Vancouver.
A. E. Richards, Esq, B.S.A, New Westminster.
W.   P.  Argue,  Esq,   B.A.,  Vancouver.
Miss A. B. Jamieson, B.A, Vancouver.
OFFICERS AND STAFF
. L.  S.  Klinck,  B.S.A.   (Toronto),  M.S.A,  D.Sc.   (Iowa  State  College),
LL.D.   (Western Ontario), President.
H.  T.  J.  Coleman,   B.A.   (Toronto),   Ph.D.   (Columbia),  Dean   of  the
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Reginald W. Brock, M.A, LL.D.  (Queen's), F.G.S, F.R.S.C, Dean of
the  Faculty of Applied  Science.
F.   M.   Clement,   B.S.A.   (Toronto),   M.A.    (Wisconsin),   Dean   of   the
Faculty of Agriculture.
Miss M. L. Bollert, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Dean of Women.
Stanley W.  Mathews, M.A.   (Queen's), Registrar.
F. Dallas, Bursar.
John Ridington, Librarian. Officers and Staff
Department of Agronomy
P. A. Boving, Cand. Ph.  (Malmo, Sweden), Cand. Agr.   (Alnarp. Agriculture,  Sweden),  Professor  and   Head  of the  Department.
G. G. Moe, B.S.A., M.Sc.  (McGill), Associate Professor.
D. G. Laird, B.S.A.  (Toronto), M.S. (Wisconsin), Assistant Professor.
Geo. B. Boving, B.S.A.  (McGill), Assistant.
Department  of  Animal  Husbandry
H.  M.  King, B.S.A.   (Toronto),  M.S.    (Oregon   Agricultural   College),
Professor and Head of the Department.
R. L. Davis, B.S.A.  (Montana), M.S.A.  (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor.
H. R. Hare, B.S.A.  (Toronto), M.A.  (Wisconsin), Assistant Professor.
J.   G.   Jervis,   V.S.   (Ont.   Vet.   Col.),   B.V.Sc.   (Toronto),   Lecturer  in
Veterinary  Science.
Department of Bacteriology
Hibbert Winslow Hill, M.B, M.D, D.P.H.' (Toronto), L.M.C.C
Professor and Head of the Department.
Miss Freda L. Wilson, M.A.   (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Miss Helen M. Mathews B.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Botany
Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor
and Head of the Department.
John Davidson,  F.L.S.,  F.B.S.E.,  Assistant  Professor.
Frank Dickson, B.A.  (Queen's), Assistant Professor.
Miss Gertrude Smith B.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
G. V. Wilby, M.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Chemistry
E. H.  Archibald,  B.Sc.   (Dal.),  A.M,  Ph.D.   (Harvard),  F.R.S.E.&C,
Professor and Head of the Department.
Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsig), Professor of Organic
Chemistry.
W. F. Seyer, B.A, M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor.
M.  J.  Marshall,  M.Sc.   (McGill),  Ph.D.   (Mass.   Inst,  of  Technology),
Assistant   Professor.
John Allardyce,  M.A.   (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
H. E. Bramston-Cook, M.A.Sc.  (Brit. Col.), Lecturer.
M. Neal Carter, B.A.Sc.   (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Miss Greta Winter,  B.A.   (Brit.  Col.), Assistant.
G.  B. Carpenter, B.A.   (Brit.  Col.),  Assistant.
R. W. Ball, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
C. C  Lucas, B.A.Sc.   (Brit.  Col.), Assistant. 10 The University of British Columbia
Department of Civil Engineering
^.William E. Duckering A.B, B.S. in C.E, C.E. (Washington), Professor
and Head of the Department.
E. G.   Matheson,   B.A.Sc.   (McGill),  M.E.I.C,   M.Am.S.CE,   Associate
Professor.
F. A. Wilkin, B.A.Sc.  (McGill), Assistant Professor.
W. H. Powell, B.Sc.  (McGill), Lecturer.
A. Lighthall, B.Sc.  (McGill), Instructor.
Peter Price, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Classics
Lemuel Robertson, M.A.  (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.
\j£>. O. J. Todd, Ph.D.  (Harvard), Professor of Greek.
^    H. T. Logan, B.A. (McGill and Oxon), M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
Homer A. Thompson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of  Dairying
Wilfrid Sadler, B.S.A, M.Sc. (McGill), N.D.D, British Dairy Institute,
University College, Reading, England, Professor and Head of the
Department.
N. S. Golding, N.D.A, N.D.D, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.Sc. (Iowa), Associate
Professor.
J. D. Middlemas, B.Sc. (Agr.), (Edinburgh), Assistant.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Theodore H. Boggs, B.A. (Acadia and Yale), M.A, Ph.D. (Yale), Professor and Head of the Department.
Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L, M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
S. E.  Beckett, M.A.   (Queen's), Assistant Professor,,
Miss Greta Mather, B.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Education
George   M.   Weir,   B.A.    (McGill),   M.A.    (Sask.),   D.Paed.    (Queen's),
Professor.
Mrs. Jennie Benson Wyman, B.A, M.Sc.   (New Zealand), A.M, Ph.D.
(Stanford), Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education.
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A.  (Toronto), Ph.D.  (Columbia), Special Lecturer.
Department of English
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A.  (Dal.), Ph.D.  (Harvard), Professor and Head of
the Department.
W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),
Associate Professor.
Frederick G. C. Wood, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Associate Professor. Officers and Staff 11
Thorleit Larsen, M.A.  (Toronto),   B.A.    (Oxon),   Associate   Professor.
Francis Cox Walker, B.A. (U.N.B.), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant
Professor.
Miss M. L. Bollert, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Assistant Professor, i
Frank H. Wilcox, A.B., Ph.D.  (Calif.), Assistant Professor.
Miss Sallee Murphy, B.A.  (Brit. Col.), M.A.  (Toronto), Assistant.
Department of Forestry
H. R. Christie, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F.  (Syracuse), M.S.F.  (Wash.), Assistant Pro- *T
fessor.
Department of Geology and Geography
R. W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Professor and
Head of the Department.
S. J. Schofield, M.A,. B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Institute of
Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Physical and Structural Geology.
W. L. Uglow, M.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (School of Mining, Kingston),
M.S, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
(On leave of absence 1925-26).
M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A, Professor of
Palaeontology and  Stratigraphy.
E. ML Burwash, B.A. (Toronto), M.A, B.D.  (Victoria), Ph.D.  (Toronto
and Chicago), Lecturer.
Department of History
Mack Eastman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor and Head
of the Department. (On leave of absence).
W. N. Sage, B.A.   (Toronto and Oxon), M.A.   (Oxon), Ph.D.  (Toronto),
Associate Professor and Acting Head of the Department.
F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon), Assistant Professor.
Hugh L. Keenleyside, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Clark), Lecturer.
Stanley Moodie, M.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Horticulture
F.  M.  Clement,  B.S.A.   (Toronto),  M.A.   (Wisconsin),  Professor  and
Head of the Department.
A. F.  Barss, A.B.   (Rochester), B.S. in Agr.   (Cornell),   M.S.    (Oregon
Agricultural College), Professor.
F. E. Buck, B.S.A.  (McGill), Assistant Professor.
G. H. Harris,  B.S.A.   (Brit. Col.), M.S.   (Oregon Agricultural College),
Assistant. 12 The University of British Columbia
Department of Mathematics
Daniel Buchanan, M.A.  (McMaster), Ph.D.  (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
L. S. Dederick, A.B.  (Kenyon), A.M, Ph.D.   (Harvard), Professor.
George  E. Robinson, B.A.   (Dal.),  Associate  Professor.
E. E. Jordan, M.A.   (Dal.), Associate Professor.
L.  Richardson,  B.Sc.  (London),  Assistant Professor.
B. S. Hartley, M.A.  (Cambridge), R.N.  (retired), Assistant Professor.
Miss May L. Barclay, M.A.  (Brit.  Col.), Assistant.
Miss Islay Johnston, B.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department  of  Mechanical  and   Electrical   Engineering
Herbert Vickers, M.E. (Liverpool), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Birmingham), Professor and Head of the Department.
   Associate Professor.
H. F. G. Letson, M.C, B.Sc.  (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. Engineering (London),
A.M.I. Mech.E, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering.
E.  M.  Coles,  B.A.Sc.   (Brit.  Col.),   Assistant   Professor   of   Electrical
Engineering.
H. P. Archibald, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and
Shopwork. %     I
G. Sinclair Smith, M.A.Sc. (McGill), Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
H. Taylor, Instructor in Machine Shop.
E. G. Parsons, Instructor in Thermo  Laboratory.
John F. Bell, Eng. Capt. O.B.E, R.N, M.E.I.C, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
C H. Barker, Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering
S. Northrop, Assistant  (Woodworker).
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc.  (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department,
H. N. Thomson, B.Sc.  (McGill), Professor of Metallurgy.
George A.  Gillies, M.Sc.   (McGill), Associate  Professor of Mining.
W. B. Bishop, Assistant in Metallurgy.
Department of Modern Languages
H. Ashton, M.A. (Cantab), D. Lett. (Univ. Paris), D. Litt. (Birmingham), F.R.S.C, Officier de ^Instruction Publique (France), Professor and Head of the Department.
A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor
of French.
Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Calif), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. Officers and Staff 13
Henri   Chodat, M.A.   (McGill   and   Harvard),   Assistant   Professor   of
French.
Miss Janet T. Greig, B.A.  (Queen's), Instructor in French.
E. E. Delavault, B. es L, L. en D.  (Paris), Assistant in Oral French.
Madame G. Barry, Assistant in Oral French.
Miss  Dorothy Dallas,  B.A.   (Brit.  Col.),  Assistant  in  French.
John Phemister, M.A.  (Glasgow), Assistant in German.
Department of Nursing and Health
Hibbert Winslow Hill, M.B, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
Mabel F. Gray, R.N., Cert.P.H.N. (Simmons College), Assistant Professor
of Nursing.
Department of Philosophy
H. T. J.  Coleman,  B.A.   (Toronto),  Ph.D.   (Columbia),  Professor  and
Head of the Department.
James Henderson, M.A.   (Glasgow), Associate Professor.
Mrs. Jennie Benson Wyman, B.A, M.Sc.  (New Zealand), A.M, PhD.
(Stanford), Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education.
H. N. Cross, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Physics
T. C Hebb, M.A, B.Sc.  (Dal.), Ph.D.   (Chicago), Professor and Head
of the Department.
A.  E.   Henninos,  M.A.   (Lake   Forest  College,   111.),  Ph.D.   (Chicago),
Associate Professor.
J. G. Davidson, B.A.  (Toronto), Ph.D.   (Cal.), Associate Professor.
Gordon Merritt Shrum, M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), Professor and Head of the Department.
V. S. Asmundson, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Cornell), Assistant Professor.
W. J. Riley, B.S.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Zoology
C. McLean Fraser, M.A.  (Toronto), Ph.D.  (Iowa), F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
G. J. Spencer, B.S.A.   (Toronto), M.Sc.   (Illinois), Assistant  Professor.
George Van Wilby, M.A.   (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Harold White, M.D, C.M.   (McGill), Medical Examiner to Students.  THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The creation of a University in British Columbia was first
advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not
until 1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an Act
establishing a body politic and corporate named '' The University
of British Columbia.'' In 1891 this Act was amended to require
that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after
the election of the Senators by Convocation. The Senators were
elected, but a quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by
the Chancellor, Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first
attempt to establish a University in British Columbia failed.
However, some of the work normally done in a University
was begun in 1894, when an Aet was passed which permitted
the affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized
Canadian Universities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was
affiliated with McGill University in order to provide First Year
work in Arts, and took the name of Vancouver College. First
Year work in Arts was offered by Victoria High School when
it became Victoria College by affiliation with McGill University
in 1902. In the same year Vancouver College undertook the
Second Year in Arts.
In 1906 an Act was passed incorporating the Royal
Institution for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in the same year, established at Vancouver the
McGill University College of British Columbia. The scope of
the work undertaken by this college was gradually increased
until at the time it was taken over by the University of British
Columbia it was giving three years in Arts and Science, and
two years in Applied Science. When the University of British
Columbia opened in the autumn of 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver and Victoria College, which since
1907 had been a part of it, ceased to exist. 16 The University of British Columbia
Definite steps to establish the University were taken by
Dr. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he
introduced a "University Endowment Act." This Act was
followed in 1908 by an Act establishing and incorporating the
University of British Columbia and repealing the old Act of
1890-1. This Act, with its subsequent amendments, determines
the present constitution of the University.
As authorized by an Act passed by the Provincial Legislature
in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site
Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University.
The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in
Victoria, and after a thorough examination of the Province
recommended the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the
Executive Council decided to place the University at Point
Grey—the site which the Commission had named as its first
choice. In 1911 the Legislature passed an Act authorizing the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915, so that it now consists
of 548 acres at the extremity of Point Grey. The waters of
the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the
University Campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying between
it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Government in order that University revenue may be provided by its
sale or lease.
In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of
Education, called for competitive plans which should include
plans in detail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and
a block plan showing all the proposed buildings on the Campus.
Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the
successful competitors, and were appointed University architects.
The first Convocation, held on August 1st, 1912, chose Mr.
F. L. Carter-Cotton as first chancellor of the University. In
March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as
President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A., M.D., CM.,
LL.D.   On April 4th, 1918, Dr. R. E. McKechnie was elected Historical Sketch 17
Chancellor; on April 12th, 1921, he was re-elected for a second
term, and on April 3rd, 1924, for a third term. On the death of
President Wesbrook, October 20th, 1918, L. S. Klinck, Dean of
the Faculty of Agriculture, was appointed acting President, and
on June 1st, 1919, President.
From its opening in 1915 till the Summer of 1925, the
University carried on its work in temporary quarters on part
of the site of the General Hospital in Fairview.
Construction work was commenced on the Science Building
at the permanent site in Point Grey in 1914, but was interrupted because of war conditions. Work on this building was
resumed in 1923, and in the Autumn of the same year the
contract was let for the Library. These two buildings which
are of stone and are fire-proof, conform closely to the original
plans as prepared by the architects in 1914. The initial units
of these structures, as well as nine other buildings which are
of a less permanent character and are described at a later page
in this Calendar, were completed in 1925, and at the beginning
of Session 1925-26 the University commenced work in its new
quarters.
The Inauguration of the new buildings was held on
October 15th and 16th, 1925, on which occasion honorary degrees
were granted by the University for the first time.
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Constitution of the University is governed by the British
Columbia University Act B.C.R.S. 1924 c. 265, which provides
That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, and the Faculties;
that the first Convocation shall consist of all graduates
of any university in His Majesty's dominions resident in
the Province two years prior to the date fixed for the
first meeting of Convocation, together with twenty-five
members selected by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council. After the first Convocation it shall consist of
the Chancellor, Senate, members of the first Convocation,   and  all  gradutes  of  the University;  that  the 18 The University of British Columbia
Chancellor shall be elected by Convocation; that the
Board of Governors shall consist of the Chancellor,
President, and nine persons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The Minister of Education, the Chancellor,
and the President of the University, who shall be Chairman thereof; (b) the deans and two professors of each
of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty;
(c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor in Council; (d) the Superintendent of Education, the principals of the normal schools;  (e)  one
member elected by   the   high-school   principals   and
assistants who are actually engaged in teaching; (/) one
member elected by the Provincial Teachers' Institute
organized under subsection   (e)   of section 8  of the
"Public Schools Act"; (g) one member to be elected
by the governing body of every affiliated college or
school in this Province;   (h)   fifteen members to be
elected by Convocation from the members thereof;
It is further provided that the University shall be non-
sectarian.
The University Act gives the University full powers to grant
such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of
Knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine.
It reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to
confer  degrees,   except  in   Theology,   and  it  expressly enacts
that "No other university having corporate powers capable of
being  exercised within  the  Province  shall  be  known  by  the
same name, nor shall any such university have power to grant
degrees.''
THE WORK OF THE UNIVERSITY
The University of British Columbia is an integral part of
the public educational system of the Province, and its function
is to complete the work begun in the public and high schools.
It is the policy of the University to promote education in general, Retiring Allowances 19
and in particular   to   serve   its   constituency   through   three
channels—teaching, research, and extension work.
As regards teaching, the University furnishes instruction in
the various branches of a liberal education and in those technical
departments which are most directly related to the life and
industries of the Province. The scope of the teaching activity
of the University is fully described in Sec. 9 of the Act.
In order to make the teaching of the University more vital
and for the advancement of knowledge, research is encouraged
in every department.
The people of the Province are informed of the results of
special work by the staff of the University through a system
of extension lectures. The University sends lecturers to various
parts of the Province during the examination weeks in December
and April. In the case of places which can be visited without
prejudice to the duties of the lecturer at the University, lectures
are arranged to take place during the University term. A list
of subjects and lecturers can be obtained on application to the
Secretary of the Extension Lecture Committee, through whom
all arrangements are made.
RETIRING ALLOWANCES
In March, 1924, the Board of Governors of the University
of British Columbia adopted the contributory plan of retiring
allowances for members of the teaching staff. Contracts are
placed with the Teachers' Insurance and Annuity Association
of America, a corporation made possible by the Carnegie Corporation "to provide insurance and annuities for teachers and
other persons employed by colleges, by universities, or by institutions engaged primarily in educational or research work."
In May, 1924, the University of British Columbia was
elected as a member of the list of institutions associated with
the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching
and received a grant of $50,000.00, payable in ten annual installments, for the purpose of providing supplementary annuities for the older professors of the institution. 20 The University of British Columbia
ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS
However well supported by public funds, a University must
depend to a great extent upon private benefactors. In anticipation of endowments the Act provides that:
"Any person or corporation may, with the approval of the
Senate, found one or more professorships, lectureships,
fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, prizes, or other
awards in the University, by providing a sufficient endowment in land or other property, and conveying the same
to the University for such purposes, and every such
endowment of lands or other property shall be vested in
the University for the purpose or purposes for which it
is given."
Only a limited number are in a position to make endowments, but many—including alumni and friends of higher
education—may add greatly to the usefulness of the University
by making contributions that lie within their power. It is
gratifying to note that the number of those who assist the
University in this way is constantly increasing.
One result of the move to the permanent site and the
adequate housing of the University is an added interest in the
University and in its welfare and progress. An evidence of
this is the great increase in the number of donations received
during the past year. These include the magnificent Ethnological collection donated to the University by Mr. Frank
Burnett Sr.—a collection which could be neither purchased
nor replaced—and numerous other donations, the most notable
of which are described below under different Departments.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
It appeared that it would be some years before the University would have its fine new Mechanical and Electrical
Laboratories satisfactorily equipped. Through donations, the
more important of which are listed below, and through reductions on factory prices made by British firms on equipment that could not be presented, these laboratories are for
undergraduate work second to none in Canada or elsewhere.
The monetary value of these gifts is not less than $25,000. Endowments and Donations 21
Park Royal Engineering Co., London—Switehgear panel, switches and instruments
for controlling two direct-current generators in the laboratory. Also a
valuable  collection  of  meters   of  various   types.
Messrs Reyrolle, Hepburn on Tyne—One mining switehgear panel and wall plugs.
B. C. Electric Railway Co., Vancouver—(a) Three phase Rotary converter with
reactance control; A. C. starter and switches and transformer and instruments,    (b) Standard Bridge and about a dozen instruments of various types.
Department of Public  Works,  Victoria—1   marine engine and  boiler.
Messrs.  George  Ellison,  Birmingham—Starters and  switch-gear.
Messrs.  Brooks,   Huddersfield—Induction   motor  of  squirrel-cage  type.
Hart   Accumulator   Co.,   Quebec—Demonstration   Accumulator   Board.
Chas.  Taylor & Co.,  Birmingham—2  lathe chucks  and patent vice.
R. C. Sweatt, Vancouver—Coppus Blower.
W. H. Henley's Telegraph Works, London—Three show-cases of latest types of
high tension cables.
Ferranti & Co., England & Toronto—Two cases of instruments, current transformers, ammeters, voltmetres, power factor indicators, watt-hour metres, etc.
Department of Geology
Dr. H. M. Ami's  Archaeological Collection illustrating European  Human Paleontology.    This   valuable   teaching  material  cannot   be  purchased.
Dominion Parks Branch—Bison  Head.
Department of Forestry
Dominion  Forestry Branch—Samples of tree seed;  also various publications.
United   States   Forest   Service—Forestry   publications.
Natural Resources Intelligence Branch, Ottawa—Forestry publications.
B. C. Forest Branch—Forestry publications.
Henry  Disston  &  Sons—Forestry  publications.
Pacific   Logging   Congress,   Portland,   and   Merrill   &   Ring   Lumber   Company—
Copies  of   Proceedings  of  the  Congress.
B. C. Electric Railway Co.—Specimen of tree trunk excavated In glacial deposits.
Department  of  Civil  Engineering,  Hydraulics   Laboratory
George Rents Hydraulic Engineering Works, Luton, England—One %-inch Inferential
Meter;  one   %-inch  House Meter.
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Britannia Mines—Ore.
Ruth  Hope  Mine—Ore.
Silversmith Mines—Ore and samples.
Department of Botany
Mrs.  F.  F. Wesbrook—Specimens of tropical  fruits.
Miss  Jessie  Choate,   Victoria,   (Per   Rev.   R.   Connell)—Collection   of   Herbarium
Specimens  from  Ontario.
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew—Collection of 98 Museum duplicates from Economic
Botany  Museum.
Brooklyn Botanic Gardens—Collection of Seeds of Dendrological and other species.
Calcutta   Botanical   Gardens,   India—Seeds   of   Himalayan   plants.
Gavin, Jones & Ingwersen, Letchworth, England—Seeds of Medicinal Species.
U.   S.   Department  of   Agriculture,   (Office   of   Plant  Introduction)—Plants   for
Gardens.
Department of Zoology
Mrs. F. F. Wesbrook—1  mountain sheep head, mounted;  1  deer head, mounted.
F. H. Bell—1  human skull.
K.  F.  Auden—Exotic insects  from  Jamaica;   1000  beetles  of  104  species  from
Nicola  Valley,  B.C.;   Lepismids  from  Illinois. 22 The University of. British Columbia
F. Bannister—2   Orthoptera,   2   Hymenoptera   from   California.
Ronald  Buckle—Orthoptera identified.
W.   Downes—Hemiptera,   Homoptera.     Identification   of   specimens.
C. Clendenning—Collection of economic insects.    Identification of specimens.
G. A.   Hardy—Machilis.
Morgan  Hehard—Identification  of Dermaptera.
Eric Hearle—Representative named collection of lower Fraser Valley mosquitoes,
with keys  for identification  and  life-history  records.
R.  and  G.  Hopping—Identification  of Coleoptera.
Ben  Hoy—Codling moth larvae and pupae.
Dr.   McDunnough—Identification   of  insects.
Mr.   Oulds—Local   and   imported   economic   insects.
K.  Racey—13  species  of Mallophaga  from  B. C.  birds.   Orthoptera.
Max   Ruhmann—Economic   insects.     Identification   of   specimens.
Miss  G.   Smith—Collection  of  insects   from   Kootenays.
Misses  F.  and  M.  Spencer—Coleoptera  and  Diptera  from  Bangalore,   India.
Peter   Venables—Leaf   roller   eggs.
Paul   Vroom—Insects   from   Nicola   Valley.
Mrs.  G.   H.  Wailes—(Polyphemus  moth.
SUGGESTED LOCAL SCHOLARSHIPS
As the number of Matriculation Scholarships offered at
present is quite inadequate to the needs of the Province, a
scheme which has great possibilities both for the growth of the
University and the prosperity of the Province is earnestly
recommended to consideration.
In the large universities, both of Great Britain and the
United States, local or district scholarships have proved a strong
bond between the community and the University, have brought
the University close to the life of the young, and opened up
the prospect of a University education to many who would not
otherwise have contemplated it.
Such local or district scholarships might be established as
Matriculation Scholarships, by City or Municipal Councils or
other public bodies, or by private benefactors. They would be
awarded by a local authority, but the University would reserve
the right of confirmation.
In awarding such scholarships, standing in the Matriculation Examination need not be the only consideration. It is
desirable that regard should be had also to financial circumstances, character, and intellectual promise. Scholarships may
be offered for students taking a particular course, and in this
way the study of such sciences and technical branches of know- The Library 23
ledge as have special importance for the industries of the
district may be encouraged. In short, local scholarships may be
arranged to meet local needs and to prepare the native sons
of the Province to play their part in the development of its
resources.
THE LIBRARY
The University Library consists of 56,000 volumes and
about 10,000 pamphlets. It includes representative works in
all the courses offered by the University, and a growing collection of works on other subjects.
The Library receives regularly about 450 magazines and
periodical publications.
The book collection is classified throughout on the Congressional system.
Books can be borrowed by students for a period of seven
days, or for a shorter time should the work be in general demand. Books to which the teaching staff have specially referred their students are placed in a "Reserved" class. These
are shelved apart from the main collection, and are loaned
only for use in the building, and for a limited period of two
hours. They may, however, be taken from the Library for
over-night loan, or for any period in which the Library is
closed.    In these cases they are returnable before 9 a.m.
Unbound periodicals are not issued on loan. Books that
are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation, are loaned
only under special conditions.
While the Library is primarily for the use of the staff
and students of the University, its resources are available to
those of the general public engaged in research or special study,
and who make personal application to the Librarian for the
privilege of its use.
During the session the Library is open on week days from
8:45 a.m. to 9:45 p.m., except on Saturdays, when the hour
of closing is 5 p.m.   In vacation it is open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., 24 The University of British Columbia
except on Saturdays, when the hours are from 9 a.m. to noon.
The University is deeply indebted to all who have made
gifts to the Library during the past year. These have been
both valuable and numerous. Their number prevents detailed
acknowledgment, but recognition should be made of the Norah
E. Coy Memorial Canadian History Collection, still in process
of gift by the Alumni Association, and a number of sets of
transactions and complete or partial sets of scientific periodicals
by societies and friends of the University. NEW BUILDINGS
LOCATION
The new home of the University is situated on the promontory which forms the western extremity of the Point Grey
Peninsula. On three sides it is bounded by the Gulf of Georgia.
The site comprises an area of 548 acres, of which approximatley
one-half is campus. In all directions appear snow-capped
mountains, strikingly rugged and impressive.
BUILDINGS
The buildings, planned to meet the requirements of fifteen
hundred students, are of two classes, permanent and semipermanent. The former were designed by the University architects, Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of the
Department of Public Works of the Provincial Government. The
permanent buildings have been erected in the location originally
assigned for them; the others in the quadrangle designated as
"unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned"
area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intended
for future expansion have been left available.
The entire mechanical equipment of these buildings was
designed after a close study had been made not only of present
requirements, but of the ultimate development of the institution.
This consideration accounts for the fact that only a part of the
present equipment is permanent. After a careful survey of the
whole system, a forced hot water system was found to present
advantages that made its adoption advisable. Direct radiation
with a system of warmed air supply and extraction for ventilation is used to take care of the heat losses in the buildings. A
separate system of ventilation is installed for all sanitary conveniences, and a specially constructed system for fume closets.
The various services throughout these buildings, such as hot and
cold water, distilled water, gas and steam for laboratory
purposes, compressed air, etc., with the necessary apparatus, are
all of a modern type.    An attempt has been made to reduce 26 The University of British Columbia
vibration and noise to a minimum by installing all moving
apparatus on floating slabs, with a further insulation of cork.
The plan at the back of the Calendar shows the buildings
which have been erected and indicates the nature of their
construction. It also shows their relation to the other groups
of buildings which are to be erected in the future.
PERMANENT BUILDINGS
Of the twelve buildings which have been erected, three
are of fire-proof construction, the Science Building, the Library,
and the Power House.
Science Building
The Science Building has been designed in the Tudor style,
this being a phase of English Gothic which lends itself fairly
readily to those adaptations which are necessary in order to meet
modern collegiate requirements. Externally, British Columbia
granite has been used throughout. Wherever possible plain wall
surfaces, consisting of the split faces of granite arranged
in random sizes with white joints, have been used. The
general grey tone is relieved by the use of a small quantity of
field stone of darker shades. All window openings are filled with
leaded glass in steel sashes. Internally, the building is finished
in brick work and tiles in pleasing tones of brown which harmonize with the oak panelled doors, the total effect in keeping
with that of the period it is designed to represent.
This building, which was designed for the sole use of
Chemistry ultimately, now accommodates the Departments of
Chemistry, Physics, Bacteriology and Nursing and Health. One
and one-half floors are devoted to Chemistry; an equivalent
assignment of space has been alloted to Physics, and half of one
floor has been set aside for Bacteriology, and Nursing and
Health. All lecture rooms and laboratories are well lighted,
and a system of forced ventilation has been installed throughout
the entire building. Distilled water, gas, steam, compressed air,
and electrical supply circuits have been provided wherever re- New Buildings 27
quired.   These services are carried in trenches in the floor, an
arrangement which facilitates any necessary repairs.
Ample provision has also been made for offices, balance
rooms, preparation rooms, apparatus rooms, supply rooms,
photographic rooms, technicians' rooms, and reading-room for
students.
Chemistry.—This Department is equipped with one large
and one small lecture room, a large laboratory for general
chemistry accommodating three hundred and forty students,
laboratories for elementary and advanced qualitative and
quantitative analysis, an elementary organic laboratory, an advanced organic laboratory and an organic combustion laboratory. A laboratory is available for agricultural chemistry,
another for industrial chemistry, and a commodious laboratory
for physical chemistry with an adjoining dark room for work
in photo-chemistry is found on the third floor. There are
also several small laboratories well equipped for research work.
Physics.—The Department of Physics has two large lecture
rooms, four large and several smaller laboratories, a constant temperature room and a battery room. Three of the
large laboratories are equipped for the study of Elementary
Physics, Mechanics, and Heat and Electricity. The fourth is
specially designed for the conducting of experiments requiring
the use of highly sensitive apparatus. Smaller laboratories are
designed for light and X-ray experiments.
Bacteriology.—Provision has been made in this Department
for four laboratories. Two of these are for general student use,
one is for serological work and one is for advanced research.
In addition to laboratory and lecture room accommodation, an
office, a preparation room and a sterilization room have been
provided.
Nursing and Health.—The three rooms assigned to this
Department constitute a teaching unit such as is provided in
modern training schools for the instruction of nurses. All the
equipment necessary   for   the   demonstration   of   elementary 28 The University of British Columbia
nursing procedure is available, and can be used for practice
teaching purposes.
Library Building
The central unit of the Library Building is a massive
structure of British Columbia granite which harmonizes with
the Science Building in its Gothic architectural lines. Owing
to the exigencies of the plan, however, the massing is more broken,
and thus better effects of light and shade are obtained. Some
tracery and stained glass in the upper portion of the building is
employed to obtain in a restricted manner the richness of detail
characteristic of this style of architecture.
Internally, the same effect has been striven for, wherever
such an end was possible with due regard to economy. The
Main Entrance Hall has a groined ceiling with arches and wall
surface finished in Caen Stone plaster. This treatment is carried
up to the Main Concourse floor through the staircase Hall; the
lower portion of the Concourse walls is plastered with Caen
Stone, the quoins to windows and doors, and corbels to roof
trusses being finished in the same material. The roofs of the
Concourse and of the two reading rooms adjacent are finished
in native woods stained a dark brown, with patterae and shields
picked out in bright heraldic colours. Windows throughout the
building are of leaded glass. In the Concourse and the inner
hall this is of a pale amber shade, with the coats of arms of the
Canadian Universities worked into the centre light. On the
window above the Loan Desk on the East Side of the Concourse
the armorial bearings of Oxford and Cambridge, as the oldest
universities of the Empire, are used as flanking emblems to that
of the University of British Columbia. The floors of the Main
Entrance Hall staircases and of the Concourse are finished with
large marbled rubber tiles which harmonize with the general
colour scheme, and ensure quietness in the principal parts of the
building. Plain oak of simple detail, stained to represent old
fumed oak, is used throughout for doors and other wood finish.
The principal reading room has a floor space of 100 ft. by 50
ft. and is 60 ft. in height. Two other reading rooms, each 60 ft. by New Buildings 29
30 feet, open off the main reading room. These rooms provide
accommodation for 250 students. The sixth and seventh tiers
of the stack, not being required at present to house the University book collection, are used as a periodical room and will
accommodate about seventy readers. The Stack, which occupies
the entire rear of the building, consists of seven tiers, four of
which are fully equipped with, steel stacks of the latest design.
Here fifty-two semi-private study "carrels" facilitate research
for advanced students. The offices of the Librarian and the
Library Staff provide ample accommodation for receiving,
cataloguing and accessioning. The Faculty common room, the
"Browsing" room, and the Frank Burnett museum are also
located in this building. The Burnett collection represents the
arts, handicraft and weapons of Polynesia. This collection, which
has been presented by Mr. Burnett to the University, is the result
of numerous voyages made by him to the Central and South
Pacific Islands. It constitutes one of the finest collections of this
class of material yet accumulated by any private collector.
Power House
The Power House has been placed in the centre of the space
which will ultimately be the Engineering Quadrangle, and will
therefore eventually be masked by the future permanent buildings towards the Mall. For this reason it does not pretend to
follow very closely the style of the other permanent buildings
except in mass, being finished in rough case of broken texture,
relieved with red quarry tiles as diapers, copings and offsets,
with windows grouped as far as possible to give pleasing proportions of voids and solids.
The ultimate development of this plant will be 2500 horse
power at normal rating. The present installation consists of
three units, each of 250 horse power normal rating, capable of
developing 100 per cent, in excess of this. Each unit, so equipped
as to operate independently of the others, may aet as a service
as well as an experimental station. In other words, on any one
boiler an experimental test may be conducted while the rest 30 The University of British Columbia
of the plant is cut in on the service lines. Instruments are provided to record every operation so that close checking and
comparisons of the performance of the different types of boilers
may be made to a degree.
The B. & W. Unit is equipped with B. & W. Natural Draft
Stoker, the Sterling Boiler with forced draft Coxe Travelling
Grate. The Kidwell with forced draft Coxe Travelling Grate is
also equipped with air pre-heater, by-passed, so that tests may
be conducted with or without pre-heated air. Induced draft is
used with individual forced draft fans; separate boiler feed
lines and pump with Linehart Scale provide boiler feed for
tests. A travelling weigh scale records the amount of coal used,
while a steam jet ash conveyor elevates the ashes to an overhead
bunker.
The efficiency and flexibility of the plant lends itself to
economical operation, while the knowledge gained in the use of
different appliances will be of interest and value to power plant
users.
SEMI-PERMANENT BUILDINGS
In this group there are nine buildings in all,—Administration, Auditorium and Cafeteria, Arts, Applied Science, Agriculture; three Engineering Buildings—Mechanical, Electrical;
Mining, Metallurgy and Hydraulics; and the Forest Products
Building. These buildings, which are set on concrete foundations, are of frame construction with stucco finish, and are designed for a life of forty years. Their exterior design harmonizes
with the permanent buildings so far as materials of construction
will permit. With the exception of a part of the Engineering
Laboratories, these buildings have been finished internally with
plaster and fir trim.
Administration Building
On the ground floor of this building are situated the offices
of the President, the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science,
the Registrar, and the Bursar.    On the second floor are .two
large rooms, one for meetings of the Board of Governors and New Buildings 31
the  Senate,   and  the   other  for  meetings   of  Faculties  and
Committees.
Auditorium Building
The Auditorium Building is designed in a pleasing treatment of Renaissance architecture and is furnished with the most
modern equipment. It has a seating capacity of 1029, a large
and admirably equipped stage for the encouragement of dramatic presentations, an orchestra pit and adequate off-stage
dressing rooms. Provision has been made for the operating of
moving pictures and the stage is equipped with a cyclorama and
all necessary electrical illumination devices.
The Cafeteria is situated in the basement and is designed
to accommodate 400 students at one time. There is also a small
dining room for the Faculty. The kitchen is furnished with the
latest cooking and baking equipment.
The bookstore, post office, medical offices, women's rest
room, students' council offices, and numerous committee rooms
for subsidiary organizations are also located in this building.
Arts Building
In the Arts Building, which forms the centre of the semipermanent group, are located the lecture rooms and offices for
the following Departments in the Faculty of Arts and Science:
Classics, Economics, Sociology and Political Science, English,
History, Mathematics, Modern Languages and Philosophy.
The lecture rooms, 16 in number, are well designed and
exceptionally well lighted. The largest room accommodates 250
students; the seating capacity of the others ranges from 32 to 64.
Four common rooms for the undergraduates in Arts and Science
are located in this building, as is also the office of the Dean
of Women.
Applied Science Building
This building houses the Departments of Geology, Botany,
Zoology, Forestry and the drafting rooms and offices for Civil
Engineering.   All the laboratories have been equipped with the 32 The University of British Columbia
essential services. One large lecture room, providing accommodations for 250 students, and 11 smaller lecture rooms with a
seating capacity ranging from 25 to 112, are located in this
building. These will be used by the different Departments
jointly as class requirements may determine. Extensive provision has been made for drafting rooms and for the necessary
offices, preparation rooms, storage rooms, and photographic
rooms. A geological museum, a reading room and a common
room for students have also been provided.
Geology.—In addition to the necessary lecture rooms, the
Department of Geology has three large and well equipped
laboratories, the Mineralogical, the Petrological and the Geological. There are also two small research laboratories, one for
graduate students and one for the staff.
The Department workroom is well equipped for the preparation of specimens. The museum contains valuable collections of
illustrative material which supplements the extensive working
collections in the laboratories. The reading room is equipped
with books, separates, maps, photographs and slides for reference.
Botany.—The Botanical laboratories include a large junior
laboratory, a senior laboratory, two student research laboratories
and three private research rooms. These laboratories are used
for practical work in Botany and General Biology. A Herbarium
of over 15,000 sheets and a botanical garden containing over
1000 specimens of native plants furnish an abundance of material
for class room and laboratory purposes.
Zoology.—This Department, which includes courses in
Entomology, has two large laboratories, a small research laboratory and two private laboratories, all well equipped. There is
also a room for class material, which will serve for a time as a
repository for museum collections and for specimens to be used
for illustration.
Forestry.—While the Department of Forestry has its own
laboratory for work in wood technology, its own class room New Buildings 33
and offices, it uses the laboratories of other Departments quite
extensively, notably those in Biology, Civil Engineering and
Forest Products. The Department possesses, in the forest belt
which has been preserved on the campus as a natural park, a
very valuable outdoor laboratory for forestry students.
Civil Engineering.—Well equipped and well lighted
draughting and designing rooms are available for all classes in
drawing, mapping, machine design and computation work. The
equipment necessary for all types of Civil Engineering work is
available. The hydraulic laboratory, • which is situated in the
Mining, Metallurgy and Hydraulics Building, is well equipped
for demonstrations and tests covering the main field of hydraulic
principles and machinery; while in the Forest Products Laboratory, which is at the disposal of students in Civil Engineering,
excellent facilities are available for extensive tests of timber,
cement and steel. ►   J
Agriculture Building
This building accommodates the Departments of Agronomy,
Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture and Poultry Husbandry. The office and record rooms for the Farm Survey
studies are also located in this building.
The lecture rooms, of which there are four, are exceptionally
well lighted. The largest accommodates 112 students, while the
seating capacity of the others ranges from 36 to 54.
In addition to lecture and laboratory accommodation, provision has been made for the necessary offices, preparation rooms,
storage rooms and also for a photographic dark room, a herd
book room, and a students' common room.
Agronomy.—This Department is provided with a combined
laboratory and lecture room which is equipped with water, gas
and electricity. While this room will be used for studies in
crop production, for the judging of specimens of plants and for
the determination of soil samples, the main emphasis will be laid
on the work conducted in the Department's outdoor laboratory—
the Agronomy fields. 34 The University of British Columbia
Animal Husbandry.—The different classes and types of
livestock constitute the main laboratory material of this department. In this material and in the farm survey records, the
Department possesses a wealth of data for teaching and illustration in farm management, livestock management, feed and
nutrition, and studies in pedigree and breeding.
Dairying.—The new laboratories of the Department of
Dairying provide facilities for conducting researches on the bacterial flora of milk, butter and cheese, and the relation of the flora
to the production and sale of high quality products. Excellent
provision is made for the instruction of students in the work
indicated. Cheese-making and butter-making will be conducted
in the temporary dairy building; but the new laboratories permit
of closer contact of the various activities of the Department.
Horticulture.—In the laboratory provided for this Department, comprehensive studies supplement the practical experience
of the students in the propagation, planting, pruning and care of
horticultural crops. Materials for these purposes are provided
from the orchard, the ornamental trees, shrubs and flowers, and
from plants grown in the glass propagating house.
Poultry Husbandry.—In the poultry laboratory in the
Agriculture Building, facilities and equipment are provided to
assist in the study of poultry nutrition, disease, and other problems related to the industry. On the poultry plant, which is the
main laboratory of the Poultry Department, ten pure breeds of
commercial importance are tested and bred for egg and meat
production. Experiments in management and marketing are
conducted with these birds and their products.
Mechanical and Electrical Buildings
The Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
is housed in two buildings, the larger one for Mechanical
Engineering, the smaller for Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical Building comprises a large laboratory, three lecture
rooms, a draughting room, a calorimeter room, a storage room,
and a machine shop.   In the Electrical Building, there are two New Buildings 35
electrical laboratories, a junior and a senior, a battery room, a
photometer room and a meter standardizing room, together with
the necessary office accommodation.
Mining, Metallurgy and Hydraulics Building
The Mining and Metallurgical laboratories cover a total
area of 5000 square feet. The Ore Dressing laboratory, which
includes a workshop, storage room and flotation room, is well
equipped with a variety of small scale machines, including
crusher, rolls, screens, jigs, ball mill and tables. The laboratory
is fully wired for power and light, and has large water mains
and drains, and a two-ton travelling crane. The Metallurgical
laboratory includes a fire assay room, with oil, gasoline and
gas furnaces; a wet assay room, with large fan-draught hood,
and work benches fitted for electric and gas heating; two
balance rooms; a photographic dark room; and ample storage
space.
The Hydraulics laboratory is well equipped for tests and
demonstrations of high and low pressure hydraulic machines
and pumps. A 60-horse-power D.C. motor is utilized to drive
either a 10-inch single stage centrifugal pump having a capacity
of 2400 gallons per minute against a 70-foot head, or to drive
a 4-inch two stage pump having a capacity of 525 gallons per
minute against a 325-foot head. The water from the large
pump can be used to drive a 10-inch vertical reaction turbine,
while the flow from the high pressure pump can be used to
drive an 18-inch Pelton Wheel, thus providing students with
actual working demonstrations of all the ordinary types of
machines. Installations include apparatus for weir, nozzle,
and orifice measurements, flow in pipes, tests and demonstrations of Venturi, current and service meters. One section
of the laboratory is set apart for making the standard tests of
cement and sand.
Forest Products Laboratory Building
The Forest Products Laboratory Building has been
erected and equipped and is being maintained under a joint 36 The University of British Columbia
agreement between the Department of the Interior and the
University. The University has erected the building, and has
agreed to furnish heat, light and power, without cost to the
Dominion Government. The Department of the Interior has
undertaken to provide the personnel and to furnish the equipment.
Facilities already established include a large timber-testing
laboratory, a carpenter shop, a special building for lumber-
seasoning studies, and some equipment for pathological and
dry kiln studies. Plans are in progress for an experimental
dry kiln of semi-commercial size, and for a fully equipped
pathological laboratory. Accommodation is being arranged in
this building for an entomologist of the Federal Department of
Agriculture. Provision has been made for the necessary offices
and reference library. The testing laboratory is well equipped
with machines ranging from a 200,000-lb. Olsen Universal to
the most delicate balances. General Information 37
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Session
The University Year or Session is divided into two terms.
The first begins on Tuesday, September 28th, 1926, and the
second on Monday, January 10th, 1927. Registration and enrolment must be completed by Friday, September 24th, 1926.
Courses of Study
For the Session of 1926-27 the University offers instruction
in the four years of each of the three Faculties, Arts and Science,
Applied Science (including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Applied Science
and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. It is also possible to
proceed to a Master's degree in each Faculty. Advanced courses
of instruction and facilities for research are offered to students
who are graduates of any University or College of recognized
standing. Admission to these advanced courses, or to the
privileges of research, does not in itself imply admission to
candidacy for a higher degree.
Academic Dress
The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the
ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves
and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is the
same, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge
pattern, black bordered with the distinctive colour of the particular Faculty; the Master's hood is the same, lined with the
distinctive colour. The colours are, for Arts and Science,
the University blue; for Applied Science, red; for Agriculture,
maize.
Physical Examination
In order to promote the physical welfare of the student
body, every student, on entering the University, will be
required to undergo a physical examination, to be conducted 38 The University of British Columbia
by, or under the direction of, the University Medical Examiner.
Physical defects and weaknesses, amenable to treatment, may
thus be discovered, and the student is advised to apply to his
physician for such remedial measures as his case may require.
About 10 to 15 per cent, of the students are re-examined in their
second year.
Dean of Women
During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by
parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions,
vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect the
social and intellectual life of the women students.
Board and Residence
A list of approved boarding-houses which receive men or
women students, but not both, may be obtained from the
Registrar. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge
in the same house, unless they are members of the same family,
or receive special permission from the Senate. The cost of good
board and lodging is from $35 per month upwards; of a room
alone, $8 to $12 per month. A grill is operated under the
supervision of the University, and lunch, afternoon tea and
light supper may be obtained there at very reasonable prices.
Refreshments at social functions are also supplied. Admission to the University 39
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
All inquiries relating to admission to the University should
be addressed to the Registrar.
1. Except under special circumstances no student under
the age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year Courses in the
Faculty of Arts and Science, and no student under the age of
seventeen to the Second Year Courses in the Faculty of Arts
and Science nor to the First Year Courses in the Faculties of
Agriculture and Applied Science, including Nursing.
2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First
Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of
Agriculture and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are
required to pass the Junior Matriculation Examination of the
Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing
that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
Special regulations are prescribed for admission to courses in
Applied Science, and are given under the heading of "Admission" in the Applied Science Section of the Calendar.
3. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation
Examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year
in the Faculty of Arts and Science.
4. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has
passed the Matriculation Examination of another University will
be accepted in lieu of the Junior or Senior Matriculation Examinations if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination
has covered the same subjects and required the same standard.
If, however, the examination covers some but not all of the
necessary subjects the candidate will be required to pass the
Matriculation Examination in the subjects not covered.
5. Prospective candidates who wish to enter by certificates
other than Matriculation certificates issued in British Columbia
should under no circumstances come to the University without
having first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the
value of the certificates they hold, as many of these may lack
one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subject 40 The University of British Columbia
may not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not
be sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a
certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to another. When
an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the marks
obtained in the several subjects of the examination he must
arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar
by the Education Department or University issuing such diploma
or certificate.   The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.
6. A student of another University applying for exemption
from any subject or subjects which he has already studied is
required to submit with his application a Calendar of the
University in which he has previously studied, together with a
complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate
of the standing gained in the several subjects. The Faculty
concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this
University.   The fee for the examination of certificates is $2.00.
7. No candidate under 18 years of age will be admitted to
the University without complete Junior Matriculation; and no
candidate over 18 years of age who has deficient Matriculation
standing will be admitted without the special permission of the
Faculty concerned.
8. The Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations of
the Province of British Columbia are conducted by the High
School and University Matriculation Board of the Province.
This Board consists of members appointed by the Department
of Education and by the University. The requirements for
Matriculation may be obtained in the publication, "Requirements for Matriculation," issued by the University, or in the
"Courses of Study," issued by the Department of Education. Registration and Attendance 41
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE
Those who intend to register as students of the University
for the session 1926-27 are required to make application to the
Registrar before Friday, September 2Uh, on forms to be obtained
at the Registrar's office.
1. There are four classes of students:—
(a) Graduate students—Students who are pursuing courses
of study in a Faculty in which they hold a degree,
whether they are proceeding to a Master's degree or
not.
(b) Full undergraduates—Students proceeding to a degree
in any Faculty who have passed all the examinations
precedent to the year in which they are registered.
(c) Conditioned undergraduates—Students proceeding to a
degree but who have incomplete entrance qualifications
or who are required to pass supplemental examinations
in a year previous to that in which they are registered.
(d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of the
three preceding classes.    (See 7, below.)
2. All students other than graduate students are required
to attend in person at the office of the Registrar on or before
Friday, September 24th, to furnish the information necessary
for the University records; to register for the particular classes
which they wish to attend, and to sign the following declaration:
"I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules,
regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered,
and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I
am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the
same.''
In the information furnished for the University records,
students are requested to state what churches they propose to
make their place of worship. This information is available for
any of the city churches desiring it.
3. After the above date a fee of $2.00 will be charged for
late registration. 42 j   The University of British Columbia
4. Students registering for the first time must present the
certificates which constitute their qualification for admission
to the course of study for which they wish to register. The
Registrar is empowered to register all duly qualified students.
Doubtful cases will be dealt with by the Faculty concerned.
5. Each student on registering will receive a class card for
each class for which he has registered. Only students provided
with such cards will be admitted to a class. Provisional cards
will be given to any students whose status is subject to consideration.
6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for
which they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the
proper form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstance, no change will be allowed after the fifteenth day of
the session. If the application is approved by the Faculty
concerned, the Registrar will give the necessary notifications.
7. Partial students are not normally required to pass an
examination for admission, but before registering they must
produce a certificate showing that they have satisfied the Dean
and the Heads of the Departments concerned that they are
qualified to pursue with advantage the course of study which
they propose to undertake.
8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths
of the lectures in each course that they take. Lectures will commence on the hour, and admission to a lecture or laboratory
and credit for attendance may be refused by the Instructor for
lateness, misconduct, inattention or neglect of duty. Absence
consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused only
by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, and medical certificates
or other evidence must be presented immediately on return to
University work. In cases of deficient attendance students may
(with the sanction of the Dean and the Head of the Department
concerned) be excluded from the final examination in a course:
but unless the unexcused absences exceed one-fourth of the total
number of lectures in a course, such students may sit for
supplemental examination. Fees 43
FEES
All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The
University of British Columbia."
1. The sessional fees are as follows:
For Full and Conditioned Undergraduates
In Arts and Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 11th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 24th.. 50.00
 $100.00
In Teacher Training Course—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 11th $30.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 24th.. 30.00
^ $ 60.00
In Applied Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 11th $75.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 24th.. 75.00
• $150.00
In Nursing and Public Health—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 11th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 24th.. 50.00
 $100.00
NOTE.—For Third and Fourth Year students in Nursing the Sessional
fee is $1.00, payable, with the Alma Mater fee of $7.00, on or before October llth.
Students admitted to Nursing B or C and proceeding to the Certificate on
a basis of part-time attendance over two or more years, will pay the regular fee
for the whole course, but the amount payable each year will be pro-rated to
correspond with the proportion of work taken in that year.
In Agriculture—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. llth $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 24th.. 50.00
 $100.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. llth $   7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. llth      5.00
For Partial Students
Fees per "Unit"—Payable on or before Oct. llth     10.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. llth      7.00
■Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. llth       5.00 44 The University of British Columbia
For Graduates
Registration and  Class Fees — Payable  on  or  before
Oct. 15th  $ 25.00
After these dates an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted
of all students in default.
The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students
for the support of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized
by the Board of Governors at the request of the students themselves.
The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will
be made to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials
in laboratories, etc. If the balance to the credit of a student
falls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required.
2. Immediately after October llth and January 24th, the
Bursar will notify students who have not paid their fees that
steps will be taken to ensure their exclusion from classes while
the fees remain unpaid.
3. Students registering after October llth shall pay their
fees at the time of registration, failing which they become subject
to the provisions of Regulation 2.
4. Special fees are:—
Regular supplemental examination, per
paper  $ 5.00
Special examination, per paper     7.50
Graduation   20.00
Supplemental examination fees must be paid two weeks
before the examination, special examination fees when application for examination is made, and graduation fees two weeks
before Congregation. Medals, Scholarships anb Prizes 45
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Medals for 1926-27
The Governor-General's Gold Medal
A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-
General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at
the head of the graduating class in the Faculty of Arts and
Science.  Honour and pass students may compete for this medal.
The Historical Society Gold Medal
A gold medal, donated by E. W. Keenleyside, Esq., and
known as the Historical Society Gold Medal, will be open to the
members of the graduating class. The award will be made by
the Department of History, on the basis of the student's standing in the courses in History which he has taken during his
undergraduate course, and the general interest he has shown in
the subject. ^^
Scholarships for 1926-27
The Rhodes Scholarship
An annual scholarship at one of the colleges of Oxford is
assigned by the trustees of the late Mr. Cecil J. Rhodes to the
Province of British Columbia. Each scholarship is tenable for
three years, and is of the value of £400 a year.
In accordance with the wish of Mr. Rhodes, the election of
candidates will depend upon: (1) Force of character, devotion
to duty, courage, sympathy, capacity for leadership; (2) Ability
and scholastic attainments; (3) Physical vigor, as shown by
participation in games or in other ways.
A candidate must be a British subject, with at least five
years' domicile in Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed
his nineteenth but not his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st
of the year for which he is elected.
He must be at least in his Sophomore Year in some recognized degree-granting university or college of Canada, and (if
elected) complete the work of that year before coming into
residence at Oxford. 46 The University of British Columbia
He may compete either in the province in which he has
acquired any considerable part of his educational qualification,
or in the province in which he has his ordinary private domicile,
home, or residence.
Candidates for the 1927 scholarship must have their applications, with all the required material, in the hands of the
Secretary of the Selection Committee not later than October 20th,
1926.   The committee is at present constituted as follows:
Chief Justice Hunter (Chairman), Mr. Justice Gregory
(Deputy-Chairman), Messrs. H. R. Bray, H. T. Logan (Secretary), E. A. Munro.
The following have been awarded the Rhodes scholarships
from the Province:
A. W. Donaldson   1904 *E. W. Berry  1916
*I. I. Rubinowitz   1905 s. Lett  1919
H. R. Bray   1906 J. H. Mennie  1919
T. Larsen   1907 L. a. Mills  1920
H. T. Logan   1908 w   H   Coates  1920
A- Yates    1909 R. L. Vollum   1921
S- C' DykeT  191° L. W. McLennan  1922
J. B. Clearihue  1911 XT   A    _  .     t 100„
•A. N. King   1912 N" A' R°bertson  1923
G. L. Haggen   1913 G- s- Livingston  1924
*B. B. Atkins   1924 E- J- Knapton  1925
B. V. Gordon   1915 H. V. Warren _ 1926
* Deceased.
The 1851 Exhibition Scholarship
Under the revised conditions for the award of the 1851
Exhibition Scholarship in Science, The University of British
Columbia is included in the list of universities from which
nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made.
These scholarships are of the value of £250 per annum,
tenable, ordinarily, for two years. They are granted only to
British subjects under 26 years of age, who have been bona fide
students of science of not less than three years' standing. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 47
The Canadian Federation of University Women Scholarship
The scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University
Women, of the value of $1,000, available for study or research,
is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university. In general, preference will be given to those candidates
who have completed at least one year of graduate study and
have some definite research in preparation. Any candidate
must be recommended by her own university; if successful in
her application, she may pursue her studies at any university
satisfactory to the Committee of Selection. Applications and
recommendations must be received not later than February 1st.
The W. C. Macdonald Scholarship
A scholarship in Agriculture, of the value of $500, for one
year's post-graduate study at Macdonald College, P.Q., has been
put at the disposal of the University by W. C. Macdonald
(Registered). The scholarship is primarily intended for
graduates in Agriculture of The University of British Columbia,
but, failing such, will be open to any resident of the Province
who is a graduate of an agricultural college.
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $100, given by the
Faculty Women's Club of the University, will be open to graduates of this university who intend in the following year to pursue
post-graduate study in this or any other approved university.
Application for this scholarship should be made to the
Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations.
Graduate Scholarship in Applied Science
This scholarship, of the value of $100, donated by Dean
R. W. Brock, may be awarded to a graduate student in Applied
Science who shows special aptitude for post-graduate studies.
Applications should be made to the Registrar not later than
the last day of the final examinations. 48 The University of British Columbia
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $250, donated by the
Universities Service Club, will be awarded for the academic year
1926-27 to a returned soldier student in attendance at The
University of British Columbia. Applications for this scholarship may be made by returned soldier students who intend
doing Second, Third, or Fourth Year work at The University
of British Columbia, or post-graduate work at any approved
institution. Each application must contain a statement of
the academic record, the war record, and the special claims
of the applicant, with two supporting references, and must be in
the hands of the Registrar not later than April 30th.
The award will be made by Senate, upon recommendation
of Faculty acting in consultation with the Executive of the
Universities Service Club.
The Nichol Scholarship
By the generosity of the Hon. Walter Nichol—Lieutenant-
Governor of the Province, 1921 to 1926,—five three-year
scholarships, each of the annual value of $1,200, have been made
available for study in the University of France, or at one of the
other institutions of higher education in France. These scholarships will be open to graduates of the University of British
Columbia who intend to take up teaching as a profession. The
second scholarship will be awarded in 1926.
The intention of the donor being the development in
Canada, and particularly in this Province, of a wider knowledge
of the people of France, their ideals, literature, art and science,
and the promotion thereby of a better mutual understanding
between French and British in this country, each successful
candidate must undertake to return to British Columbia to
practise his profession for such time as seems reasonable in the
opinion of the Senate of the University.
Each scholarship may be held for three years, provided the
holder can show from year to year satisfactory progress in the
course of study undertaken. Application for the scholarships
must be made to the Registrar before May 1st. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 49
ROYAL INSTITUTION SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
(a) Matriculation Scholarships
1. Seven General Proficiency Scholarships will be awarded
on the result of the Junior Matriculation Examinations.
A. One of $150 to be awarded to the candidate who obtains
the highest standing in the Province.
B. Six of $100 each, one for each of the following districts,
to be awarded to the candidate from each of such districts who
obtains the highest standing among the candidates from the
district:—
1. Victoria District.
2. Vancouver Island   (exclusive of Victoria District)
and Northern Mainland.
3. Vancouver District.
4. Fraser Delta (exclusive of Vancouver District, but
including Agassiz).
5. Yale.
6. Kootenays.
Note:—In the district from which the winner of A comes,
B will be awarded to the candidate standing second.
These scholarships can be enjoyed only by students in
attendance at The University of British Columbia.
2. A student who wins a Junior Matriculation Scholarship"
and proceeds to Senior Matriculation in his own district high
school may have the scholarship reserved for him for one year,
to be awarded subject to his obtaining satisfactory standing in.
the Senior Matriculation Examination.
3. A student winning a Matriculation Scholarship and
taking his first two years of the Arts course in an affiliated institution, may be allowed to enjoy the privilege of the scholarship
if he attends the University during the Third Year.
4. Sums accruing from unawarded Matriculation Scholarships may be used in the form of bursaries or loans. 50 The University of British Columbia
(b) First Year Scholarships
Four scholarships of $75 each (three in Arts and Science
and one in Applied Science) will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the First Year.
(c) Student Loans
A fund is provided from which a loan not to exceed $100
may be made to a deserving student who is in need of pecuniary
assistance.   Application for such a loan should be addressed to
the President of the University.
UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS
1. A scholarship of the value of $200 may be awarded to a
graduate student who shows special aptitude for post-graduate
studies. (Application should be made to the Registrar not later
than the last day of the final examinations.)
2. Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $75 each will
be awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the
award to be based on the work of the Third Year.
3. Three scholarships (two in Arts and Science and one in
Applied Science) of $75 each will be awarded to students proceeding to the Third Year, the award to be based on the work
of the Second Year.
4. A scholarship in Agriculture of $75 will be awarded to a
student proceeding to the Second Year, the award to be based
on the work of the First Year.
5. Two scholarships of $75 each may be awarded to
returned soldiers taking the work of the First Year, the award
to be based on the work of the year.
6. One scholarship of $75 will be awarded upon the results
of the Senior Matriculation Examination.
The Shaw Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by friends of the late
James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be paid
throughout his undergraduate course to any child of the late Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 51
Principal Shaw who is in regular attendance at the University
as a fully matriculated student; when there is no such candidate,
it will be awarded upon the results of the examination of the
Second Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student
standing highest in any two of the following three subjects,
English, Latin, Greek, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The McGill Graduates' Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by the McGill
Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded upon
the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and
Science to the undergraduate student standing highest in
English and French, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $110, given by the Women's
Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student obtaining first
place in Canadian History.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in
Nursing and Health
This Scholarsip, of the value of $100.00, given by the
Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student who
attains the highest standing in the four years training, academic
and practical.
The Dunsmuir Scholarship
This scholarship of $165, founded by the Hon. James
Dunsmuir, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations
of the Third Year in Applied Science to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course, and
proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year.
Note :—The above three scholarships were originally donated
to the Royal Institution, and have, with the consent of the
donors, been transferred by the Board of Governors of that
institution to The University of British Columbia. 52 The University of British Columbia
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $110, founded by the
members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those
members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will
be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second
Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student standing
highest in English and Economics, and proceeding to the work
of the Third Year.
The Arts '19 Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $150, given by the students
of Arts '19, will be awarded on the recommendation of the
Faculty Committee on Scholarships to a Third Year student in
Arts and Science proceeding to the Fourth Year.
The award will be based on (1) literary and scholastic
attainments, and (2) exhibition of moral force of character and
instincts to lead and take an interest in fellow-students and in
University activities.
This scholarship will be paid in full to the winner at the
beginning of the session.
The Scott Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $110—the proceeds
of an endowment of $2,000—founded by the Imperial Order of
the Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver, in
memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, the Antarctic explorer,
who sacrificed his life in the cause of Science, will be awarded
for general proficiency in biological subjects to the student who
has completed his Second Year in Arts and Science, and who is
proceeding in the Third Year to Honour work either in Biology
or in a course including Biology.
The P. E. O. Sisterhood Scholarship
A scholarship of the annual value of $75, given by Chapters
A, C, and D, of the P. E, O. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the
woman student standing highest in English in the First Year
of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 53
The Native Sons of Canada Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $500, given by the
Native Sons of Canada, Assembly No. 2, through the generosity
of one of its members, and intended to encourage knowledge of
Canada and devotion to her interests, will be awarded wholly
or in part to the undergraduate student of the Second, Third,
or Fourth Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science who submits
the best thesis on an assigned subject of Canadian History.
Unless the leading thesis is of exceptional merit, the scholarship
will be awarded in amounts of $350 and $150 to the first and
second competitors respectively. Subjects for the competition
have been selected as follows:—
1926-27: Economic Factors in Canadian History; or Does
Canada Need a New National Policy 1
1927-28: The Present Status of Canada; or The Growth of
Canadian National Feeling; or Canada and the Imperial Conferences.
1928-29: The Growth of Political Parties in Canada; or
The Treaty-Making Power of Canada, 1867-1927.
The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $100, donated
by the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be
awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the
Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must
attain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects,
but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the
Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year — the year in which
the scholarship shall be enjoyed.
The Canadian Club of Vancouver Bursary
Through the generosity of the Canadian Club of Vancouver,
a sum of $300 will be available in 1926-27 to assist worthy male
matriculants who would not otherwise be able to enter upon the
University course. Candidates must be British subjects. They
should make application for the award as soon as possible after
the announcement of matriculation results, and not later than
September 1st. 54 The University of British Columbia
The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association
Memorial Scholarship Fund
The sum of $12,000, given to the University by the
Administrators of the Khaki University of Canada, provides a
fund to assist returned soldiers who are in actual need of money
to enable them to complete their courses, and to found scholarships, in the award of which preference should be given to the
sons and daughters of soldiers of the Great War.
PRIZES FOR 1926-27
The Convocation Prizem
This prize, of the value of $50, donated by Convocation of
The University of British Columbia, will be awarded annually
to the student obtaining first place in the Fourth Year of
Applied Science.
The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize
A book prize of the value of $50, given by J. N. Harvey,
Esq., in memory of his son, Gerald Myles Harvey, who died on
active service, will be awarded to the student in Arts and Science
who submits the best essay on a specified subject in Economics
or Political Science. The subjects for the Session 1926-27 are
as follows:
1. Can the general prosperity and national unity of Canada
be promoted by reducing freight rates, and compensating the
Railways by subsidies?
2. The probable effect upon the industrial development
of British Columbia of duties levied on the export of raw materials from the Province.
3. The financial and political history of the Pacific Great
Eastern Railway.
4. Any other subject relating to British Columbia if approved by the Department of Economics. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 55
The Historical Society Prize
Through the generosity of R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C, the
Historical Society of the University has been able to offer,
annually, a prize of $25, open to all students in Arts and Science,
for the best essay on an assigned subject.
The University Prize
A book prize of the value of $25, open to all students of the
University, will be awarded for an essay on a special literary
subject, to be announced at the beginning of the Session by the
Department of English.
The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize
This prize, of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver
Women's Conservative Association, is open to students taking
the Mathematics of the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. In awarding the prize preference will be given to the
son or daughter of a deceased soldier, provided satisfactory
standing is secured in the subject.
The Walter Moberly Memorial Prize
A book prize of the annual value of $25, donated by the
Vancouver Branch of the Engineering Institute of Canada in
memory of the late Walter Moberly, will be awarded for the best
engineering thesis submitted by any Fourth Year student in the
Faculty of Applied Science.
The Players' Club Prize
A prize of the value of $50, donated by the Players' Club,
is offered for an original play suitable for the club's Christmas
performance. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Faculty members of the Advisory Board of the Players'
Club. 56 The University of British Columbia
The Letters Club Prize
A prize of $25, presented by R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C, honorary
member of the Letters Club, is offered annually for the best essay
by an undergraduate student in Arts on an assigned subject in
Canadian literature. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of English. The subjects for
the Session 1926-27 are as follows:
1. The Red Man in Canadian Literature.
2. Charles G. D. Roberts.
3. Duncan Campbell Scott.
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes
The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British
Columbia offers the sum of $100 in prizes for competition in
the Course in Public Health Nursing.
Graduate Bursary in Mining and Metallurgy
Through the British Columbia Division of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, the Granby Consolidated
Mining and Smelting Company, and the Crow's Nest Coal Company, each offer to give employment annually to two selected
graduates of The University of British Columbia, to enable them,
while earning a livelihood, to obtain practical experience and
personal knowledge of the various phases of metal mining or
smelting, and coal mining, respectively, under favorable conditions and in the minimum of time.
The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Bursary
The British Columbia Division of the Canadian Institute of
Mining and Metallurgy offers a bursary of $50 to be awarded
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Applied Science to the
student taking the courses in Mining, Metallurgy, or Geological
Engineering, who, in the judgment of the Faculty, will be most
benefited thereby. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 57
Gift from Arts '28
Through the generosity of the Class of Arts '28, the sum of
$100 has been donated to the Loan Fund of the University. This
money will be available on loan to final year students in Arts
and Science in the academic year 1927-28.
The Professional Engineers' Prizes
Five book prizes, each of the value of $25, have been offered
by the Association of Professional Engineers of British Columbia
and may be competed for by those students in the Third Year
of the Faculty of Applied Science who are registered as pupils
with the Association, a prize to be awarded for a thesis in each
of five branches of engineering, and the regular summer theses
to be offered in competition.
GENERAL REGULATIONS
1. Scholarships, medals, and prizes will be awarded at the
close of the session, and, in case of Matriculation Examinations,
after the June examination.
2. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based
on an examination, no award will be made to a candidate who
obtains less than 75 per cent, of the possible marks.
3. No candidate will be permitted to hold more than one
scholarship, but anyone who would, but for this provision, have
been entitled to a second scholarship will have his name published in the lists.
4. A scholarship which cannot be awarded because of Rule 3
will be granted to the candidate next in order of merit, provided
that he has obtained the marks required by Rule 2.
5. In the case of scholarships awarded to undergraduates,
the successful candidate, in order to retain his scholarship,
must proceed with his course to the satisfaction of the Faculty 58 The University of British Columbia
concerned, but the Faculty may, upon satisfactory reasons being
shown, permit a scholar to postpone attendance for a year without forfeiting the scholarship, the payment of the scholarship
being also postponed.
6. The scholarships will be paid in three instalments during
the session following their award — on the 15th of November,
the 15th of January, and the 15th of March.
7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign
the monetary value, while the appearance of their names in the
University list enables them to retain the honour. Any funds
thus made available will be used for additional scholarships or
student loans. THE
FACULTY
OF
ARTS AND SCIENCE 60
Faculty of Arts and Science
TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF ARTS
KEY TO BUILDINGS: A, Arts; Ag, Agriculture;
mornings
10
11
Monday
Biology 2	
Biology  3	
Botany 6 e	
Economics 6	
English 1 a	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 13	
French 2 	
Sees, a, b, c
French 4 c	
Geology 3 and 4..
Greek 1	
Mathematics  10.
Philosophy 1 a	
Physics 1 a	
A 204
AplOl
AplOl
A 108
A 103,
106,205,
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
A 202
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
Botany 5 a	
Botany 6 d	
Chemistry 3	
Economics 1 a	
English 9	
French 3 b	
French 4 b	
Geology l..<.	
History 8	
Mathematics 1    ....
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Philosophy 5.
Physics 1 b	
Physics 3	
Agricultural
Economics   	
Biology  1	
Chemistry 7	
Economics 1 b	
English 14 	
French I 	
Sees, a, b, c, d.
French 3 c	
French 4 d 	
Geology 8	
German, Beg. A..
Government 3	
History 2...K.	
History 7	
Latin 1 a	
Mathematics 2....
Physics 4	
Zoology 1	
Room
AplOl
AplOl
S300
A 103
Ap202
A 104
A 105
AplOO
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206,207
A 102
S200
S210
Ag 104
AplOO
S417
S400
A 203
A 105,
108,204
207
A 208
A 104
Apl02
A 201
A 102
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
S210
AplOl
Botany 2	
Botany 4	
Economics 2	
English 1 b	
Sees.  6, 7, 8, 9.
10, 11 	
French 2 	
Sees, d, e, f	
Geology 5 and 12...
Latin 2 	
Latin 5	
Physics 2 a 	
Zoology 2 	
Zoology 3 	
Tuesdat
Botany 3  	
Botany 6 c 	
Chemistry 9 	
Economics 1 c 	
Economics 4 	
English 17 	
French 4 a 	
Geology 2 	
German 1	
Government 1 St..
Greek 2 	
History 6 	
Mathematics 1	
Sees. 6, 7 ,8, 9,
10, 11	
Philosophy 2
Physics 2 b ...
Botany 1 	
Botany 6 b 	
Chemistry  1 c  ....
Chemistry 4 	
Economics 1 d ....
French  1   	
Sees, e, f, g, h„
French 3 a „...
French 4 d	
Geology 6 	
Government 2
History 3 	
History 9 	
Latin i b 	
Philosophy 8 ..
Zoology 4 	
Zoology 7 	
AplOl
A 108
A 100,
106, 205,
206,207,
208
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 103
A 102
S200
AplOl
AplOl
Room
AplOl
AplOl
S417
A 103
A 100
A 203
A 104
Apl02
A 201
A 108
A 102
A 101
A 105,
106,205
206,207
208
A 204
S200
A 204
A 201
S300
S417
AplOO
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 100
A 202
Apl02
A 102
A 106
A 101
A 103
A 205
AplOl
AplOl
Biology 2 	
Biology 3 	
Botany 6e 	
Economics 6	
English 1 a	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6.
English 13 	
French 2 	
Sees, a, b, c	
French 4 c	
Geology 3 and 4..
Greek   1   	
Mathematics 10 ..
Philosophy 1 a ....
Physics 1 a 	
Wednesdat
Botany 5 b 	
Botany 6d 	
Chemistry 3 	
Economics 1 a 	
English 9 	
French 3 b 	
French 4 b 	
Geology 1 <..	
Geology 7 	
History 8 	
Mathematics 1	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Philosophy 5
Physics 1 b ...
Physics 3   	
Agricultural
Economics   	
Biology 1  	
Chemistry 7 	
Economics 1 b 	
English 14 	
French 1 	
Sees, a, b, c, d.,
French 3 c	
French 4 d 	
Geology 8 	
German, Beg. A..
Government 3	
History 2 J*	
History 7 	
Latin  1 a  	
Mathematics 2	
Physics 4 	
Zoology 1 	
Room
A 204
AplOl
AplOl
A 108
A 103,
106,205,
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
A 202
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
AplOl
S300
A 103
Ap202
A 104
A 105
AplOO
Apl02
A101
A 100,
106, 205,
206,207
A 102
S200
S210
Ag 104
AplOO
S417
S400
A 203
A 105,
108,204,
207
A 208
A 104
Apl02
A 201
A 102
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
S210
AplOl Time Table
61
-1926-27
AND SCIENCE
Ap, Applied Science;   S, Science.
MORNINGS
Thursday
Room
Botany 2	
Economics 2	
A 108
English 1 b	
A 100,
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11 	
106, zuo,
206,207,
208
A 101,
French 2 	
Sees, d, e, f ...
Geology 5 and 12...
Latin 2 	
104,105
Apl02
A 103
A 102
S200
Zoology 2	
AplOl
AplOl
Botany 3 	
AplOl
AplOl
S417
Botany 6 c 	
Chemistry 9 	
Economics 1 c
Economics 4	
A 103
A 100
English 17 	
A 203
French 4 a  	
A 104
Apl02
A 201
German 1 	
Government 1 V
Greek 2 	
A 108
A 102
History 6 	
A 101
Mathematics 1 ...
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11	
A 105,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 204
S200
Philosophy 2 	
Physics  2 b   	
Botany 1   	
A 204
Chemistry  1 c
Chemistry 4 	
S300
S417
Economics Id.
French  1   	
AplOO
A 104,
Sees, e, f, g, h...
French Ba^C	
French 4 d	
105,108,
203
A 100
A 202
Geology 6 	
Apl02
A 102
A 106
Government 2
History 3 	
History 9 	
A 101
Latin  1 b  	
A 103
Philosophy 8 	
A 205
AplOl
AplOl
Zoology 7 	
Botany 6f 	
Botany 7 a 	
Economics  6	
English 1 b 	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 13 	
French 2 	
Sees, a, b, c 	
French 4 c	
Geology 3 and 4..
Greek 1 	
Mathematics 10 ....
Philosophy 1 a	
Physics 1 a 	
Friday
A 108
A 103,
106,205,
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
A 202
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
Botany 5 a 	
Chemistry 2 	
Economics 1 a 	
English 9 	
French 3b^.	
French 4 b 	
Geology 7 	
History 8 	
Mathematics 1 	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Philosophy 5
Physics 1 b ....
Agricultural
Economics    	
Economics 1 b ....
English 14 	
French  1   	
Sees, a, b, c, d..
French 3 c	
French 4 d 	
Geology 8 	
German, Beg. A..
Government 3 	
History 2*T.	
History 7 	
Latin 1 a 	
Mathematics 2	
Zoology 6 	
Zoology 5	
Room
AplOl
AplOl
S300
A 103
Ap202
A 104
A105
AplOO
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206,207
A 102
S200
Ag 104
S400
A 203
A 105,
108,204,
207
A 208
A 104
Apl02
A 201
A 102
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
AplOl
AplOl
Satubbat
Botany 5 b Lab-
Chemistry 9 Lab—
Economics 2 	
English 1 a 	
Sees.  6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11 	
French 2 	
Sees, d, e, f ...
Geology 10 	
Latin 2 	
Latin  5	
Physics 2 a 	
Botany 5 b Lab....
Chemistry 9 Lab-
Economics 1 c 	
Economics 4	
English 17 	
French 4 a 	
Geology 10 	
German 1  ......
Government 1VT.
Greek 2	
History 6	
Mathematics 1 —
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11 	
Philosophy 2
Physics 2 b ...
Botany 5 b Lab....
Chemistry 1 c 	
Chemistry 9 Lab-
Economics I d 	
French 1 	
Sees, e, f, g, h...
French 3aTt	
French 4 d	
Geology 10 	
Government 2 	
History 3 	
History 9 	
Latin 1 b	
Philosophy 8 	
Room
A 108
A100,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 101,
104,105
A 103
A 102
S200
A 103
A 100
A 203
A 104
A 201
A 108
A 102
A 101
A 105,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 204
S200
S300
AplOO
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 100
A 202
A 102
A 106
A 101
A 103
A 205
10
11 62
Faculty of Arts and Science
AFTERNOONS
TIME TABLE
Monday
Room
Tuesday
Room
Wednesday
Room
Botany 5 Lab	
Chemistry la
Economics 5 ,
English 2 b
S300
A 208
A 100,
Ap 100,
202
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 204
A 101
A 102
A 207
S200
Bacteriology 1
English 8	
A 201
A 101
A 105,
106,205,
206,207,
208
Biology 1 Lab. 3..
Botany 6 c Lab.
Chemistry 1 a
Economics 5	
English  11	
S300
Mathematics 1
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10,  11  .
A 208
French 1 	
English  2 a  	
A 100
French 1 	
A 104,
Zoology 2 Lab	
Sees, i, j, k, 1
French 4 c 	
105,108,
1
Sees, i, j, k, 1	
French 4 c	
203
A 204
Geology 7 Lab	
History 4 	
A 101
Latin 3.
Latin 3	
A 102
Philosophy 4	
Philosophy 4 	
Sociology   	
A 207
S200
Zoology 6 Lab,
Botany 5 Lab
Chemistry 1 b	
Chemistry 7 Lab-
English 10
S300
A 102
A 104
A 105,
203,204
AplOO
A 100
A 101
S200 1
A 103
Bacteriology  1
Biology 1 Lab. 1....
A 103,
106,205,
206, 207
A 100
A 203
A 101
Biology 3 Lab. 3....
Botany 3 Lab.
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry 1 b
English 10 	
Botanv 4	
S300
Botany 6 e Lab.
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
A 102
English 16	
English 16  _
French 1 	
A 104
French 1 	
A 108,
2
Sees, m, n, o	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 2 c
203,204
History 1	
AplOO
Geology 1 Lab.^...
Greek  10
A 100
Philosophy  1 b
History 5 	
A 101
Mathematics 4
Philosophy lb
Sociology 	
S200
Zoology 6 Lab	
A 103
3
Bacteriology 1
Botany 5 Lab	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 7 Lab. ...
English  18	
A 201
Apl02
A 102
Biology 1 Lab. 1....
Botany 2 Lab	
Botany 4 Lab.
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
A 201
A 101
A 102
Geology 5	
"Rnwlicih   IS
Physics 4 Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab
4
Bacteriology   	
Botany 5 Lab	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 7 Lab-
Biology 1 Lab. 2...
Botany 2 Lab	
Botany 4 Lab. .    .
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Physics 3 Lab	
Zoology 2 Lab	
*
S400
Biology 1 Lab. 2...
Botany 2 Lab	
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
5
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a Time Table
63
—Continued
AFTERNOONS
Thursday
Room
Friday
Room
Bacteriology 1
Botany 1 Lab	
A 201
A 101
A 100,
106, 205,
206,207
Botany 6 d Lab	
S300
A 208
A 100
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 204
A 101
A 102
A 207
S200
English 8	
English 2 a 	
French 1 	
English 11 „
Geology 1 Lab. "•?..
Mathematics 1	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Sees, i, j, k, 1	
French 4 c	
Zoology 1 Lab	
1
Philosophy 4 	
Zoology 4 Lab	
Zoology 7 Lab	
Bacteriology 1  	
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
English 1 a	
A 100,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 203
A 101
Biology 1 Lab. 5..
Chemistry 1 b 	
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
English 10 	
S300
A 102
A 104
A 105,
203,204
AplOO
A 100
A 101
S200
A 103
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
English 16 	
10, 11
French 1 	
Greek  10  	
Sees, m, n, o	
Geography 1  	
2
Zoology 4 Lab	
Biology 1 Lab. 4....
Botany 4 Lab.
Botany 6 b Lab	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
English  6	
A 201
A 101
A 102
Biology 1 Lab. 5....
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 3 Lao. a
English 18 	
A 201
Zoology 4 Lab	
3
English 15 	
Latin 7	
Zoology I Lab	
Biology 1 Lab. 4_...
Botany 4 Lab	
Botany 6 c Lab
Botany 7 Lab	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
Zoology 1 Lab.
Biology 1 Lab. 6..
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Zoology 7 Lab	
4
Chemistry I Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Biology 1 Lab. 6....
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
5 Faculty of Arts find Science Supplemental Examinations
SEPTEMBER, 1926
Date
Wednesday, ♦
September 15 th
Thursday,
September  16th
Friday,
September 17th
Saturday,
September 18th
Monday,
September  20th
Tuesday,
September 21st
Wednesday,
September 22 nd
Hour
9
2
A.M.
P.M.
9
2
A.M.
P.M.
9
2
A.M.
P.M.
9
A.M.
9
A.M.
2
P.M.
9
2
A.M.
P.M.
9
2
A.M.
P.M.
First Year
History 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin   . . . .^
Chemistry  1
French ..
Geometry
Greek    . .
Physics 1
Trigonometry
Algebra
English Composition
Biology 1	
German   	
Economics 1
Geography . .
Second Year
History 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin     	
Chemistry 1,  2
French .
Geometry
Greek    . .
Physics 1, 2, 3
Philosophy 1  . .
Botany 1   .
Zoology  1
Algebra   . .
English Composition
Biology  1   	
German   	
Economics 1, 2
Geography
Third Year
o
a
9
l>
a
I
«l
o
I
CD
o
CO
a
i
a FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
The degrees offered in this Faculty are Bachelor of Arts
(B.A.) and Master of Arts (M.A.).
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A
The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a Pass
degree. Four regular sessions of class-room work from Junior
Matriculation or three from Senior Matriculation are required.
A double course in Arts and Science and in Applied Science
is offered, leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (See
"Double Course.")
No distinction is made between Pass and Honour students
in the First and Second Years, except as regards prerequisites
for later work, but in the Third and Fourth Years there are
special requirements for Honour students.
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally
consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period
of not less than two or more than three hours) per week
throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent
laboratory periods) throughout a single term.
Note.—Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges
who file with the Registrar a written statement expressing their
intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer,
in each year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects
set down in the Calendar for the Year and course in which
they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent
of three units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical
Literature, New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian
Ethics and Apologetics.
First and Second Years
1. The requirements of the first two years consist of 30
units, 15 of which must be taken in each year. Credit will not
be given for more than 18 units in either year. Courses must
be chosen in conformity with the requirements that follow.
Details of courses are given under the various departments. 66 Faculty of Arts and §cience
Bach student must take: Units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and
English 2 in the Second Year     6
(6) The first two courses in a language
offered for Matriculation, one course
in each year     6
(c) Mathematics 1, in the First Year     3
(d) Economics 1, or History 1 or 2 or 3,
or Philosophy 1     3
(e) Biology 1, or Chemistry 1, or Geology 1, or Physics 1     3
(/) Three courses—not already, chosen—
selected from the following:—
Biology 1, Botany 1, Chemistry 1,
Chemistry 2, Economics 1, Economics 2, French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2,
*Beginners' German, German 1,
German 2, *Beginners' Greek, Greek
1, Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathe-
k matics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1,
Physics 2, Physics 3, Zoology 1    9
Note.—Botany 1, Zoology 1, Geology 1 and
2 and History 3 are not open to
First Year students. Economics 1,
and Philosophy 1 are open to First
Year students only if the permission
of the Heads of these departments is
obtained. History 2 is open to
First Year students only if they
are preparing for entrance to the
Normal School.
•See Regulations "2" and "3". Pass Courses 67
2. No student in his First Year may elect more than one
beginners' course in language, and no beginners' course in
language will count towards a degree unless followed by a second
year's work in that language.
3. Except in the case of beginners' courses, no course in
language may be taken by a student who has not offered that
language at Matriculation. A beginners' course in language
may not be taken for credit by a student who has obtained
credit for that language at Matriculation.
4. A student taking three languages in the first two years
may defer the course selected under e (above) to the Third or
Fourth Year.
Note :—The following special conditions affecting admission
to Applied Science are given for the information of students
intending to enter that Faculty:
(a) Nursing and Health courses require Junior Matriculation or equivalent (as for Arts).
(b) All other courses require:
(i) Junior Matriculation or equivalent,
(ii) Also a First Year Arts Course or equivalent,
which shall include the following subjects:
Chemistry 1; Mathematics 1, (Algebra, Geometry
and Trigonometry) ; Physics 1, or 2; English 1;
Latin 1, or French 1, or German B.
The passing grade is 50 per cent, for Chemistry, Pliysics
and each of the Mathematics subjects; but in the others a pass
grade of 40 per cent, will be accepted, provided an average
of 50 per cent, has been obtained in the total.
Biology 1 may be taken as an optional extra subject, and, if
passed with a grade of at least 50 per cent., need not be taken
in Applied Science. Economics 1 taken in Arts is accepted in
lieu of Economies in Applied Science. A reading knowledge of
French and German is desirable for students in Engineering. 68 Faculty of Arts and Science
No student may enter with any outstanding supplemental
in Junior Matriculation or in any of the Chemistry, Mathematics
or Physics subjects listed above; or with supplemental in other
subjects to the extent of more than three units.
Students who have failed to complete the above requirements may apply for permission to take the September Supplemental Examinations in Arts.
To ensure the conformity of their courses to Calendar regulations, all students in their Second Year are advised to submit
to the Dean of the Faculty, on or before March 31st of each year,
a scheme of the courses they propose to take during their last
two years.
Thhid and Fourth Years: Pass Curriculum
1. The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consists
of 30 units, of which students must take, in their Third Year,
not less than 15 units. Credit will not be given for more than
18 units in either year.
2. A minimum of 15 units must be taken in two Major
subjects, not less than 6 units in either, and a minimum of 6
units in some other subject or subjects. "Work in the First or
Second Year is required in each of the Major subjects, except in
the case of Bacteriology. Both Major subjects must be chosen
from one of the following groups:
(a) Chemistry,   Bacteriology,   Botany,   Geology,   Physics,
Zoology,
(o) Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics.
(c) Economics, Philosophy, Mathematics.
(d) English,   Greek,   Latin,   French,   German,   History,
Economics, Philosophy.
3. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth
Years are given under the various departments.
Any course not taken in the First and Second Years may
be taken in the Third or Fourth Years, except History 1, 2, 3, Honour Courses 69
but no credit will be given for a language course normally
taken in the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and
continued in the Fourth Year. Some courses, however, are
intended for Honour students only.
4. During the Fourth Year one course of private reading,
to count not more than 3 units, may be taken with the consent
of the department concerned.
HONOURS
1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honour
courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned
and of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this consent will normally be granted only to those students who have a
clear academic record at the end of their Second Year with at
least Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization. (Cards of application for admission to Honour courses
may be obtained at the Registrar's office.)
2. Certain departments offer Honour courses either alone
or in combination with other departments. For Honours in a
single department, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be
taken in the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it.
For Honours in combined courses, at least 12 units are required
in each of two subjects. Particulars of these courses are given
below.
3. All candidates for Honours may, at the option of the
department or departments concerned, be required to present a
graduating essay embodying the results of some investigation
that they have made independently. Credit for the graduating
essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units.
4. Candidates for Honours are required, at the end of their
Fourth Year, to take a general examination, oral or written, or
both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide.
This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of
his chosen subject or subjects as a whole and is in addition to
the ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years. 70 Faculty of Arts and Science
5. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.
Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have
not attained a sufficiently high ranking may be awarded a pass
degree. If a combined Honour course is taken, First Class
Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned
agree; and an Honour degree will be withheld if either department refuses a sufficiently high ranking.
6. The following Honour courses are regularly offered, and
other Honour courses may be arranged with the department
or departments concerned.
HONOUR COURSES IN SINGLE DEPARTMENTS
Biology (Botany Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Chemistry 1, and Botany 1.
Physics 1 and Zoology 1 are required before completion of the
course and should be taken as early as possible. Students are
advised to take Chemistry 2 and 3.
Required Courses:—Botany 3, 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c).
Optional Courses:—Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not
specifically required; and courses in Zoology. Optional courses
should be selected in consultation with the department.
Biology (Zoology Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Zoology 1, Chemistry 1.
Physics 1 and Botany 1 are required before completion of
the course and should be taken as early as possible. Students
are advised to take Chemistry 2 and 3.
Required Courses:—Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6.
Optional Courses:—Zoology 4, 7, 8; courses in Botany;
Geology 6. These optional courses should be selected in consultation with the Head of the department.
Chemistry
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Candidates are required to complete the following
courses: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 and 10. Honour Courses 71
Classics
Course:—Any three of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7, and any three of
Latin 3, 4, 5, 6.
As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek
8 and Latin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will
be set on sight translation; and the candidate is advised to
pursue a course of private reading under the supervision of the
department.
There will also be a general paper on Antiquities, Literature
and History.
Economics
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Economics 2 if not already taken, any 15 further
units in the department, and a graduating essay which will
count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)
Students must pass an oral examination and, if required,
address a general audience on a designated subject.
"Work in this department should be supplemented by a
course in Ethics and by the foundational courses in History.
English Language and Literature
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 19 (involving an examination on the life,
times, and complete works of some major English author), 20,
21 (a), 21 (6), 22, 24 (the seminar, which must be attended in
both years, though credit will be given only for the work of the
final year), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units.
Candidates will be required to take a final Honours examination, written or oral, or both, on the History of English
Literature. In the award of Honours special importance will
be attached to the graduating essay and to the final Honours
Examination.
If the candidate's work outside the department does not
include a course in English History, he must take an examination
in that subject. 72 Faculty op Arts and Science
Geology
Prerequisites:—Geology 1. If possible Geology 2 should be
taken. Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 should be taken in the First
Year. Zoology 1, to which Biology 1 is prerequisite, should be
taken in the Third Year in preparation for Geology 6.
Course:—18 units to be chosen from Geology 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 10, 12.
History
Course:—Any 18 units, of which the graduating essay will
count 3 units.   The seminar (which carries no credit) must be
attended in either the Third or the Fourth Year.   A reading
knowledge of French is required.
French
Course:—French 3 (a), 3 (6), 3 (c) in the Third Year.
French 4 (a), 4 (6), 4 (c) in the Fourth Year.
A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units.
Mathematics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Any 18 units in Mathematics, and Physics 3 and
4.   Mathematics 3 or 4, but not both, may be taken among the
requisite 18 units.    A final Honours Examination is required.
Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course.—Mathematics 10, 16, 17.  Physics 3 and 4, and 12
additional units.
COMBINED HONOUR COURSES
(a) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Bacteriology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Biology 1; Botany 1,
or Zoology 1.
Course:—Bacteriology 1, 2 and 5; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology. Combined Honour Courses 73
(b) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Biology 1; Geology 1.
Course:—Geology 2, 3 and 6; the required courses for either
the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour course
in Biology.
(c) Chemistry and Biology (Botany and Zoology)
Prerequisites:—Chemistry   1   and   2;    Physics   1   or   2;
Biology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology.
(d) Chemistry and Physics
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and Physics 3, 4, 7
or 9, and 8 or 10. Candidates are advised to take Mathematics 10.
(e) Chemistry and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Geology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and at least 12 units
in Geology.
(f) Mathematics and Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Mathematics, at least 12 units, including Mathematics 10, 16 and 17.
Physics, at least 12 units, including Physics 3 if not already
taken, and Physics 4.
(g) Any two of:
Economics, English, French, History, Latin, Philosophy.
Economics
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Any  12   units,   including  Economics  2,   if   not
already taken. 74 Faculty of Arts and Science
English
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 20 and 24, and any three, of the English
courses of the first division. The seminar must be attended
during both of the final years, but credits which count for the
B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year.
A final Honours Examination, written or oral, or both, is
required on the History of English Literature since 1500.
French
Course:—If the graduating essay is written on a French
subject, 3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c); otherwise either
these courses or 3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (b).
Courses 3 (6) and 4 (6) are intended primarily for Honour
students and should be taken whenever possible, even if they
are not required to make up the minimum number of units.
History
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French.
Course:—History 4 or 5 and any 9 additional units, of
which the graduating essay, if written in History, will count
3 units.
The seminar (which carries no credits) must be attended
in either the Third or Fourth Year.
Latin
Course:—Latin 8 and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the
final year candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight
translation, and (b) in Latin Literature, History and Antiquities.
Private reading under the direction of the department is
recommended.
Philosophy
Course:—Any 12 units besides Philosophy 1, six units in
each year. Courses Leading to the Degree op M.A. 75
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.
1. Candidates for the M.A. degree must hold the B.A. degree
from this University, or its equivalent.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation together with
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of
his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such
a student in this University. The fee for examination of
certificates is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
To spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(i) To do two or more years of private work under the
supervision of the University, such work to be
equivalent to one year of graduate study; or
(ii) To do one year of private work under University
supervision and one term of resident graduate
study, the total of such work to be equivalent to
one year of resident graduate study.
4. One major and one minor shall be required.
5. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized
thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of
"Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")
6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be
made to the Registrar by October 15th.
7. The following requirements apply to all Departments:
Prerequisites:
Minor:—For a minor, at least six units of work regularly
offered in the Third and Fourth years shall be
prerequisite.
For  details or  requirements,  see   regulations  of
the several Departments. 76 Faculty of Arts and Science
Major:—For a major, at least eight units of work regularly
offered in the Third and Fourth years shall be
prerequisite.
For details of requirements, see regulations of the
several Departments.
Students who have not fulfilled the requirements outlined
above during their undergraduate course may fulfil the same
by devoting more than one academic year's study to the
M.A. work.
M. A. Courses:
Minor:—Five or six units of regular Third or Fourth year
work, or equivalents in reading courses. Examinations to be written, or oral, or both at the discretion
of the Department concerned.
At least second class standing is required in the
subjects of the minor.
Major:—Nine or ten units of regular Third or Fourth year
work, or equivalents in reading courses, of which
units three to six shall be counted for the thesis.
All candidates must submit to a general examination on the major field. This examination may
be written, or oral, or both, at the discretion of
the Department concerned.
At least second class standing is required in the
work of the major.
Languages:—No candidate will receive the degree of M.A.
who has not satisfied the Head of the Department with which he
is majoring of his ability to read technical articles either in
French or in German.
Students doing tutorial work shall not be allowed to come
up for final examination in less than two academic years after
registration as M.A. students.
The  following  special   requirements   are   prescribed   by
different departments: Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 77
Biology (Botany Option)
Prerequisites:
Minor:—Biology 1, and six additional units in Botany and
Zoology.
Major:—Biology 1, Botany 1,  and eight additional units
including Zoology 1.
M. A. Course:
Minor:—A minimum of five units chosen in consultation
with the Department.
Major:—Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete required units.
Biology (Zoology Option)
Prerequisites:
Minor:—Biology 1, and six additional units in Botany and
Zoology.
Major:—Biology 1, Zoology 1, and eight additional units,
including Botany 1.
M.A. Course: I
Minor:—A minimum of five units chosen in consultation
with the Department.
Major:—Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to
complete the required number of units.
Economics
Prerequisites:
Minor:—The B.A. degree involving credit for at least fifteen
units of work in subjects in the Department, or an
equivalent.
Major:—The B.A. degree with Honours in Economies; or in
Economics in combination with some other subject;
or an equivalent.
M.A. Course:
All candidates for the Master's degree in this Department
must attend the Honour Seminar. 78 Faculty of Arts and Science
English
Prerequisites:
Minor:—At least nine units of credit for English courses
elective in the Third and Fourth years of the
undergraduate  curriculum.
Major:—At least fifteen units of credit for courses elective
in the Third and Fourth years.
M.A. Course:
Minor:—Six units of credit in advanced courses in English
not already taken.
Major:—(a) Twelve units of credit in advanced courses
not already taken, one of which courses must
be English 21a, or its equivalent, if this has
not been previously offered for credit.
(b) A graduating essay which will count as an
advanced course involving three units of credit.
(c) Oral examinations on the history of English
Literature.
(d) A reading knowledge of either French or
German. A student who offers both languages
will be allowed three units of credit towards the
M.A. degree.
M.A. With French as Major
Detailed Study:
(a)  O.F.—Aucassin and Nicolette.
(h) XVIth Century—Montaigne, Essais (Hatier). Chefs-
d'oeuvre poetiques du XVIe siecle (Hatier).
Less Detailed:
(c) XVIIth Century and after—The evolution of the French
Novel, particularly the novels treated in Le Breton's
Roman au XVIIe siecle—Roman au XVIIIe siecle, and
the chief Romantic Novels. Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 79
(d) XVIIIth Century—Beaumarehais, Barbier de Seville.
Rousseau, La Nouvelle Heloise—Emile. Diderot, Le
Neveu de Rameau.   Voltaire, Les Lettres philosophiques.
(e) XlXth Century—Auzas, La poesie au 19e siecle.
(Oxford). Alfred de Musset, Theatre. (Oxford).
Rostand, Cyrano de Bergerac.    (Fasquelle).
(f) A general knowledge of French literary history from
XVIth Century to end of XlXth. This not to be
detailed, but to treat of main movements.
(g) A thesis in French on a subject to be approved by the
Head of the Department.
Note:—It is expected that the candidate will have read
and will be able to discuss three plays of Moliere, three of
Corneille, three of Racine, and something of Boileau, Bossuet,
Chateaubriand, La Fontaine, Lamartine, Victor Hugo, Balzac,
Flaubert, Anatole France.
Some help will be given by lectures, explanations of texts,
and advice in reading, but the Department cannot undertake to
cover the whole or any considerable part of the syllabus.
History
Prerequisites:
Minor:—Two courses (six units) to be chosen from History
4 to 9 inclusive.
Major:—Three courses (nine units)   to   be   chosen   from
History 4 to 9 inclusive.
M.A. Course:
Minor:—Two courses (6 units) to be chosen from History
4 to 9 inclusive; or the equivalent in reading
courses. All candidates for a minor in History
must attend the Honour Seminar.
Major:—Two courses (six units) to be chosen from History
4 to 9 inclusive. A thesis embodying original
work to which 3 units of credit is given. All candidates for a major in   History   must   attend   the 80 Faculty of Arts and Science
Honour Seminar. Examinations shall be written
and oral. Candidates for a major will be examined
orally on their thesis and their major field. An
average of 75 per cent, is required to qualify in
the work of a major.
Mathematics
Prerequisites:
Minor:—Mathematics 10 and at leaest two other Honour
Courses.
Major:—Candidates   must   have   completed   the   Honour
Course in Mathematics, or its equivalent.
M.A. Course:
Minor:—Mathematics 16 and an additional three units to
be chosen from the Honour Courses.
Major:—Any four of the graduate courses and a thesis.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years, candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In the
case of Beginners' Greek and German, however, the passing
mark is 50 per cent. In the Third and Fourth Years, candidates
must obtain at least 50 per cent, on each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80
per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which Examinations and Advancement 81
he has failed.   Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per
paper. To pass a supplemental examination, a candidate must
obtain at least 50 per cent.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees (See schedule of Fees) must be in the
hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set
for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of
the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by Faculty.
Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied
that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year, may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year,
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University. 82 Faculty of Arts and Science
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
DEPARTMENTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
Department of Bacteriology
Professor:    Hibbert Winslow Hill.
Instructor:  Freda L. Wilson.
Assistant:  Helen M. Mathews.
1. General Bacteriology:—A course consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature,
the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and
isolation, and various bactericidal substances and conditions will
be studied. The relationship of bacteria to agriculture, household science, and public health will be carefully considered.
Text-book:—Thomas, Bacteriology, First Edition, 1925,
McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1, and Biology 1.
Seven hours a week.   First Term. 2 units.
2. Special Bacteriology:—A course consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The more common pathogenic bacteria will be studied, together with the reaction of the animal body against invasion by
these bacteria.    The course will include studies in immunity Botany 83
and the various diagnostic methods in use in public health
laboratories.
Text-book: — Jordan, Bacteriology, Eighth Edition,
Saunders.
Prerequisite:—Bacteriology 1.
Seven hours a week.   Second Term. 2 units.
3. As in Dairying 3 (under Faculty of Agriculture.)
2 units.
4. As in Dairying 7 (under Faculty of Agriculture.)
IV2 units.
5. Advanced Bacteriology:—A reading and laboratory
course, including immunology. Tutorial instruction of one hour
per week; laboratory and other hours to be announced later.
Text-books:—Kolmer, Infection and Immunity. Jordan
General Bacteriology.
Prerequisites:—Bacteriology 1 and 2. 3 units.
Department of Botany
Professor:  A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor: John Davidson.
Assistant Professor: Frank Dickson.
Assistant:  F. He ward Bell.
Assistant:  Gertrude Smith.
Assistant: G. V. Wilby.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses
closely related to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine.
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
The course is prerequisite to all courses in Botany and
Zoology. 84 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: — Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea &
Febiger, 1920.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
2. Principles of Genetics:—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Text-book:—Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures per week.   First Term. 1 unit.
3. General Physiology:—A study of animal and plant life
processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having
prerequisite Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book:—Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans, Green.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. Reference
reading.   Second Term. 3 units.
Botany
1. General Botany:—A course including a general survey of
the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized
courses in Botany.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Text-book:—Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
2. Morphology:—A comparative study of plant structures.
The relationship of plant groups. Comparative life-histories.
Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant
structures, from the lower to the higher forms, involving a
progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence
of parts. Botany 85
Text-book:—Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Plant Physiology.
Text-book:—V. I. Palladin, Plant Physiology, English
Edition (Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, Blakiston.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
First Term. 2 units.
4. Histology:—A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-books:—Eames and McDaniels, Introduction to Plant
Anatomy, McGraw-Hill. Chamberlain, Methods in Plant Histology, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Seven hours per week.   Second Term. 2 units
5. Systematic Flora.
5 (a) Economic Flora:—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts.
Text-books:—Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia,
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Co.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1. 86 Faculty of Arts and Science
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical
work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the preparation of collections.   Second Term. 2 units.
5 (b) Dendrology:—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis on
the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution,
relative importance, construction of keys.
Text-books:—Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, "Washington,
D.C.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and two or three hours laboratory or field work
per week. 2 units.
6 (a) General Plant Pathology:—Identification and life
histories of pathogens causing disease of some common economic
plants; means of combating them.
Text-book:—Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 1 unit.
6 (b) Forest Pathology .-—Nature, identification and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book:—Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week during one-
half of the Second Term. y2 unit.
6 (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary):—A course similar to
6 (a), but including more details concerning the diseases studied.
Text-book:—Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units Botany 87
6 (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced):—A course designed for
Honour or Graduate students. Technique; isolation and culture
work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the
progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures.
Prerequisite:—Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture and four hours laboratory per week.       3 units.
6 (e) Mycology:—A course designed to give the student a
general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view.
Text-books:—Stevens, The Fungi which cause Plant Disease,
Macmillan.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
6 (/) History of Plant Pathology:—A lecture course dealing with the history of the science of Plant Pathology from
ancient times to the present.
Text-book:—Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders.
Prerequisite:—Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture per week.   Second Term. V2 unit.
7. Plant Ecology.
7 (a) Forest Ecology and Geography:—The inter-relations
of forest trees and their environment; the biological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and
regions; physiography.
Text-book:—M. E. Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford
University Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and one period of field and practical work per
week.   First Term. 1 unit. 88 Faculty of Arts and Science
Evening and Short Courses in Botany
A Course in General Botany, comprising approximately
fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life
of the Province. No entrance examination and no previous
knowledge of the subject is required.
The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,
and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as
possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of
British Columbia.
The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (Sept.-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or
laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part
of the course.
No examination is required except in the case of University
students desiring credit (two units) for this course. Other
students desiring to ascertain their standing in the class may
apply for a written test.
A detailed statement of requirements, and work covered in
this course, is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be had
on request.
Department of Chemistry
Professor:  E.  H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry: R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor:  M. J. Marshall.
Instructor:    John  Allardyce.
Lecturer:    H. E. Bramston-Cook.
Assistant:    M. Neal Carter.
Assistant:   Greta Winter.
Assistant:    G. B. Carpenter.
Assistant:   R. W. Ball.
Assistant:    C. C. Lucas.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology. Chemistry 89
Text-book:—Byers, Inorganic Chemistry, Scribners.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — One lecture and six hours
laboratory per week throughout the First Term. (During the
first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work.)
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Text-books:—A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan;
Cumming & Kay, Quantitative Analysis, Gurney & Jackson.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 1.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 3 units.
Course (6) must be preceded by Course (a).
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the
compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series.
Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Books recommended:—Holleman-Walker, Text-book of
Organic Chemistry, "Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods
of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.    3 units.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book:—James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. iy2 units. 90 Faculty of Arts and Science
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals,
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. First Term.
(6) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 3 units.
6. Industrial Chemistry.—Those industries, which are dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry, will be considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will
be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments in
the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the physical
properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their chemical
constitutions.
Text-books: — Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements,
Longmans.
For reference:—Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical
Chemistry, Longmans.    Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, "Wiley. Chemistry 91
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
8. Electro-Chemistry. — Solutions are studied from the
standpoint of the osmotic and the dissociation theories. The
laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, primary
and secondary cells are considered in some detail.
For reference:—Le Blanc, Elements of Electro-Chemistry,
Macmillan; Creighton-Fink, Theoretical Electro-Chemistry,
Vol. I, John "Wiley & Sons; Allmand, Applied Electro-Chemistry,
Longmans, Green.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 4.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—Important organic reactions will be discussed. The Carbohydrates, Proteins, Enzyme
Action, Terpenes and Alkaloids will be studied.in more or less
detail. In the laboratory some complex compounds will be prepared and quantitative determinations of carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, sulphur and the halogens made with the view of
identifying organic compounds.
For reference:—Cohen, Organic Chemistry, Arnold.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
10. History of Chemistry.—Particular attention will be paid
to the development of chemical theory.
For reference:—Von Meyer-McGowan, History of Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2, 3, and 4.
Two hours a week.   Second Term. 1 unit.
11. Stereochemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and
physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied. 92 Faculty of Arts and Science
The lectures may be taken without the laboratory work.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 7 and 9.
Lectures:  2 units.   Laboratory, three hours per week.
3 units.
12. Colloid Chemistry.—The Chemistry of colloids and the
application of colloidal chemistry to industry.
For reference:—Zsigmondy-Spear, Chemistry of Colloids,
"Wiley; Reports on Colloid Chemistry by British Association for
Advancement of Science.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 3 and 4.
Two hours a week.   First Term. 1 unit.
14. Organic Agricultural Chemistry.—An introduction to
the compounds of carbon, with special applications to problems
in agriculture. The laboratory work will be adapted to the needs
of the individual student.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
15. Dairy Chemistry.—The chemistry of the carbohydrates,
fats, and proteins will be discussed in outline, and the chemical
processes involved in enzyme action and fermentation will receive
consideration.
Text-book:—Chamberlain, Agricultural Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
One lecture and three hours laboratory per week.      2 units.
Department of Classics
Professor:   Lemuel Robertson.
Professor of Greek:  O. J. Todd.
Associate Professor:   H.  T.  Logan.
Assistant:   H. A. Thompson.
Greek
Beginners'   Greek.—"White,   First   Greek   Book,   Chap. I-
XLVIII; Copp, Clark.
Four hours a week.   Mr. Thompson. 3 units. Classics 93
1. Lectures.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. XLIX-
LXXX. Xenophon, Anabasis I and TV, Goodwin and White,
Ginn.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. I-V,
Unwin.
Four hours a week. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
2. Lectures.—Plato, Apology and Crito, Dyer-Seymour,
Ginn; Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound, Wecklein-Allen, Ginn.
Composition—Arnold's Greek Prose Composition, Abbott,
Longmans. Selected passages will occasionally be set for Unseen
Translation.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. VI-X,
Unwin.
Four hours a week.   Mr. Todd, Mr. Logan. 3 units.
3. Lectures.—Thucydides, History, Book VII, Marchant,
Macmillan; Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge; Euripides, Heracles, Byrde, Oxford.
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures.—Homer, Iliad (Selections), Monro, Iliad, 2
Vols., Oxford; Demosthenes, Third Olynthiac, First and Third
Philippics, Butcher, Oxford (Vol. I.).
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures. — Herodotus, History, Hude, Oxford (the
equivalent of one book will be read); Lysias, Orations (Selections), Hude, Oxford; Aristophanes, The Birds, Hall and
Geldart, Oxford. (Open only to those who have taken or are
taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 94 Faculty of Arts and Science
7. Lectures.—Aristotle, Ars Poetica, Bywater, Oxford;
Plato, The Republic (Selections), Burnet, Oxford. (Open only
to those who have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be
taken in the Third Year.
One hour a week.   Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
10. Greek Literature in English Translation.—A survey of
Greek literary history from Homer to Lucian, with reading and
interpretation of selected works from the most important authors.
Knowledge of Greek is not prerequisite.
Members of the course will provide themselves with the
following books: Aeschylus, translated by Campbell (Oxford);
Sophocles, translated by Campbell (Oxford); Euripides, Medea
and Alcestis, translated by Murray (Allen and Unwin); Austo-
phanes, translated by Frere, Vol. I (Dutton).
Two hours a week.   Mr. Todd. 2 units.
For those who wish to extend the work to 3 units additional
reading will be provided.
Latin
1. Lectures.—Cicero, De Senectute, Warnian, Bell; Ovid,
Elegiac Selections, Smith, Bell.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, to exercise 19.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 1 to 13.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd, Mr. Thompson.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given. Classics 95
2. Lectures.—Virgil, Aeneid, Bk. VI, Page, Macmillan;
Cicero, Pro Archia; Select Orations and Letters, Allen &
Greenough, Ginn.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 14 to 20.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson, Mr. Logan.       3 units.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given.
3. Lectures.—Terence, Phormio, Sloman, Oxford; Virgil,
Aeneid, Page, Macmillan.
Literature:—Duff, Writers of Rome, Oxford.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Todd, Mr. Robertson.        3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
4. Lectures.—Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Cicero,
Selected Letters, Pritehard & Bernard, Oxford.
Literature:   Duff, Writers of Rome, Oxford.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures.—Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge; Seneca,
Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan. (Open only to those who
have taken or are taking, Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week.   Mr. Logan, Mr. Robertson.       3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures.—Tacitus, Histories I, II, Godley, Macmillan;
Garrod, Oxford Book of Latin Verse (Selections), Oxford.
(Open only to those who have taken or are taking Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Roman History from 133 B.C. to 180 A.D.
Text-books:   A Short History of the Roman Republic, Heit-
land,   Cambridge;  A  History  of  the  Roman  Empire,  Bury,
Murray.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 96 Faculty of Arts and Science
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students;  to be
taken in both Third and Fourth Years.
One hour a week.   Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Professor:  Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor:   H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor:  S. E. Beckett.
Assistant:    Greta Mather.
Economics
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of
general economic theory, including a survey of the principles of
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923. Clay,
Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan.
Economies 1 is the prerequisite for all other courses in the
department, but may be taken concurrently with Economics 2,
or Government 1. This rule may be waived in the case of
students of the Department of Nursing who may find it impossible to take both Economics 1 and Sociology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. History of Economic Life and Economic Thought.—A
brief outline of Economic Thought, and of Economic and Social
conditions in England previous to 1776. A survey of the more
important phases of European Organization from the time of the
Middle Ages, with special reference to the Industrial Revolution,
the Progress of Agriculture, and resultant social conditions. The
development of modern Economic Thought, with a study of the
influence of Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill and others, and
the place of the Deductive and Historical Methods.
Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution, Longmans. Marshall
and Lyon, Our Economic Organization, Macmillan; and assigned
readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units. Economics 97
3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise
of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the
more important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada,
and the United States. A critical analysis of various solutions
of the labour problem attempted and proposed; profit-sharing,
co-operation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management,
labour legislation and socialism.
Hoxie, Trade Unionism in the United States, Appleton.
Cole, Guild Socialism, Stokes. Carpenter, Guild Socialism,
Appleton. Simkhovitch, Marxism versus Socialism, Williams &
Norgate; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of
money. Banking principles and operations, laws of coinage,
credit, price movements, foreign exchange. Banking policy in
the leading countries, with particular reference to Canada.
Robertson, Money, Nisbet. Foster and Catchings, Money,
Houghton Mifflin. Dunbar, Theory and History of Banking,
Putnam, 1917. Phillips, Readings in Money and Banking,
Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
5. Government Finance.—An outline course dealing with
the principles and methods of taxation, and administration of
public funds. Topics examined include: growth of taxation
methods; theories of justice in taxation; classification, increase,
economic effects, and control of expenditures; property, business, personal, commodity, and inheritance taxes, with reference
to Canada, Britain and other countries; the single tax; double
taxation; shifting, incidence and economic effects of taxation;
flotation, administration, conversion and redemption of government loans.
Lutz,   Public   Finance,   Appleton,    1924;    and    assigned
readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 98 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. International Trade and Tariff Policy.—A survey of the
theory of international trade and the foreign exchanges; and a
study of the commercial policy of the leading countries, with
considerable attention to the British Dominions.
Bastable, The Theory of International Trade, Macmillan,
1903. Taussig, Selected Readings in International Trade and
Tariff Problems, Ginn; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Corporation Economics.—Historical development of the
different forms of industrial organization, including the partnership, joint-stock company, and the corporation, and the later
developments, such as the pool, trust, combination, and holding
company. Methods of promotion and financing, over-capitalization, stock market activities, the public policy toward corporations, etc.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
8. Provincial and Local Finance. — A brief summary of
fundamental principles of taxation. Sources of revenue, and
tax systems of federal, and provincial and municipal governments, especially of British Columbia. Problems of War Finance.
Chief problems of provincial and municipal finance and
administration. Separation of sources of provincial and municipal revenues. Methods of municipal supervision and control.
Government debts.
Assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Not given in 1926-27.)
Agricultural Economics
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations. Economics 99
(b) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Gillette, Constructive Rural Sociology, Macmillan; and
assigned readings.
Mr. Clement. 3 units.
2. (o) Agricultural Economics, — An application of the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan; and assigned
readings. A\
(b) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan;
and assigned readings.   Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Government
1. Constitutional Government.—This course deals with the
nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization
of government in the British Empire, the United States of
America, France, and Germany. ;
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
2. Introduction to the Study of Law,—(a) A rapid survey
of Legal History,    (b) Outlines of Jurisprudence.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week.    Mr. Angus. 3 units.
3. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government within the British Empire, to be given in alternate years
with Economics 7.
Readings to be assigned.
Government 1 is a prerequisite of this course, but may be
taken concurrently with it.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 100 Faculty of Arts and Science
Sociology
1. Principles of Sociology.—An introductory study of early
man and his relation to his environment; of races of men and
their distribution; of the early forms and development of
industrial organization, marriage and the family, arts and
sciences, religious systems, government, classes, rights, etc. A
review also of certain of the social problems of modern society
growing out of destitution, crime, overcrowding, etc. A critical
survey of schemes for betterment.
Blackmar & Gillin, Outlines of Sociology, Macmillan. Beach,
An Introduction to Sociology and Social Problems, Houghton-
Mifflin Company.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
Department of Education
Professor:   G. M. Weir.
Assistant Professor:   Jennie Benson Wyman.
Special Lecturer:   H. T. J. Coleman.
Lecturers in High School Methods: the following Heads of Departments: E. H. Archibald, H. Ashton, D. Buchanan, T. C. Hebb,
L. Robertson, W. N. Sage (Acting Head), G. G. Sedgewick,
also W. K. Beech and C. H. Scott of the Vancouver School staff.
Lecturers in Elementary School Methods: A. Anstey, A. R. Lord,
F. W. Dyke, C. H. Scott, R. Straight, Miss E. J. Trembath.
►  Courses in Education
Teacher Training Course
1. Explanatory Statement
At the request of the Provincial Department of Education,
the University undertook, in September, 1923, the direction of
the professional training of candidates for the Academic
Certificate.
Courses in elementary methods and in the special subjects
of the elementary school curriculum were provided in the Provincial Normal School, and facilities for practice teaching were
furnished through the kindness of the Vancouver School Board
and the Principal and Staff of the King Edward High School. Education 101
These courses were open only to University graduates, and the
original registration was 55.
The Dean of Arts and Science acted as provisional director
and lecturer in the History and Principles of Education and in
Educational Psychology. In November, 1923, Dr. George M.
Weir, Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Saskatoon,
Sask., was appointed Professor of Education and Director of
Teacher Training, and assumed the duties of his office January
1, 1924.
Lecturers on Methods in High School subjects were
appointed from the University staff.
2. Registration
Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts or Science
from a recognized university must be submitted to the University
Registrar by all candidates other than graduates of The University of British Columbia. All correspondence in connection
with the Teacher Training course should be addressed to the
University Registrar, from whom registration cards may be
procured.
3. Certificates and Standing
At the close of the University session, successful candidates
in the Teacher Training Course will be recommended to the
Provincial Department of Education for the Academic Certificate, and to the Faculty of Arts and Science for the University
Diploma in Education. Candidates obtaining at least 75 per
cent, on the work of the year will be awarded Honour standing.
All students registered in the Teacher Training Course at the
University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students in
the various Faculties, and are also subject to the regulations of
the University regarding discipline and attendance at lectures.
First or Second Class standing in History and Principles
of Education and in Educational Psychology of the Teacher
Training Course is accepted as equivalent to a Minor for an M.A.
degree, subject in each case to the consent of the Head of the
Department in which the student wishes to Major. 102 Faculty of Arts and Science
4. Preparatory Courses in Arts and Science
Students registered in Arts and Science who intend to
qualify as high school teachers in British Columbia are advised
to take in the Third and Fourth Years at least three Honour or
Pass courses selected from either or both of the following groups:
(a) English, History, French, Latin.
(b) Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry.
Students in the Teacher Training Course will find it to
their advantage to have taken at least one class in Psychology
during their undergraduate course.
5. Courses Offered
A. Throughout the University Session.
(1) Educational Psychology :
Text: Gates, Psychology for Students of Education,
McMillan.
References: Assigned readings from Standard textbooks and journals of psychology.
(2) School Administration and Law:
Texts: Sears, Classroom Organization and Control,
Houghton Mifflin.   Manual of School Law, British Columbia.
References: Cubberley, Public School Administration,
Houghton Mifflin. Cubberley, The Principal and His School,
Houghton Mifflin. Bagley, Classroom Management, Macmillan. Report of the School Survey Commission, British
Columbia.   Assigned readings.
(3) History and Principles of Education:
(a) Educational leaders and movements with special
reference to the period since 1800.
(b) Educational systems:—Canada with special reference to British Columbia; England; France; Germany; the United States.
Texts: Cubberley, A Brief History of Education,
Houghton Mifflin. Chapman and Counts, Principles of
Education, Houghton Mifflin. Education 103
References: Report of the School Survey Commission,
British Columbia. Assigned readings in comparative
education.
(4) Educational Tests, Measurements and Statistics:
Texts: Terman, The Measurement of Intelligence,
Houghton Mifflin. Rugg, A Primer of Graphics and Statistics for Teachers, Houghton Mifflin.
References: Ruch, The Improvement of the Written
Examination, Scott, Foresman & Co., Chicago. Wilson &
Hoke, How to Measure, Macmillan.
Assigned Readings.
The above courses are obligatory for all students.
B. During the Fall Term.
(1) Psychology of the Elementary School Subjects:
Texts:    Charters,   Teaching   the   Common  Branches,
Houghton   Mifflin.     Stone,   Silent   and   Oral   Reading,
Houghton Mifflin.
References: Stormzand, Progressive Methods of Teaching, Houghton Mifflin. Freeman, The Psychology of the
Common Branches, Houghton Mifflin.
Assigned readings from the Year Books and Educational Journals.
(2) Methods in Elementary School Subjects:
Assigned Readings.
The above courses are obligatory for all students.
C. During the Spring Term.
(1) Methods in High School Subjects:
Text: Judd, Psychology of High School Subjects,
Ginn & Co.
References: Parker, Methods of Teaching in High
Schools, Ginn & Co.
Assigned readings.
Three (3) courses are prescribed (two obligatory and
one optional).   Nine hours a week. 104 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. Observation Assignments and Practice Teaching
1. Fall Term:   At least forty (40) hours in the elementary
schools of the Province.   Obligatory for all students.
2. Spring Term:    At least sixty  (60)  hours in the high
schools of the province.   Obligatory for all students.
Department of English
Professor: G. G. Sedgewick.
Associate Professor:  W. L.  MacDonald.
Associate Professor: F. G. C. Wood.
Associate Professor: Thorleif Larsen.
Assistant Professor: F. C. Walker.
Assistant Professor:   M. L. Bollert.
Assistant Professor:  Frank H. Wilcox.
Assistant:  Sallee  Murphy.
First Year
1. (a) Literature. — Elementary study of a number of
literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the
novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry.
Texts for 1925-26: Hastings, Clough and Mason, Short
Stories, Houghton Mifflin. Euripides, Bacchae, in Gilbert
Murray's paraphrase. Shakespeare, Julius Caesar. Sheridan,
The School for Scandal, Everyman. Ibsen, The Doll's House,
Everyman.   An Anthology of Modern Verse, Methuen.
Two hours a week.
(6) Composition. — Elementary forms and principles of
composition; expository themes; study of models.
Two hours a week. 3 units.
Second Year
2. (a) Literature. — Studies in the history of English
Literature.
Pass Course: Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief
authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley.
Halleek, History of English Literature, American Book Com- English 105
pany, 1918. Century Readings in English, ed. Cunliffe, Century
Publishing Co.
Two hours a week.
(6) Composition.—Narrative and descriptive themes; the
writing of reports.
One hour a week. 3 units.
(c) Literature.—Readings from Nineteenth Century poetry
since 1830.
For this course, which is intended for prospective Honour
students in English and for others especially interested in the
study of Literature, no formal credit is given.
One hour a week.
THrRD and Fourth Years
The curriculum in English for students of the Third and
Fourth Years is arranged in three divisions. The first includes a
central body of general courses which will be offered, as far as
possible, every year, and to each of which are assigned 3 units
of credit. In the second division are listed courses carrying 2
units of credit and usually given in alternate years. And the
third consists of courses designed especially for Honour and
Graduate students, and open to others only by special permission.
Candidates for honours are referred to Pages 88 and 89.
Division I
9. Shakespeare.—This course may be taken for credit in two
successive years.   In 1926-27, 9 (b) will be given as follows:
i. A detailed study of the text of Richard II, Julius
Caesar, Antony and Cleopatra, The Winter's Tale.
ii. Lectures on Shakespeare's development, on his use
of sources, and on his relation to the stage and the
dramatic practice of his time.
Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of
the four plays named above, and with The Facts about Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndyke, Macmillan.  They are advised 106 Faculty of Arts and Science
to get the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson, or the Oxford
Shakespeare, ed. Craig.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
9 (a). (Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
10. The Drama to 1642.—The course begins with a study of
the Theban plays of Sophocles and of Aristotle's Theory of
Tragedy. The main subject of the course, however, is Elizabethan Drama: (1) its beginnings in the Miracle and Morality
Plays and in the Interludes; (2) its development in Shakespeare's predecessors—Lyly, Peele, Greene, Kyd, and Marlowe;
(3) its culmination in Shakespeare; (4) and its decline in
Johnson, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton, Webster, Massinger,
Shirley, and Ford.
Texts:—Lewis Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse,
World's Classics, Oxford. Everyman with other Interludes,
Everyman Library. Williams, Specimens of the Elizabethan
Drama, Oxford. Shakespeare, ed. Craig, Oxford, or the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 3 unite.
13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.
—The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs.
Radcliffe, Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray,
and George Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, and a few
representative novelists now living.
A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott,
Dickens, Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those
taking this course.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 3 units.
14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to
give a view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents
of English thought and literature during the period 1660-1800.
From year to year various periods will be stressed and the work
of various writers emphasized.   Generally speaking, the course is English 107
mainly concerned with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope,
Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke and Burns.
Three hours a week.   Mr. MacDonald. 3 units.
16. Romantic Poetry, 1780 to 1830.—Studies in the beginnings and progress of Romanticism, based chiefly on the work of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Scott.
Texts:   The Oxford editions of the first five poets named.
For reference:    Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1780-1830.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Walker. 3 units.
17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with
the work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks
at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the
development of later poetry down to the work of Hardy.
Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge
Edition. Arnold, Poems, Oxford Edition. Tennyson, Poems,
Globe Edition. Page, British Poets of the Nineteenth Century,
Sanborn.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1830-1880.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Wilcox. 3 units.
19. Private Reading.—Students of the Senior Year may
pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department, a course of private reading. In such courses examinations
will be set, but no class instruction will be given. 3 units.
Division II
5. The Elements of Poetics.—Studies in the criticism and
appreciation of poetry; the poetic frame of mind; the emotional
element in poetry; poetic content and the nature of poetic truth;
poetic form and its varieties; metrics; contemporary developments in poetry; literary criticism, its nature and function; and
an outline of aesthetic theory from Aristotle to Croce. Exercises
in criticism and metrical composition.
Winchester, Principles of Literary Criticism. 108 Faculty of Arts and Science
Two hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
6. Narrative Writing.—A study of narrative composition:
(a) critical reading of a considerable number of modern short
stories and of two or three modern novels; (6) frequent critical
and narrative themes.
Only a limited number of students will be admitted to this
course.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Technique of the Drama.—A practical study of dramatic
form and structure based on the analysis of modern plays, with
special reference to the one-act play as an art form. Playmaking,
by Wm. Archer, and Representative One-act Plays by British
and Irish Authors, Little, Brown, are the texts used in this
course.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
8. English Poetry, exclusive of the Drama, from the death
of Chaucer to 1649—(1) The Renaissance; (2) the Fifteenth
Century; (3) the Scottish Chaucerians; (4) John Skelton and
the poets of the Transition; (5) the Elizabethan Lyric; (6) the
Sonneteers; (7) Spenser and the Spenserians; (8) the Jacobean
Poets; (9) the Caroline Poets; (10) the Theory of Poetry
throughout the period.
Texts;—Ward, The English Poets, Vol. I. Spenser, ed
Smith and de Selincourt, Oxford.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
11. English Drama since 1600.—A survey of English drama
from the time of Ben Jonson to the present. Later Elizabethan
drama, representative plays of the Restoration, the works of
Goldsmith, Sheridan, and of early Nineteenth Century writers
will be considered.   There will follow a study of some dramatists English 109
©f recent years, including Wilde, Shaw, Galsworthy, Pinero,
Jones, Stephen Phillips, Barrie, and the Irish School.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
12. Narrative Poetry. — Discussion of the types,—epic,
ballad, and romance,—with readings, in suitable translations or
modern versions where desirable; modern ballads and metrical
romances represented by the work of Scott, Tennyson, Morris,
Masefield and others.
Two hours a week.   Mr. MacDonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
15. American Literature.—A survey of the principal writers
of this continent during the Nineteenth Century.
Texts: Broadus, A Book of Canadian Prose and Verse,
Oxford. Foerster, American Prose and Poetry, Houghton,
Mifflin.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Wilcox. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27.)
18. Social, literary, religious and scientific movements of the
Victorian period: Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay, Newman, Darwin,
Mill, Arnold, Butler, Stevenson.
Two hours a week.   Mr. MacDonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27.)
Division III
20. Chaucer and Middle English. — (a) Middle English
grammar with the reading of representative texts. (6) The
Canterbury Tales.
Texts: A Middle English reader and the Oxford Chaucer,
ed. Skeat.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
21a. Anglo-Saxon—Moore & Knott, The Elements of Old
English, George Wahr. Bright, Anglo-Saxon Reader, Henry
Holt. 110 Faculty of Arts and Science
Two hours a week   Mr. Walker. 2 units.
21b. Anglo-Saxon.—Beowulf.
Two hours a week after Christmas.   Mr. Walker.       1 unit.
22. Studies in Linguistic History. — Origins, growth, and
development of the English language. A brief introduction to
Germanic philology; the Indo - European language group;
Grimm's Law; the Anglo-Saxon period; Norman, French, and
Latin influences; study of the gradual evolution of forms, sounds,
and meanings.
Two hours a week before Christmas.   Mr. Walker.    1 unit.
24. Seminar.—In this class advanced students will get practice in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation.
The subject for 1926-27 will probably be the history of literary
criticism.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy:  M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer: E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course covers, in a general way,
the whole field of geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, including: weathering, the work of
the wind, the work of ground water, the work of streams, the
work of glaciers, the ocean and its work, the structure of the
earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and igneous intrusions, metamor-
phism, mountains and plateaus, and ore-deposits.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term.   Mr. Schofield. Geology 111
(o) Historical Geology, including: the earth before the
Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and
Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term.   Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and
the study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Pirsson and Schuchert, Introductory Geology,
Wiley.
Reference Books: Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill,
Rocks, Rock-weathering and Soils. Coleman and Parks, Elementary Geology. National Geographic Magazine. Shimer,
Introduction to the Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical
Essays.   Hugh Miller's works. 3 units.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field of
Mineralogy.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis. 112 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford (new
edition), Wiley.   (For students taking only Geology 2(a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
(For students who subsequently take Geology 2 (&).)
Prerequisite:   Chemistry 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term.   Mr. Uglow. iy2 units.
2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy. — This
course supplements 2(a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration.
Text: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley.
Prerequisite:   Geology 2(a).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term.   Mr. Uglow.        ^^ IV2 units.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life with special reference to North America.
Text-book: Schuchert, Historical Geology (2nd Edn.),
Wiley.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three hours per week, First Term.   Mr. Williams.
IV2 units.
4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography
of British Columbia.
Text-book:  Leith, Structural Geology (2nd Edn.), Holt.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three hours per week, Second Term.   Mr. Schofield.
IV2 units. Geology 113
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(6) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock.
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life.   Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three lectures and one hour laboratory per week.    3 units.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books:    Grabau and   Shimer,   North  American
Index Fossils.   Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology.
Prerequisite:    Geology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
Mr. Williams. 3 units.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (6) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay
of rocks.
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks
contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical methods of determination are equally stressed.
Texts: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley. Luquer,
Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand. Dana, Text-book of
Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites:   Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of 2 hours per
week.   Mr. Uglow. 4 units. 114 Faculty of Arts and Science
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference books: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits. Ries, Economic Geology.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four hours per week. Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams, Mr. Uglow
and Mr. Schofield. 4 units.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite
of ores from some mining district for a critical examination and
report.
Text: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination of the
Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
Two hours per week.   Mr. Uglow. 1 unit.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology. Geology 115
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists.   Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
Three hours per week.   Mr. Schofield. 1% units.
12. Meteorology and Climatology.—A course covering in a
general way the whole field, with practice in using instruments,
constructing and using weather charts, and weather predicting.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.   Second Term.   Mr. Schofield. IV2 units.
Geography
1. Principles of Geography. — A general course dealing
especially with the effects of the physical features of the earth
upon life, and the ways in which various forms of life respond
to their physical environment. The following topics are studied:
earth relations; earth features; climate and climatic factors;
oceans; materials of the land and their uses; changes of the
earth's surface; coasts, plains, plateaus, mountains, inland
waters, and their relations to life; human geography.
Text-book: Salisbury, Barrows and Tower, Elements of
Geography, Holt.
Three lectures per week.   Mr. Brock and Mr. Schofield.
3 units.
10. Introduction to Geography.—A brief introduction to
the study of modern Geography, outlining the history and
content of the subject, physical geography and human geography.
One lecture a week.   Mr. Brock and Mr. Schofield. 116 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of History
Professor:   Mack  Eastman.
Associate Professor: W. N. Sage.
Assistant Professor:  F. H. Soward.
Special Lecturer:   H. L. Keenleyside.
Assistant:   Stanley Moodie.
Students who intend to specialize in History are advised
to associate with it from the first some allied subject, such as
Economies. Economies 1, 2, 3, Government 1 and Sociology 1
will be found especially helpful.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found
extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in
certain classes of more advanced work Latin is indispensable.
Hereafter, French at least will be required for Honour work.
A list of books for reading and reference may be obtained
from the professor in charge of each course.
First and Second Years
1. Main Currents in Modern World History.—This course
is intended primarily for First Year students and covers the
period in World History between the French Revolution and
the present day. It will include a discussion of such topics as the
Balance of Power in the Eighteenth Century, the French Revolution, the Napoleonic Era, the Industrial Revolution, the
Growth of Democracy in the Nineteenth Century, the Eastern
Question, Nationality as a Factor in the Nineteenth Century, the
Expansion of Europe, the Armed Peace (1870-1914), the
Awakening of the Far East (1868-1914), the World War, the
Russian Revolution, the League of Nations, Problems of the
Pacific.
Text-book: Schapiro, Modern and Contemporary European
History, or Carleton Hayes, Political and Social History of
Modern Europe, Vol. II.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Soward. 3 units.
2. Canadian History. — This course opens with a brief
analysis of the reasons for European colonization of America History 117
and a sketch of the colonial effort of Spain, France and Great
Britain. In the French regime, exploration, the development of
government, the conflict of church and state, and the struggle
with Great Britain for the West are studied. In the British
period, the relations of the French and English and the evolution
of Canadian self-government are given special attention.
On the colonization of America and the history of New
France, students are especially advised to consult: Ramsay
Muir, Expansion of Europe; the works of Francis Parkman;-
Munro, Crusaders of New France; Fiske, New France and New-
England ^Eastman, Church and State in Early Canada; Lucas,
History of Canada, Vol. I, New France; Wrong, Conquest of
New France.
On the British Period: Skelton, The Canadian Dominion,
Life and Letters of Sir Wilfrid Laurier; Egerton, History of
Canada, Part II, 1763-1921; Kennedy, The Constitution of-
Canada, Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1759-1915;
Bracq, Evolution of French Canada; Morison, British Supremacy
and Canadian Self-government; Trotter, Federation of Canada;
Wallace, Sir John Macdonald; Dafoe, Laurier. -
An essay counting 10% of the year's work must be submitted early in the autumn term.
Subject, The Indian Policy of New France and New
England — a Contrast, or The Influence of the New World on
the French (or English) Immigrant of the Seventeenth
Century.
Three hours a week. Mr. Keenleyside. 3 units.
3. English History. — The history of England from the
Norman Conquest to the Revolution of 1688. This course is
intended primarily for Second Year students who mean to
specialize in history. It aims at interpreting the constitutional,
political, economic, and religious development of England and
Wales during the period prescribed. Attention will also be paid
to the history of Scotland and Ireland and the origin of Overseas
Britain.   The sequel to this course is History 8.
Text-book: Muir, A Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. I. 118 Faculty of Arts and Science
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of
the autumn term. Subject: The Effects of the Norman Conquest on Subsequent English History, or The Growth of Royal
Power During the Reigns of Henry I and Henry II, or The
Evolution of Parliament During the Thirteenth and Fourteenth
Centuries.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Third and Fourth Years
History 4, 5 and 6 are intended especially for Third Year
students, History 7 and 8 for Fourth Year. History 4 (or 5)
must be taken by all candidates for Honours.
All Honour students (whether in History alone or in a
Combination Course) must take a History Seminar of one
hour a week in either their Third or their Fourth Year. The
Seminar is intended as training in intensive work and carries
no credits. If the Graduating Essay be written in History, it
will carry a value of 3 units.
4. Mediaeval History.—A sketch of Mediaeval History from
the Council of Nicaea to the Fall of Constantinople, 325-1453
A.D. The following subjects will be treated: the triumph of
Christianity; the breakdown of the Western Roman Empire;
the Barbarian Invasions; the earlier monastic movements;
Mohammed and Islam; the rise of the Papacy; the Franks and
Charlemagne; the struggle between Empire and Papacy; the
Normans in Europe; the Crusades; the Mediaeval Towns; the
later monastic movements; the rise of the universities;
Frederick II; the later Mediaeval Empire; the National Kingdoms in France, Spain, England and Scotland; the Turks and
the collapse of the Byzantine Empire.
Text-book: Thorndike, A History of Mediaeval Europe,
Houghton Mifflin.
Additional text-books for Honour students: Oman, The
Dark Ages. Tout, Empire and Papacy. Lodge, The Close of
the Middle Ages.   Bryce, The Holy Roman Empire. History 119
A preliminary essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening
of the autumn term. Subject: The Causes of the Triumph of
Christianity in the Later Roman Empire, or The Emperor
Justinian, or The Papacy Before Gregory VII (Hildebrand).
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
5. Renaissance and Reformation.—Mediaeval civilization in
the time of Dante; the forerunners of the Renaissance; the
Renaissance in Italy (illustrated with slides); the Protestant
Reformation and the Catholic Reaction; in conclusion, a short
account of the subsequent history of religious thought down to
our own times.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
The Nature of the Universe and of Man in Mediaeval Thought,
or The Rise of the Critical Spirit 1200-1520 or The Beginning of National Literature.
Text-books: W. H. Hudson, The Story of the Renaissance.
Fisher, The Reformation.   McGiffert, Martin Luther.
Additional reading, especially for Honour students: Sichel,
The Renaissance. Taylor, Some Aspects of the Renaissance.
Symonds, A Short History of the Renaissance in Italy. Symonds,
The Renaissance in Italy (vols.). Burckhardt, The Renaissance
in Italy, Andre Michel, Histoire de I'Art (III, IV). Christopher
Hare, Life and Letters in the Italian Renaissance. Preserved
Smith, Erasmus. Emerton, Erasmus. Allen, The Age of
Erasmus.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
6. The Age of Louis XIV, the Pre-Revolution, the Revolution and Napoleon.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
The Progress of Science 1600-1750, or The Position of Woman
During the Reign of Louis XIV, or Religion and Conduct in
Seventeenth Century France. 120 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-books: Lowell, The Eve of the French Revolution.
Shailer Matthews, The French Revolution.   Johnston, Napoleon.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Taine,
L'ancien regime (abridged), Heath. Aulard, The French
Revolution. Lacour-Gayet, Napoleon, or Rose, Napoleon. Fisher,
Bonapartism.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Keenleyside. 3 units.
7. Europe, 1815-1923.—The political, social and religious
history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with
especial attention to international relations. Intended for Fourth
Year students.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
The Influence of Geography on the History of Western Europe
in the Nineteenth Century, or The Napoleonic Legend.
Text-book: Hazen, Europe Since 1815 (1923). Introductory
reading: Ramsay Muir, The Expansion of Europe.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Gooch,
History of Modern Europe, 1878-1919. Fueter, World History,
1815-1920.   Rambaud, Historie de la Civilisation Frangaise.
For reading and reference: Cambridge Modern History.
Lavisse et Rambaud, Histoire Generate. Lavisse, Histoire de
France Contemporaine. Mowat, A History of European
Diplomacy, 1815-1914. Sait, Government and Politics of France.
Grant Robertson, Bismarck. Fairgrieve, Geography and World
Power. Marvin, Century of Hope. Gooch, Germany. Thayer,
Cavour. Kornilov, Modern Russian History. Toynbee, The
Balkans, etc.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Soward. 3 units.
8. Great Britain Since 1688. The British Empire — This
course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political,
economic and religious development of the British Isles since
the Revolution of 1688. Attention will also be paid to the growth
of the British Empire during the eighteenth, nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. This course is the sequel to History 3. History 121
Text-book: Muir, Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. II.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Grant
Robertson, England under the Hanoverians. Slater, The Making
of Modern England (Houghton Mifflin). Morley, Life of
Gladstone.
For reading and reference: Cambridge History of British
Foreign Policy. Poole and Hunt, The Political History of
England (Vols. VIII-XII). Cambridge Modern History (Vols.
V-XII). Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution. Egerton, A Short
History of British Colonial Policy. Basil Williams, Life of
Chatham. Moneypenny and Buckle, Life of Disraeli. Howard
Robinson, The Development of the British Empire.
A preliminary essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn. Subject: Boling-
broke and His Political Theories, or William Pitt, Earl of
Chatham, or The Industrial Revolution.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
9. American History.—This course begins with a sketch of
the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and
traces the history of the United States from the commencement
of the War of Independence to the close of the World War.
Text-book: Muzzey, American History, Ginn. Additional
text-books for Honour students: Lecky, The American Revolution.   Lingley, Since the Civil War.
An essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's work, must be
handed in early in the autumn. Subject: Rise and Fall of the
Federalist Party or Puritan Influences on American Life.
Mr. Soward. 3 units.
10. An Outline of the Social History of the Western
World.—The origin of man, pre-literary history, and a discussion
of those social developments which have contributed most to the
evolution of modern society in the western world. The course
will include such topics as inventions, forms of social groupings,
changing standards of conduct, the results of exploration, and
the development of modern industry and thought. 122 Faculty of Arts and Science
An introductory essay counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in early in the fall term. Subject: Artistic
Development Before the Invention of Writing, or The Position
of Woman in Babylonia and Egypt Before 1500 B. C, or The
Civilization of Early Crete.
Text-books: Barnes, An Outline of the Social History of
the Western World. Breasted, Ancient Times. Abbott, The
Expansion of Europe.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Dickenson,
The Greek View of Life, The Mind of Primitive Man. Fowler,
Rome. Cheney, Industrial and Social History of England.
Assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Keenleyside. 3 units.
Honour Seminar, 1926-27: (a) "The Origins of the World
War," Mr. Soward.    (6) "Problems of the Pacific," Mr. Sage.
Department of Mathematics
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Professor:  L. S. Dederick.
Associate Professor:  G. E. Robinson.
Associate Professor:    E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor:  L.  Richardson.
Assistant Professor:  B.  S.  Hartley.
Assistant:  May L. Barclay.
Assistant:  C. Islay Johnston.
Courses 2, 3, and 4 are open to students who have completed
Course 1.
Pass Courses
1. (a) Algebra. — An elementary course, including ratio,
proportion, variation, solutions of equations, simple series, permutations, combinations, and the binomial theorem.
Wilson and Warren, Intermediate Algebra, Oxford.
Three hours a week.   First Term.
(b) Geometry. — An elementary course in synthetic and
analytical   geometry   as   outlined   for   Senior Matriculation. Mathematics 123
McDougall, Advanced Geometry, Copp Clark.
Two hours a week.   Second Term.
(c) Trigonometry. — An elementary course involving the
use of logarithms.
Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry, Copp Clark.
Paterson, Five-figure Tables, (Oxford).
One hour a week, First Term, and two hours a week, Second
Term. 3 units.
2. (a) Analytical Geometry.—A review of the straight line
and circle, and a study of the other conies.
Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
Two hours a week.   First Term.   Mr. Buchanan.
(6) Algebra. — A continuation of the previous course in
algebra involving exponential, logarithmic and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued fractions.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.   Second Term.   Mr. Robinson.
(c) Calculus.—An introductory course in differential and
integral calculus, with various applications.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
One hour a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course
deals with the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation
of bonds, sinking funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.
Rietz, Crathorne and Rietz, Mathematics of Finance, Holt.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Robinson. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
4. Descriptive Astronomy.—The object of this course is to
acquaint the student with the various heavenly bodies and their
motions. It is intended primarily for Pass students, and only a
knowledge of elementary mathematics is essential. The subject-
matter treated includes: The shape and motions of the earth,
systems of  coordinates,   the  constellations,  planetary  motion, 124 Faculty of Arts and Science
gravitation, tides, time, the stars and nebulae, theories of evolution of the solar system.
Moulton, Introduction to Astronomy, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 2 units.
Students desiring credit for an additional unit in connection
with this course may register for Mathematics 18.    They will
be required to write essays on prescribed subjects dealing with
various phases of Astronomy. 1 unit.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
Honour Courses
10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of
the Bubject.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
11. Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.—The work in plane
trigonometry will deal with the following: Identities and trigonometrical equations, the solution of triangles with various applications, circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles, De Moivre's
theorem, expansions of sin n„, etc., hyperbolic and inverse functions. The work in spherical trigonometry will cover the solution
of triangles with various applications to astronomy and geodesy.
Loney, Plane Trigonometry, Parts I and II.
Dupuis  and  Matheson, Spherical  Trigonometry and Astronomy, Uglow.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
12. Synthetic Plane and Solid Geometry.—The course in
plane geometry is intended to cover such topics as the principle
of duality, cross ratio geometry, etc. In solid geometry the principal properties of solid figures are studied, as well as the theory
of projection in space, with various applications to the conic
sections.
Dupuis, Elementary Synthetic Geometry, Macmillan.
Dupuis, Elements of Synthetic Solid Geometry, Macmillan.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) Mathematics 125
13. Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies
and systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Loney, Co-ordinate Geometry.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
14. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — A course
covering the main theory and use of these subjects.
Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations, Vol. I, Dublin.
Weld, Theory of Determinants.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
15. Higher Algebra. — Selected topics in higher algebra,
including infinite series, continued fractions, the theory of numbers, probability.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan. Chrystal,
Text-book of Algebra, Part II.
Two hours a week, i 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
16. Calculus and Differential Equations.—A continuation of
the previous course in calculus, treating partial differentiation,
expansions of functions of many variables, singular points,
reduction formulae, successive integration, elliptic integrals, and
Fourier series.
Ordinary and partial differential equations, with various
applications to geometry, mechanics and physics.
Granville, Differential and Integral Calculus, Ginn.
Murray, Differential Equations, Longmans.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
17. Applied Mathematics. — A course dealing with the
applications of mathematics to dynamics of a particle and of a
rigid body, and to the two body problem in celestial mechanics.
Loney,  Theoretical Mechanics.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Richardson. 3 units. 126 Faculty of Arts and Science
18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the
historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics from the earliest times to the present.
Ball, History of Mathematics. Cajori, History of Elementary Mathematics.   Mr. Buchanan. 1 unit.
Graduate Courses
20. Analytical Solid Geometry.—Snyder and Sisam, Analytical Geometry of Space.
21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. — Goursat-
Hedrick, Mathematical Analysis, Vol. I.
22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.—Pierpont,
Functions of a Complex Variable.
23. Differential Geometry.—Eisenhart, Differential Geometry.
24. Projective Geometry.—Veblen and Young, Projective
Geometry, Vol. I.
25. Celestial Mechanics.—Moulton, An Introduction to
Celestial Mechanics.!
26. Advanced Differential Equations. — Moulton, Periodic
Orbits.
Department of Modern Languages
Professor:  H. Ashton.
Associate Professor:  A. F. B. Clark.
Assistant Professor:  Isabel Maclnnes.
Assistant Professor:  Henri  Chodat.
Instructor:  Janet T.  Greig.
Assistant:  E. E. Delavault.
Assistant:  G.  Barry.
Assistant:   Dorothy Dallas.
Assistant in German:    John Phemister.
With the consent of the Professor in charge of the course,
a student taking a Pass Degree may be admitted to any course
in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not in lieu
of, 3(a) and 4(a).    Students from other universities who have Modern Languages 127
already taken the work of 3(a) or 4(a), may be given special
permission by the Head of the Department to substitute other
courses.
French
1. (a) Moliere, Les Precieuses Ridicules, Longmans, Toronto. Berthon, Grammaire Frangaise. Clement and Macirone,
Voici la France, Heath. 3 units.
1. (6) Prescribed texts as for 1(a).
Revision of the essentials of French grammar and syntax
applied to the correct writing of French. There will be an oral
examination based on the texts read. 3 units.
Note :—Students who choose French will be informed which
course 1(a) or 1(6) they must take. The decision will be made
after a consideration of the marks in French obtained at the
Matriculation examination. Students in 1(6) will normally take
not more than two years French, as they will not be sufficiently
prepared to profit by the Third and Fourth Year courses. If,
however, they make rapid progress in the First Year they may be
transferred to the higher course in the Second Year when they
have satisfied the examiners of their fitness for more advanced
work. Students who have not passed the Matriculation
examination in French (or its equivalent) are not allowed to
take either of the First Year courses in this subject.
1. (c) Lectures in French on Literature for students who
intend to take French throughout the four years. One hour a
week; no credit, no examination.
Summer Reading:—See the announcement after the Fourth
Year courses.
2. (a) La Fontaine, One Hundred Fables, Ginn. Augier
et Sandeau, Le Gendre de Monsieur Poirier, American Book
Company.   Daudet, Lettres de mon moulin, Oxford.
Conversation in French on the above.    Written resumes. 128 Faculty of Arts and Science
Composition from Wilson and Jaccard, A First French
Prose Composition, Bell; or from Jules Lazare, Elementary
French Composition, Hachette, London. 3 units.
There will be oral tests.
2. (b) Texts as above with the exception of La Fontaine.
3 units.
2. (c) Lectures in French on Literature for students who
intend to take French throughout the four years. One hour a
week; no credits, no examination.
Summer Reading: See the announcement after the Fourth
Year Courses.
3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV.—Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the
development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion
of the following texts: Racine, Phedre, Hachette, Paris. Moliere,
Le Misanthrope, Didier; Le Tartuffe, Heath. Schinz and King,
Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt.
Conversation and written resumes based on the above.
This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year
French. 3 units.
3. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century.—Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, with special
emphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of
romanticism. The inter-relations of French and English thought
and literature will be touched upon. Careful reading and
discussion of the following texts: Selections from Voltaire
(Havens), Century Co. Rousseau, Morceaux choisis (Mornet),
Didier. Diderot, Extraits (Fallex), Delagrave. Beaumarchais,
Le Barbier de Seville, Macmillan. 3 units.
3. (c) French Composition and translation from English
into French. Weekley, French Prose Composition, Clive, London. 3 units.
Summer Reading: See the announcement after the Fourth
Year Courses. Modern Languages 129
4. (a) The Romantic Drama.—Musset, Quatre Comedies,
Oxford. Hugo, Hernani, Oxford.   Rostand, Cyrano de Bergerac.
3 units.
4. (6) Literature and Society in the XVllth Century.—
Mme de La Fayette, La Princesse de Cleves; La Bruyere, Les
Caracteres (Hatier); Mme de Sevigne, Lettres (Manchester);
Moliere, Les Precieuses Ridicules, (Longmans), Les Femmes
Savantes (Hatier), L'Avare (Hatier), Le Bourgeois Gentil-
homme (Hatier). 3 units.
4. (c) Bibliography, Composition and Oral French.—Book
required: Ritchie and Moore, A Manual of French Composition,
Cambridge. 3 units.
4. (d) Eighteenth Century Drama.—Lesage, Turcaret,
Cambridge; Marivaux, Le jeu de Vamour et du hasard, Hatier,
Paris (Les classiques pour tous); Regnard, Le joueur, Hatier,
Paris; Sedaine, Le Philosophe sans le savoir, Hachette, London.
^^ 3 units.
Notes—Courses 3 (a) (b) (c) and 4 (a) (b) (c) (d) call for
much work out of class. They should be chosen only by students
able and willing to work alone. Students intending to. take 4(a)
or 4(b) should apply to the Head of the Department before the
end of the present academic year for instructions for summer
reading.
Summer Reading
Upon entering the courses for the years stated below the
student must satisfy the instructor that he has read the books
mentioned below.
Second Year:
1. Bernardin de St Pierre, Paul et Virginie.
2. Balzac, Eugenie Grandet.
3. Saintine, Picciola; or Vigny, Poesies Choisies.
Third Year:
1. Chateaubriand, Atala.
2. Le Sage, Gil Bias. 130 Faculty of Arts and Science
3. Vigny, Servitude et grandeur militaires.
4. Banville, Gringoire; or Musset, Poesies Choisies.
Fourth Year:
1. Moliere, L'Avare.
2. Moliere, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme.
3. Moliere, Les Femmes Savantes.
4. Racine, Andromaque.
5. Racine, LeS Plaideurs.
6. Musset, Fantasio.
7. Musset, Un Caprice.
The above have all been chosen from the series Les Classiques
pour tous so as to lighten the cost of buying books for vacation
reading. At the present rate of exchange they can be bought at
the University Bookstore for ten or fifteen cents each. As these
books can be carried in the pocket and read at odd moments
no excuse will be accepted for failure to do summer reading.
German
A. Beginners' Course. Composition, Grammar, Conversation.—Texts: (a) Zinnecker, Deutsch fur Anfanger, Heath.
(6) Haertel, German Reader for Beginners. 3 units.
B. Beginners' Course (Scientific) Composition, Grammar,
Conversation.—Texts: (a) Zinnecker, Deutsch fur Anf anger,
Heath,    (b) Gore, German Science Reader, Heath. 3 units.
1. Completion and Revision of Zinnecker. Composition
and conversation based on texts read. Von Wildenbruch, Das
edle Blut, Scribner. Wells, Drei kleine Lustspiele, Heath.
Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Science Section with alternate reading. 3 units.
2. (a) Whitney and Stroebe, German Composition. Holt,
Composition and conversation based on texts read.
Heine, Die Harzreise, Allyn & Bacon. Schiller, Wilhelm
Tell, Heath.   Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.        3 units. Philosophy 131
2. (6) A general survey of German literature.
For students who intend to take German in the Third and
Fourth Years.
One hour a week. • No formal credit is given for this course.
3. The Classical Period.
Texts: Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm, Macmillan. Goethe,
Egmont, Ginn.   Schiller, Maria Stuart, Holt.
Composition based on above texts and Whitney and Stroebe,
Advanced German Composition, Holt. 3 units.
4. (a) Nineteenth Century Drama. 3 units.
4. (6) Nineteenth Century Fiction. 3 units.
These courses,   which  include   reading   of  a   number  of
standard works, will be given alternately.
5. A reading course in the short story. 3 units.
Department of Philosophy
Professor:   H. T. J. Coleman.
Associate Professor:   James Henderson.
Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education:    Jennie Benson
Wyman.
Assistant:   H. N. Cross.
1. (a) Elementary Psychology.
Text-book: Woodworth, Psychology, A Study of Mental
Life, Holt.
References: Stout, A Manual of Psychology. Titchener,
A Text-book in Psychology; A Beginner's Psychology. James,
Psychology (Briefer Course). Pillsbury, Essentials of Psychology.
Two hours a week. 132 Faculty of Arts and Science
(6) Elementary Logic.
Text-book:     Mellone,   Introductory   Text-book   of  Logic,
Blackwood (latest edition).
One hour a week.
(c) A fourth hour per week will be devoted to lectures
introductory to the main problems of Philosophy, and a special
study of Descartes' Discourse on Method and Berkeley's Treatise
Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge. Attendance
at this hour is voluntary and no formal credit is given. Students
contemplating Honours are, however, advised to take this course.
3 units.
2. Ethics.
Text-book:   Everett, Moral Values, Holt.
A special study will be made of selected portions of Aristotle's Ethics, Mill's Utilitarianism, and Kant's Metaphysic of
Morals.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
3. History of Greek Philosophy from Thales to Plato
(inclusive).
Text-books: Bakewell, Source Book in Ancient Philosophy,
Charles Scribner's Sons, and Burnet, Greek Philosophy (Part 1),
Macmillan. In connection with this course a special study will
be made of Plato's Republic, Phaedo, and Philebus.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
4. The History of Philosophy from the Renaissance to the
Present time.
Text-book: Alexander, A Short History of Philosophy,
Macmillan.
Works of Reference: Rand, Modern Classical Philosophers,
and the various Histories of Philosophy.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
5. The Philosophy of Kant, with special study of the
Critique of Pure Reason. Philosophy 133
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
6. Philosophic Movements since the time of Kant. Post-
Kantian Idealism, Pragmatism, the New Realism, Bergson and
others.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Introduction to Education. A course of lectures and
discussions dealing with educational movements since the beginning of the 19th century, and with the theories of life and of
mind which are implicit in these movements.
Texts: Spencer, Education, Everyman Edition. Dewey,
Democracy and Education, Macmillan.
References: Butler, The Meaning of Education. Moore,
What is Education? Adams (ed.), The New Teaching. Holmes,
What is and What might be. Articles in Cyclopedia of Education, Macmillan.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
8. Social Psychology. — A study of those particular phases
of mental life and development which are fundamental in social
organization and activity.
Texts: McDougall, Social Psychology, Methuen, London.
Ginsberg, Psychology of Society, Methuen, London. Collateral
reading will be prescribed from the following: Hobhouse, Mind
in Evolution, Morals in Evolution. Sutherland, Origin and
Growth of the Moral Instinct. Cooley, Human Nature and the
Social Order. Wallas, Human Nature in Politics; The Great
Society. Ross, Social Psychology. Trotter, Instincts of the Herd
in Peace1 and War.   McDougall, The Group Mind.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Students will note that Courses 3 and 4, and Courses 5 and
6 are given in alternate years. This arrangement is designed to
meet the needs of students who desire to pursue the study of
philosophy beyond the elementary stage. 134 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Physics
Professor:  T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor:  A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J.   G. Davidson.
Assistant Professor:    G. M. Shrum.
1. Introduction to Physics.—A general study of the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, and
electricity, both in the lecture-room and in the laboratory. The
course has two objects: (1) To give the minimum acquaintance
with physical science requisite for a liberal education to those
whose studies will be mainly literary; (2) to be introductory to
the courses in Chemistry, Engineering, and Advanced Physics.
Students must reach the required standard in both theoretical
and practical work.
Text-book:   Millikan, Gale and Pyle, Practical Physics.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
2. College Physics.—This course consists of a general course
in Physics suitable for those students who have taken the two
years of Physics given in the High School. It will cover mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound and electricity
in a fuller manner than would be possible in an introductory
course.
Text-book:   Stewart, Physics, a Text-book for Colleges.
Prerequisite:   High School Physics.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week.    3 units.
3. Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.—A study of the
statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws
of gases and vapors, temperature, hygrometry, capillarity, expansion, and calorimetry.
Text-book: Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat.
Prerequisite:   Physics 1 or 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.      3 units
4. Electricity, Sound, and Light. — A study of the fundamentals of magnetism, electricity, sound, and light. Physics 135
Text-book: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and Light.
Prerequisite:   Physics 1 or 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
5. Dynamics of a Particle and of a Rigid Body.—A rigorous
mathematical study of this subject.
Prerequisites:    Physics 3 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
6. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. — In this course,
especial attention is given to the theoretical phases of Electricity
and Magnetism.
Text-book:   Starling, Electricity and Magnetism.
Prerequisites:   Physics 3 and 4 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
7. Kinetic Theory of Gases and Introduction to Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures elucidating the fundamentals of
these subjects.
Books for reference: Poynting and Thomson, Heat. Boyn-
ton, Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preston, Heat, and Meyer,
Kinetic Theory of Gases.
Prerequisites:   Physics 3, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
8. Theoretical and Experimental Optics.—A course of lectures accompanied by laboratory work consisting of accurate
measurements in diffraction, dispersion, interference, and polarization.
Books for reference: Houstoun, Treatise on Light. Mann,
Advanced Optics. Wood, Physical Optics. Preston, Theory of
Light.   Drude, Theory of Optics, and Edser, Light for Students.
Prerequisites:   Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.    3 units.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory,
and radioactivity. 136 Faculty of Arts and Science
Books for reference: Thomson, Conduction of Electricity
through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays. Hughes,
Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
10. Advanced Experimental Physics. — In this course the
candidate for Honours is expected to perform one or more
classical experiments and to do some special work.
Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies
will constitute an essential part of the course.
Six hours laboratory per week. 3 to 6 units.
Department of Zoology
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Assistant Professor:  G. J. Spencer.
Assistant:  G. Van Wilby.
Note:—Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories.
Text-books: Parker and Haswell, Manual of Zoology, Macmillan.   (American Edition, 1916.)
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.       3 units.
2. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the classes of Vertebrates.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. — A detailed
comparative study of a member of each of the main classes of
Invertebrates. Zoology 137
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
4. Morphology of Insects.—General Entomology.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
5. Histology.—Study of the structure and development of
animal tissues.   Methods in histology.
Seven hours per week.   Second Term. 2 units.
6. Embryology.—A general survey of the principles of
vertebrate embryology. Preparation and examination of em-
bryological sections.
Seven hours per week.    First Term. 2 units.
7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the insect pests of
animals and plants; means of combating them.
Lecture and laboratory work, six hours per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
8. Private Reading. — A course of reading on Biological
theories. In this course examinations will be set, but no class
instruction will be given. 2 units.  THE      'I
FACULTY
OF
APPLIED SCIENCE  FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
FOREWORD
The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train
students in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound
knowledge of natural laws and of the means of utilizing natural
forces and natural products for the benefit of man and the
advancement of civilization. Experience shows that such a
training is the best yet devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative, supervisory and technical
positions. l^
The object, then, is to turn out, not finished engineers or
industrial leaders—these are the product of years of development in the school of experience—, but young men with a special
capacity and training for attaining these goals, and thus for
helping to develop the industries of the province. Consequently
the undergraduate course is made broad and general rather than
narrow and highly specialized.
Furthermore, such a course is not only better suited to the
British Columbia conditions that the graduate will encounter in
his after life, but also better for later specialization, for it
furnishes a more solid foundation, a better background, a
broader outlook and a more stimulating atmosphere, all necessary
if the specialist is to achieve the maximum results of which
he is capable.
The student is offered a full undergraduate course and an
additional year of graduate study. The preliminary year
required in Arts is intended to increase the student's general
knowledge and to broaden his outlook. It is hoped that enough
interest will be aroused to encourage the student to continue
some study of the humanities as a hobby or recreation.
The first two years in Applied Science proper are spent in
a general course that includes Mathematics and all the basic
sciences.   This gives not only a broad training, but enables the 142 Faculty of Applied Science
student to discover the work for which he has special liking or
aptitude and to select more intelligently the subjects in which
to specialize during the two final years at college. During the
latter periods students acquire more detailed knowledge and get
practice in applying scientific knowledge, in solving problems,
in doing things; and there is also training in Economics, Law
and Industrial Management.
During the long period between sessions, the student is
required to engage in some industrial or professional work that
will afford practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory
or field classes, but that is a necessary supplement to academic
study.
FACILITIES FOR WORK
For laboratory and other facilities see Pages 25-36.
ADMISSION
The general requirements for admission to the University are
given on pages 39, 40.    The following are special conditions
affecting admission to Applied Science:
1. Nursing and Health courses require Junior Matriculation
or equivalent (as for Arts).
2. All other courses require:
(a) Junior Matriculation or equivalent.
(b) Also a First Year Arts course or equivalent, which
shall include the following subjects: Chemistry 1;
Mathematics 1 (Algebra, Geometry and Trigonometry) ;
Physics 1, or 2; English 1; Latin 1, or French 1, or
German B.
The passing grade is fifty per cent, for Chemistry, Physics
and each of the Mathematics subjects; but in the others a pass of
forty per cent, will be accepted, provided an average of fifty
per cent, has been obtained in the total.
Biology 1 may be taken as an optional extra subject, and,
if passed with a grade of at least fifty per cent., need not be Information for Students in Applied Science       143
taken in Applied Science. Economics 1 taken in Arts is accepted
in lieu of Economics in Applied Science. A reading knowledge
of French and German is desirable for students in Engineering.
3. No student may enter with any outstanding supplemental
in Junior Matriculation or in any of the Chemistry, Mathematics
or Physics subjects listed above; or with supplementals in other
subjects to the extent of more than three units*.
Students who have failed to complete the above requirements
may apply for permission to take the September supplemental
examinations in Arts.
DEGREES
The degrees offered students in this Faculty are:
Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc).    (See below.)
Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc).   (See Page 170.)
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc.
The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the
completion of the work in one of the coursest given below:
I. Chemical Engineering.
II. Chemistry.
III. Civil Engineering.
IV. Electrical Engineering.
V. Forest Engineering.
VI. Geological Engineering.
VII. Mechanical Engineering.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering.
IX. Mining Engineering.
X. Nursing and Health.
*A unit normally consists of one lecture hour, or one continuous
laboratory period of not less than two or more than three hours, per Week
throughout the session; or two lecture hours or equivalent laboratory
periods throughout a single term.
fThe  curriculum  described  in  the  following pages  may  be  changed
from time to time as deemed advisable by the Faculty. 144 Faculty of Applied Science
A double course in Arts and Science and in Applied Science
is offered, leading to the degree of B.A., and B.A\Sc. (See
Page 170.)
Note:—A series of noon-hour talks is given during the
session by the Faculty and prominent outsiders on the subjects:
choice of a profession; occupations for which an Applied Science
course forms a suitable preparation; life and work in different
engineering professions and industries. The purpose of these
talks is to assist students to select the course best suited to their
tastes and aptitudes, and their probable life-work.
PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY
In order to master professional subjects it is very important
that the work done at the University should be supplemented
by practical experience in related work outside. Therefore
students are expected to spend their summers in employment
that will give such experience. Before a degree will be granted,
a candidate is required to satisfy the Department concerned
that he has done at least four months' practical work related
to his chosen profession. Third and Fourth Year Essays (see
Page 146) should be based, as far as possible, upon the summer
work. ^
Students engaged in summer work requiring them to enter
the University after the specified date of admission will be
allowed to register without penalty, upon the approval of the
Dean, in case the work affords necessary experience in connection
with their academic courses, as in Geological survey parties; or
if statements are received from their employers that circumstances prevent an earlier release.
Practical work such as Shop-work, Freehand Drawing,
Mechanical Drawing, Surveying, etc., done outside the University, may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but
not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department and approval of the Dean.
Students seeking exemption as above must make written
application to the Dean accompanied by certificates indicating
the character of the work done and the time devoted to it. Courses in Applied Science
145
GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSES
The work of the First and Second Years is the same in all
courses, except those in Nursing and Health.
First Year
Subject.
H*
First Term.
£*
I**
rt «. a;
*- J? <y
si*
Math. 1 Trigonometry	
Math. 2 Solid Geometry ....
Math. 3 Algebra  	
Math. 4 Calculus   	
C.E. 1 Descriptive Geom.  ..
M.E. 1 Drawing 1  	
Physics 1 Mechanics   	
Physics 2 Heat   	
Chem. 9a Qual. Analysis —
M.E. 2a Shop Practice  	
Biology 1*  Introductory....
C.E. 2 Surveying   	
C.E. 30 Engineering Prob. 1
201
201
201
201
180
202
918
219
177
203
173
180
190
3
6
3
3
3 1
2 1
1
Field Work
4
Second Term.
hi.
is*
3
6
3
3
2
2
•Biology 1, Arts, passed with a grade of at least 60 per cent, will be
accepted in lieu of this course.
Second Year
Subject.
™ 5P
Q *
u  *>
First Term.
3*
Math. 6 Calculus  	
Math. 7 Anal. Geom	
Chem. 2b Quan. Analysis
C.E. 4 Graphics    	
M.E. 6a Elem. Theory ...
Physics 3 Electricity	
Physics 4 Mechanics    ....
C.E. 5 Mapping   	
C.E. 6 Surveying   	
Geology 1 General	
C.E. 7* Surveying   	
C.E. 31 Engineering Prob.
Second Term.
201
3
202
2
177
1
3
181
2
204
2
219
2
3
219
2
181
3
181
2
, ,
196
2
2
182
F
ield W
190
••
3
O Q.   •
-2 of
5K
'Students entering Civil, Forest, Geological, Metallurgical, and Mining
Engineering are required to take Civil Engineering 7 (see Page 182)
immediately after the spring examinations. 146 Faculty of Applied Science
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS
Essays
Essays are required of all students entering the Third and
Fourth Years, and must conform to the following:—
1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.
2. It must be a technical description of the engineering aspects
of the work on which the student was engaged during the
summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which
he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage
may be taken of any source of information, but due
acknowledgment must be made of all authorities consulted.
It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches,
photographs or specimens.
3. It must be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (814x11 inches), on
one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top
and left-hand side. Students are recommended to examine
sample reports to be found in the library or in the de-
partments.^
4. All essays must be handed in to the Dean not later than
November 15th.
All essays, when handed in, become the property of the
Department concerned, and are filed for reference. Students
may submit duplicate copies of their essays in competition for
the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or
the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Essays will be considered as final Christmas examinations.
A maximum of 100 marks is allowed, the value being based on
presentation, English and matter. In third year essays
presentation, that is, the manner in which the material is
arranged and presented to the reader, is given most weight,
with English second and matter third. In fourth year essays
most emphasis is placed on matter, but the other two are still
rated highly. Courses in Applied Science
147
COURSES
I.   Chemical Engineering
The course in Chemical Engineering should prepare the
student for the duties of managing engineer in a chemical
manufactory. As such he must be conversant not only with
the chemical processes involved, but he must be prepared to
design and to oversee the construction of new buildings and
to direct the installation and use of machinery. In the industrial life of British Columbia the chemical engineer may be
more particularly concerned with the manufacture of acids and
alkalies, the preparation from natural sources of various organic
and inorganic compounds, the pulp and paper industry, and
the utilization of the waste from a number of industrial plants
indigenous to the Province. Accordingly, the course of study
includes a number of courses in the older branches of engineering
along with the maximum of chemical training allowed by the
time at the disposal of the student.
Third Year
Subject.
First Term.
3m
Second Term.
C1 4)
Essay   	
Economics 1  Introductory
Met. 1 Introductory	
Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy ..
Chem. 3 Organic 	
Chem. 4 Theoretical	
Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis   ..
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials
E.E. 1 General	
Physics 5 Light	
C.E. 12 Hydraulics 	
146
191
215
197
178
178
178
183
207
219
184 148
Faculty of Applied Science
Fourth Year
Subject.
a*
O   «
First Term.
U
|1*
3a
Second Term.
r>x
PI
■S o*
Essay   	
Chem. 6 Industrial ...
Chem. 7 Physical   	
Chem. 8 Electro   	
Chem. 9 Adv.  Organic
Chem. 16 Engineering
Met. 2 General	
Thesis  	
146
179
179
179
179
180
216
12
3
3
ii
II.    Chemistry
The aim of this course is to train the students in the practice
of Chemistry, and to give a thorough knowledge in the fundamental principles of this subject, that they may be prepared to
assist in the solution of problems of value to the industrial
and agricultural life of the Province. The course is arranged
to give in the first two years a knowledge of the fundamental
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient mathematics
to enable the theoretical parts of the subject to be understood.
In the Third Year, Analytical, Organic, and Physical
Chemistry are studied from the scientific side and in relation to
technology; while in the Fourth Year a considerable amount of
time is devoted to a short piece of original work. Courses in Applied Science
149
Third Year
Subject.
First Term.
o a. .
•3 •*
« to OJ
M S  OI
Second Term.
U   <y
h £ »
Essay   	
Econ. 1 Introductory .
Chem. 3 Organic  	
Chem. 4 Theoretical ..
Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis
Met. 1 Introductory ..
Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy
Met. 5 Assaying	
German (Arts) B	
Physics 5 Light	
146
191
178
178
178
215
197
216
130
219
3
3
2
2
9
1
•  •
2
2
. .
5
. ,
3
•■
1
Fourth Year
Subject.
S3 8
First Term.
$1
fe 2 "
146
82
7
219
2
179
2
179
2
3
179
3
3
179
2
3
216
2
9
Second Term.
UJ.M
a a)
fa v
3w
Essay   	
Bacteriology 1 (Arts)
Physics 9 Advanced ..
Chem. 6 Industrial  ...
Chem. 7 Physical   	
Chem. 8 Electro-    	
Chem. 9 Adv.  Organic
Met. 2 General	
Thesis   	
3
3
18
III.    Civil Engineering
The broad field covered by Civil Engineering makes it an
adjunct of many other branches of engineering, yet the Civil 150 Faculty of Applied Science
Engineer occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associated
with a wide group of undertakings vitally affecting the health,
comfort and prosperity of the commonwealth.
The various branches of Civil Engineering deal with problems in water supply and water purification; in sewerage systems, sewage disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and
industrial wastes; in hydraulic power development; in irrigation
and drainage for agricultural activities; in all types of structures, bridges and buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and
protective works; in transportation, canals, locks, highways,
electric and steam railways; and in the management and direction of public works, public utilities, industrial and commercial
enterprises.
The course in Civil Engineering is designed to provide,
in so far as time will permit, foundations for continued growth
along those lines which the student's interests and environment
determine, without compelling too early specialization. Training
in pure and applied science, in the humanities, in economics and
business engineering, and in the technical phases of professional
work establishes a broad basis for the stimulation of a sincere
spirit of public service and for the development of that capacity
for reliable work and judgment which makes safe the assumption
of responsibilities.
The methods of instruction are planned with the view of
bringing out the powers and initiative of the students while
training them in habits of accurate analysis and careful work.
Students are encouraged to secure summer work which will
give them an insight into the various phases of the career upon
which they are about to enter, and the summer essays lay the
foundation for the ability to set forth, in clear and precise
language, descriptions and analyses of projects and engineering
activities. In the Fourth Year thesis an opportunity is given
for special investigation and research under the supervision of
experienced engineers. Courses in Applied Science
151
Third Year
Subject.
5  to
First Term.
►J  dJ
ggSS
3K
Second Term.
0)  QJ
jffl
Essay   	
C.E. 8 Foundations   	
C.E. 9 Elementary  Design
C.E. 10 Strength of Mtls..
C.E. 11 Railways   	
C.E. 12 Hydraulics   	
C.E. 13 Mapping   	
C.E. 14 Surveying   	
C.E. 15 Drawing 	
M.E. 6(b) Laboratory ...
E.E. 1 General   	
Econ. 1* Introductory	
C.E. 16 Surveying    	
C.E. 21 Water Power  	
C.E. 28 Seminar 	
146
182
182
183
183
184
184
184
185
204
207
191
185
186
189
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
2
Field Work
1 .. 1
1 .. 1
•Economics 1 in Arts will be accepted in lieu of the Science Course.
Fourth Year
Subject.
S*
&<»
First Term.
Second Term.
?.*
H C "*
!£
•8 °-M
3m
Essay   	
C.E. 17 Structural Design    ...
C.E. 18 Engineering Economics
C.E. 19 Law—Contracts  	
C.E. 20 Geodesy   	
C.E. 22 Municipal	
C.E, 23 Transportation  	
C.E. 24 Mechanics of Mtls. ...
C.E. 25 Theory of Structures .
C.E. 26 Trips  	
C.E. 27 Thesis   	
C.E. 28 Seminar   	
C.E. 29 Hydraulic Machines ..
146
185
185
186
186
187
187
188
188
189
189
189
190
3
6
Required Sat.
3
1
1
M. 152
Faculty of Applied Science
IV.   Electrical Engineering
This course is designed for those students who desire a
general training in the theory and practice of Electrical Engineering in addition to the basic principles of Mechanical
Engineering. The Third Year of the course is devoted mainly
to Mechanical Engineering, together with work which involves
the broad principles which underlie all engineering work. The
Fourth Year is devoted to Electrical Engineering, the fundamental principles of industrial economics, works organization,
management, and financing.
Vancouver and the surrounding country afford excellent
facilities for the study of engineering works under commercial
conditions. The managing officials of these works are pleased to
permit students, in charge of a member of the Faculty, to inspect
and conduct tests at pre-arranged times. Organized visits to
industrial plants constitute a regular part of the advanced work.
Third Year
Subject.
2
First Term.
Second Term.
z*
&8
,3 m
Essay   	
M.E. 3 Kinematics   	
M.E. 4 Dynamics   	
M.E. 5 Design  	
M.E. 7 Thermo-dynamics  	
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials	
E.E. 2 General    	
C.E. 12 Hydraulics   	
M.E. 2b Shop Practice  	
Math.   8   (adv.   Calculus)   or
Math. 9 (Differential Equa.)
146
203
204
204
205
183
208
184
203
202 Courses in Applied Science
153
Fourth Year
Subject.
e 1?
g GO
First Term.
2^
m e
o.
Safe
Second Term.
Essay   	
E.E. 4 Machines   	
E.E. 5 Traction    	
E.E. 6 Transmission    	
E.E. 7 Design   	
E.E. 8 Radio   	
M.E. 8 Thermo-dynamics	
M.E. 10 Design   	
M.E. 14 Mechanical Design ...
Math.   8   (adv.   Calculus)   or
Math. 9 (Differential Equa.)
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics	
C.E. 19 Engr. Law   	
C.E. 29 Hydr. Machines 	
146
211
212
212
213
213
205
206
207
185
186
190
V.   Forest Engineering
In British Columbia the forest industries, including logging
and the manufacture of lumber, pulp and paper, now lead all
others, and are rapidly expanding. They must always play a
very important part in the economy of the Province, because
seven-eighths of the productive land is absolute forest soil, that
will grow good timber but no other crop of value; and because
over half the remaining stand of saw-timber — the last big
reserve — of Canada is here. The development of these industries is requiring more and more the services of engineers, and
especially is this true in logging. Furthermore, most of the
forest land is owned by the public, and the management of these
vast estates is a task that will require constant growth on the
part of the government forest services.
This indicates very briefly the various fields of service open
to Forest Engineers, and for which the course of studies is
designed. Primarily the course is planned for the lumber
industry, and a major part of the time — apart from the preliminary  foundation  work — is  devoted  to  the  branches  of 154
Faculty of Applied Science
engineering most used in it. In addition, the fundamental
subjects of forestry are covered. As in other engineering courses
the students are expected to obtain practical experience during
the summer vacations, this being an essential supplement to the
studies at the University.
Vancouver contains large sawmills, wood-working plants,
and plants for seasoning and preserving wood — more, in fact,
than any other place in the Province. Pulp mills, logging
operations and extensive forests are within easy reach. The
advantages of location are therefore exceptional. A special
feature is the affiliation of the Forest Products Laboratory of
Canada, maintained at the University by a co-operative arrangement with the Dominion Forestry Branch. A description of
this Laboratory and its activities is given in another part of this
calendar. It affords opportunities for instruction in testing the
mechanical properties of timber and other structural materials,
and facilities will be provided eventually for experimental and
demonstration work in wood seasoning and preserving.
Third Year
Subject.
First Term.
22*
Second Term.
•Jo*
Essay   	
F.E. 1 General  Forestry   .
F.E. 2 Mensuration   	
F.E. 3 Protection   	
F.E. 4 Finance   	
Bot. 1 General Botany ...
Bot. 5 (b) Dendrology
E.E. 1 Fundamentals   	
C.E. 8 Foundations    	
C.E. 9 Structural Design  .
C.E. 10 Strength Materials
C.E. 11 Railways   	
C.E. 13 Mapping    	
C.E. 14 Surveying    	
C.E. 12 Hydraulics    	
146
191
191
192
192
174
176
207
182
182
183
183
184
184
184 Courses in Applied Science
155
Fourth Year
Subject.
Essay   	
F.E. 5 Technology   	
F.E. 6 Organization    	
F.E. 7 History   	
F.E. 8 Silviculture   	
F.E. 9 Lumbering   	
F.E. 10 Logging  	
F.E. 11 Milling  	
F.E. 12 Products	
Bot. 6 (b) Pathology )
Zool. 7 Entomology     \
Bot. 7 (a) Ecology	
C.E. 17 Structural Design
C.E. 18 Economics   	
C.E. 19 Law 	
M.E. 6 (b) Steam Lab. ...
a *
& «>
146
192
193
193
193
194
194
194
194
176
225
176
185
185
186
205
First Term.
►arf
S &„
3a
Second Term.
1
1
2
1
n
3 a. .
2 oo *
K C V
Is*
VI.    Geological Engineering
This course is designed to meet the requirements of students
who intend to enter Geology as a profession.
It gives a broad training not only in Geology, but also in
the sciences of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics,
which are extensively applied in the solution of geological
problems. The engineering subjects are useful not only to the
Mining and Consulting Geologist and the Geological Surveyor,
but to the Geologist engaged in original research in any branch
of the science.
The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions of Mineralogist, Geological Surveyor, Mining Geologist,
Consulting Geologist, Palaeontologist, Geographer, etc., and is
useful for those who will be in any way connected with the
discovery or development of the natural resources of the country.
As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory
and field during the session, the student is expected to obtain
practical experience during the summer vacations. 156
Faculty of Applied Science
Third Year
Subject.
" If
First Term.
O p,   .
S t. QJ
J*
Second Term.
•Sst
22$
.3«
Essay    ,
Geol. 2 Mineralogy    ...
Geol. 3 Historical  	
Geol. 4 Structural    	
Geol. 5 Regional  	
Chem. 4 Theoretical    ..
Econ. 1  (Arts)   	
Min. 1 Metal Mining ..
Met. 5 Fire  Assaying  .
Met. 1 General    	
Ore Dressing 1 General
Zool. I	
C.E. 13 Mapping	
Chem. 5* Adv. Analysis
Met. 6* Wet Assaying ..
146
197
198
198
198
178
191
214
216
215
217
224
184
178
217
'Either Chem. 5 or Met. 6 must be taken.
Fourth Year
a *
s °>
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
m J3
fa   OJ
O
rf ft
.3 m
3 •*'
IS
fa «
•§°^
2 g g
146
199
199
199
185
200
200
214
214
215
216
217
2
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
1
2
3
3
4
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
Geol. 10 Field	
-3
3
Min. 3 Metal Mining	
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory ...
Thesis  	
3
5 Courses in Applied Science
157
VII.   Mechanical Engineering
As this branch of Engineering forms an outstanding feature
in all industrial development, the course of training is general
and basic in its character. Because of its general character it is
not possible in the time available to give the student an intimate
knowledge of the details of practice in any special line of work.
The course is designed more particularly for those who are likely
to take up the manufacture of machinery, power plant work (including design and construction of steam, gas, oil, or hydraulic
plants), heating and ventilation of buildings, refrigeration, or
industrial management.
Students in this course are given a systematic course in the
fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.
Governed by the fact that values and costs are controlling
factors in the practice of Engineering, the subjects of the final
years are treated with a view of developing a business sense,
an understanding of men, and the ability to report clearly on
industrial problems. This demands the study of Economics, the
use of good English, and the participation in outside industrial
work during the vacation.
Third Year
As in Electrical Engineering.    (See Page 152.)
Fourth Year
Subject.
Essay    	
M.E. 9 Thermodynamics    	
M.E. 10 Design  	
M.E. 11 Heating	
M.E. 12 Plant Design 	
M.E. 13 Metals   	
E.E. 3 Standard Practice   	
C.E. 18 Engr.  Economics    	
C.E. 19 Engr.  Law   	
C.E. 29 Hydraulic Mach	
Math.   8   (adv.   Calculus)   or
Math. 9  (Differential Equa.)
£   60
a *
First Term.
146
206
206
206
206
206
209
185
186
190
Second Term.
•2 §1* 158 Faculty of Applied Science
VIII.-IX.   Metallurgical and Mining Engineering
Modern Metallurgical practice covers a wide and expanding
field. The Metallurgical Engineer has to design and operate a
great variety of plants and processes. He must be able to deal
with furnace and solution processes, based on chemical principles,
and mechanical crushing and separating processes, based on
physical principles, together with an immense variety of principal and auxiliary machinery, from small to immense, used in
the separation and refining of ores, artificial mineral products
and metals. The whole forms a keenly competitive and strictly
commercial industry, based on, and closely limited by, the
practical economic considerations of costs and profits. Rapid
and continuous change and improvement is the rule. Methods
and machines quickly become obsolete. The field for research
and improvement in methods and machinery is ever widening,
though the economic margin is ever narrowing.
The Metallurgical course, in the Third and Fourth Years,
based on the fundamental earlier years, is designed to give the
student a broad general knowledge of standard metallurgical
methods and machinery, with a fundamental grasp of the actual
applications of the basic sciences in practical metallurgical
operations, also sufficient laboratory practice to illustrate and
fix these in his mind and train him for an actual junior position
after graduation.
Modern mining operations cover a field notable for its
breadth and variety. The discovery, steadily becoming more
difficult, and the development, steadily becoming more scientific,
of new mineral deposits are based largely on a knowledge of
the laws and processes of Nature, ultimately physical and
chemical, but, immediately, chiefly geological in kind. On
the other hand, the operations of actual mining are largely
mechanical in kind, and call for use and knowledge of mechanical
and electrical equipment, adapted to underground methods and
conditions.
The conditions under which mining operations are carried
on are often of great natural difficulty, and many of the factors
to be dealt with are, to a  large  extent,   obscure  or  indefinite Courses in Applied Science 159
oftener than measureable. The qualities of good judgment and
decision are therefore of great importance in the application
of technical knowledge to mining. As in metallurgy, economic
considerations are paramount.
The Mining course is correspondingly broad in scope. In
addition to the fundamental sciences, it includes fundamental
subjects in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering,
Economics and Economic Geology.
The special mining subjects cover the underlying principles
and practice on which the discovery, development and economic
operation of mines are based, the practical application of
technical knowledge to actual operations, and the use of judgment and decision, by precept, example and illustration. Sufficient practical training and laboratory work is included to fit
the student for an actual junior position after graduation.
While not given as separate subjects, the social, administrative
and ethical sides of the professions of Mining and Metallurgy
are included in the general treatment of appropriate subjects.
In this University, emphasis is naturally placed on British
Columbia conditions and its chief mineral products, namely:
Gold, Silver, Lead, Zinc, Copper, Coal and Coke.
The University is conveniently located in proximity to coal
and metal mining districts, large coal and metal mining operations being carried on within a few hours' journey, in connection
with which there are large washing and ore concentration plants.
There is a large metallurgical plant at Tacoma, within an easy
day's journey. Students have little difficulty in obtaining
positions in mines or smelters during their vacation, as several
of the larger companies have established the practice of accepting
student employees in reasonable numbers during the vacation
months.
Students are recommended to spend their vacations at
practical works, in connection with Metallurgy or Mining, and
are required to do so between the Third and Fourth Years as
an essential part of their course, without which a degree will
not be granted. An essay covering this work is also required,
as specified in the Fourth Year curriculum. 160
Faculty of Applied Science
Students are advised to become student members of the
Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
VIII.   Metallurgical Engineering
Third Year
09    ,,
k- £
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
<u id
fa V
2£
o^
* k.
hJ $>
ft
l§*
3a
0i V
fa v
0J  k.
>>k.
l§*
►So
146
191   .
183
183
184
184
204
197
207
214
217
215
216
217
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
»   3
3
2
2
5
3
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
C.E. 9 Elem. Design  	
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials
C.E. 12 Hydraulics   	
C.E. 13 Mapping   	
3
3
3
3
E.E. 1 General  	
3
2
2
3
Fourth Year
Subject.
.2 «o
First Term.
l§*
►3m
Second Term.
ej oj
I*
111
Essay   	
Geol. 9 Mineralography   ..
Geol. 8 Economic   	
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics .
Chem. 8 Electro-    	
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory
Min. 3 Metal Mining	
Met. 2 Smelting   	
Met. 3 Calculations    	
Met. 4 Analysis 	
146
200
199
185
179
217
214
216
216
216
12 Courses in Applied Science
161
IX.    Mining Engineering
Third Year
As in Metallurgical Engineering.    (See Page 160.)
Fourth Year
Subject.
to   ,.
r3  oj
•2 If
«S
S «
First Term.
Bis
■§B*
ggS
►3o
Second Term.
3&
n.
||$
►3o
Essay   	
Geol. 7 Petrology   	
Geol. 8 Economic   	
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics .
C.E. 19 Engr. Law	
Met. 2 Smelting    	
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory
Min. 2 Coal and Placer  ..
Min. 3 Metal Mining	
Min. 4 Machinery  	
Min. 5 Surveying   	
Min. 7 Methods   	
Min. 6 Design   	
129
199
199
185
185
216
217
214
214
215
215
215
215
Short Courses in Mining
The regular Short Courses in Mining for the Session of
1926-27 will commence the second Monday in January, 1927,
and will continue for eight weeks. These courses include Mining,
Smelting, Ore Concentration, Geology and Ore-deposits, Mineralogy and Rock Study, Fire Assaying, Chemistry, and Surveying.
The courses are thoroughly practical in nature. They are
not primarily intended for those who have had a technical
training, but rather for those who have had practical experience
in mining and prospecting, or are connected with the business of
mining in any way. The courses are designed to give practical
and technical knowledge, helpful in practical mining work and
mining business. While they are short they are complete in themselves, and require no other preparation than a common-school
education or ability to read and write. 162 Faculty of Applied Science
Experience has shown that they fill a real need, and they
have proved very successful in the past.
As they do not form part of the regular University course,
a special bulletin is issued, in which details of the courses and
requirements for admission are given. Copies of this may be
obtained on application to the Registrar of the University.
These courses will not be given unless at least ten students
register for them.
X Nursing and Health
1. Nursing A.—A five-year undergraduate course. (See
below.)
2. Nursing B.—A graduate course of one academic year
in Public Health Nursing.    (See Page 166.)
3. Nursing C.—A graduate course of one academic year in
Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing. (See Page 166).
Registration for these courses will be subject to the general
University Regulations. (See Pages 41 and 42) and to the
special requirements of the Department.
All regulations are subject to change from year to year, and
subjects or courses may be modified during the year as the
Faculty may deem advisable.
Nursing A (Five-year Undergraduate Course)
This is a five-year combined course leading to the Degree of
B.A.Sc. (Nursing) and to the diploma in nursing. It is given
by the University in co-operation with the Associated Hospital
Schools of Nursing, which means those that have signified their
willingness to supply the professional part of the course, and
have received the approval of the University Senate for that
purpose. Up to the present time the Vancouver General is the
only Hospital which has entered into association with the University to this end.
The course is open to applicants who meet the general requirements mentioned above, and who, in the opinion of the Courses in Applied Science
163
Department, are personally fitted for the profession of nursing. In addition they must be able to satisfy the entrance requirements of the associated Hospital Schools of Nursing.
The aim of the five-year combined course is to afford a
broader education than can be given by the Hospital Schools of
Nursing alone, and thus to build a sound foundation for those
who desire to fit themselves for Teaching and Supervision in
Schools of Nursing or for Public Health Nursing service.
The First and Second Years, which are academic, give the
students an introduction to general cultural subjects and a
foundation in the sciences underlying the practice of nursing.
Between the First and Second years a probationary period of
four months will be spent in an associated Hospital School of
Nursing. The Third and Fourth Years are devoted to professional training in an Associated Hospital, and are planned to
afford experience and training in the care of the sick, and to
develop the skill, observation and judgment necessary to the
efficient practice of nursing. The Fifth Year affords two alternative courses, one in Public Health Nursing (Nursing B) and the
second in Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing
(Nursing C).
First Year (Academic)
Subject.
First Term.
R S 5
Second Term.
$.*
•si*
►3m
English 1 (a)   	
English 1 (b)   	
Choice of Mathematics 1
or Latin 1  	
or French  1   	
or History 1, 2, or 3
Physics 1  	
Chemistry 1 	
Biology 1 	
Nursing 1   	
104
104
122
94
127
116
218
177
173
220 164
Faculty of Applied Science
Probationary Period (Hospital)
The probationary period of four months, to be taken between
the first and second academic years, will be spent in an Associated
Hospital.
During this period the student will undergo rigid examination as to fitness in physique, temperament and character for
the practice of nursing. This will afford the University information upon which to judge the students' qualifications for the
profession of nursing. It also enables the student to determine
whether she feels herself personally fitted or inclined to proceed
in the course. The Hospital Schools of Nursing reserve the right
to reject candidates who do not reach the required standards.
Second Year (Academic)
Subject.
First Term.
3a
Second Term.
u
Si*
3&
English 2 (a)   	
English 2 (b)   	
Zoology 1  	
Philosophy 1   	
Economics 1  	
Bacteriology 1   	
Bacteriology 2  	
Nursing 2   	
Anatomy  and   Physiology
104
104
224
131
96
221
221
221
221
Third and Fourth Years (Professional)
The Third and Fourth Years will be spent in practical
training in an associated Hospital School of Nursing. Students
in these years are required to register with the University even
though during this portion of the course they are in residence
at the Hospital. During these professional years students are
subject to the authority and are under the direction of the
officiers of the associated Hospital Schools of Nursing. The
required professional period is twenty-eight months, in which Courses in Applied Science 165
is included the probationary period of four months. Full maintenance and such allowance as the associated Hospital authorities
may designate are accorded, and a yearly vacation of three
weeks is granted at the convenience of the Suprintendent of the
School of Nursing.
Instruction in the following Nursing subjects is given by
members of the medical staff of the associated Hospital and by
qualified nurse instructors: Introductory Ethics of Nursing;
Practical Nursing Procedure; Elementary Nutrition and
Cookery; Drugs and Solutions; Materia Medica; Surgical
Nursing; Medical Nursing (including charting) ; Gynecological
Nursing; Nursing of Communicable Diseases; Obstetrical Nursing; Diet in Disease; Pediatric Nursing and Infant Feeding;
Nursing in Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat; Nursing in
Tuberculosis; Urinalysis; Introduction to Anaesthesia; Introduction to Physiotherapy and X-Ray.
This schedule is open to change at any time, at the discretion of the associated Hospital School of Nursing.
The period of Hospital service includes actual nursing
experience in the following departments:
Medical. Operating Room.
Surgical.   1 Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat.
Gynecological. Obstetrical.
Pediatric and Orthopaedic. Infectious.
Observation and Neurological.    Tuberculosis.
Infants. Diet Kitchen.
The Social Service Department of the Hospital offers opportunity for a four weeks' service to a limited number of students.
Selection will be made by the Superintendent of Nurses from
the students desirous of receiving this course.
Fifth Year (Academic and Professional)
The Fifth Year will be spent in either Nursing B or Nursing
C, at the option of the student. The selection between these
courses need not be made until registering with the University for
the Fifth Year. 166
Faculty of Applied Science
Nursing B (Public Health Nursing)
A graduate course of one academic year, including work in
the University, and appropriate field work under the supervision
of the various associated Public Health organizations.
Nursing B (Public Health Nursing)
Subject
For Detail*
See Page:
Total Hours
Lectures
Total Hours
Laboratory
Bacteriology	
Educational Psychology 	
History of Nursing 	
Geography 10  	
Metabolism and Nutrition 	
Motor   Mechanics   	
Public Speaking 	
Sociology	
Epidemiology	
Crippled Children	
Infant Welfare 	
Mental Hygiene ,
Preventable Diseases !
Tuberculosis  	
Venereal Diseases	
Public Health  	
Public Health Nursing	
Teaching Methods in Public Health
Nursing  	
Rural Public Health Nursing	
Visiting Nursing	
School Hygiene 	
Medical Social Service   	
Public Health Administration	
Public Health Organization  	
Vital Statistics	
Field Work	
22:
22
22:
22:
22:
222
222
222
222
223
223
223
223
223
223
223
223
224
224
167
21
21
21
10
13
21
21
5
11
11
21
11
3
15
21
10
6
2
12
3
4
4
18
10
10
Half of each week;
and all of last 4
weeks, 2nd term.
Nursing C (Teaching and Supervision)
A graduate course of one academic year, including work in
the University, and opportunity for practice teaching and for
the observation of Training School administration and ward
supervision in associated Hospitals. Courses in Applied Science
167
Nursing C
Subject
See Page:
F'or Details
Total Hours
Lectures
Total Hours
Laboratory
Geography 10  	
History of Nursing  	
Metabolism and Nutrition  	
Public Speaking	
Sociology	
Preventable Diseases	
Mental Hygiene  	
Infant Welfare 	
Educational  Psychology   	
History and Principles of Education
Teaching in Schools of Nursing	
Principles of Supervision in Schools
of Nursing 	
Electives from Nursing B, or from:
Chemistry   	
Biology   	
Zoology   	
Bacteriology 	
Field Work  	
221
221
221
222
222
222
224
224
224
167
21
21
10
13
21
21
11
11
21
62
21
21
Half of each weekj
and all of last 4
weeks, 2nd term.
Field Work in Nursing B and C
Through the courtesy and co-operation of the following
agencies arrangements have been made for supervised field work,
or observation:
FOR NURSING B
Vancouver General Hospital.—The Social Service Department, Miss J. E. Johnston, Director.
The Provincial Department of Health.—Dr. H. E. Young,
Provincial Health Officer: Mrs. C. A. Lucas, Saanich Memorial
Health Centre; Miss I. Jeffares, Cowichan Health Centre.
The Victorian Order of Nurses.—Mrs. E. Calhoun, District
Superintendent. 168 Faculty of Applied Science
The Medical Department of the Vancouver Public Schools.—
Dr. H. White, Medical Director; Miss E. Breeze, Director, School
Hygiene.
The Vancouver Rotary Clinic for Diseases of the Chest.—
Dr. H. A. Rawlings, Director.
The Department of Child Hygiene, City of Vancouver.—
Dr. F. T. Underhill, City Health Officer; Miss L. Sanders,
Supervisor, Department of Child Hygiene.
The Government Venereal Disease Clinic.—Dr. J. Ewart
Campbell, Director; Miss E. V. Cameron, Nurse in charge.
The Provincial Mental Hospital, Essondale.—Dr. H. C.
Steeves, Superintendent; Miss F. F. Van Wick, Superintendent
of Nurses.
FOR NURSING C
The Vancouver General Hospital.—Dr. F. C. Bell, Superintendent ; Miss K. W. Ellis, Superintendent of Nurses.
The academic work and field work will run concurrently
throughout the two University terms,—one-half of every week
being devoted to each. But the last four weeks of the second
term will be devoted entirely to field work; in Nursing B to observation and practice under the supervision of the Rural Public
Health Nursing Agencies; and in Nursing C to such Hospital
Service as may be arranged by the Associated Hospital.
During the period spent in the Hospital, all students will
be subject to the authority, and under the direction, of the officers
of the Associated Hospital School of Nursing.
Adequate opportunity for observation, as well as for
practice, is thus afforded in all of the more important fields
of Public Health Nursing and in the field of Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing. Courses in Applied Science 169
Admission to Nursing B and C
The courses are open to students of the five-year course,
and also to nurses who have graduated from recognized Schools
of Nursing, who are eligible for registration in British Columbia
and who are personally fitted for their proposed work. For
Nursing C it is also required that applicants shall fulfil the
University Educational requirement of Junior Matriculation.
Applications for admission to the courses of Nursing B or C
should be sent to the Department not later than July 15th of the
current year. A certificate of good health and physical condition,
signed by a regular practising physician, must be presented with
the applications. 1
As a preparation for Nursing B, nurses without previous
Public Health Nursing service are advised to obtain at least one
month's experience in a visiting nursing agency, or other public
health or social agency approved by the Department. While not
obligatory, this month is most important, and various Field
Agencies—the Provincial Board of Health, the Vancouver
General Hospital Social Service Department and the Victorian
Order of Nurses, have each agreed to receive nurses for this
month in so far as it can be arranged. Inquiry should be made
at as early a date as possible to the Director of the Department
that arrangements may be made with the Field Agencies. Nurses
will be responsible for their own maintenance, and will receive
no remuneration during this period.
Nurses registering for Nursing C who have had no experience in family case-work, social service or visiting nursing, are
also advised to secure this month's experience with one of the
Public Health organizations if possible.
For the convenience of graduate nurses already engaged in
nursing, who wish to take Nursing B or C, but are unable to take
a year off, provision is made that either one may be taken as a
part-time course over a period of two or more years. Nurses
registering in this way must fulfil the same requirements as the
regular-course students. 170 Faculty of Applied Science
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A.
AND B.A.Sc.
The requirements for the first and second years are as set
forth in the Calendar for the first and second years of Arts
(Pages 65-67) except as follows:
1. Physics 1 or 2, Mathematics 2 (c) (calculus) and
Chemistry 1 must be taken. The passing grade for each
of these subjects is fifty per cent. (See also, admission
to Applied Science, Page 142.)
2. Biology 1, Chemistry 2, Mathematics 2 (a) and 2 (b),
and Physics 3 or 4 may not be taken. These subjects
are covered later in Applied Science.
3. A course in German is recommended (and, for those
intending to enter Geological engineering, Freneh also).
The third, four, fifth and sixth years of the double course
correspond to the first, second, third and fourth years of Applied
Science. The degree of B.A. is conferred on completing the
fifth year of this course.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.Sc.
1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Science
must hold a B.A.Sc. degree from this University, or its
equivalent.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation together with
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of
his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a
student in this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a.)  To spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(6.)   (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned): Examinations and Advancement 171
(i.) To do two or more years of private work
under the supervision of the University,
such work to be equivalent to one year of
graduate study; or
(ii.) To do one year of private work under
University supervision and one term of
resident graduate study, the total of such
work to be equivalent to one year of
resident graduate study.
4. One major and one minor shall be required and a thesis
must be prepared on some approved topic in the major subject.
(Two typewritten copies of each thesis shall be submitted. See
special circular of "Instructions for the Preparation of Masters'
Theses"*).
The choice of and relationship between major and minor
subjects, and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work,
must be approved by each of the departments concerned, by the
Committee on graduate studies, and by the Dean.
5. Examinations, written or oral, or both, shall be required,
and a standing equivalent to at least 75 per cent, in the major
subjects and 65 per cent, in the minor.
6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall
be made to the Registrar by October 15th.   For fees see Page 44.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations are held in December and in April.
December examinations will be held in all subjects of the First
and Second Years, and are obligatory for all students of these
years. December examinations in subjects of the Third and
Fourth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed before
Christmas, shall be optional with the Departments concerned.
Applications for special consideration on account of illness or
domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than
two days after the close of the examination period. 172 Faculty of Applied Science
2. Candidates in order to pass must obtain at least 50 per
cent, in each subject. The grades are as follows: First Class,
an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per
cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. But in the First and Second
Years of the course in Nursing and Health the requirements for
passing are the same as those for the First and Second Years
in Arts, namely, 50 per cent, of the examination as a whole, and
not less than 40 per cent, in each subject.
3. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he. has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
4. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper.
5. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees Page 44), must be
in the hands of the Registrar at last two weeks before the date set
for the examinations.
6. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4 units
of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year unless
special permission to do so is granted by Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied that the
failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations
had an adequate cause. Students in Nursing A must remove
all outstanding supplemental examinations before entering
their third year.
7. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless he
has previously passed, or secured exemption, in all pre-requisite
subjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it,
both must be taken in the same session. Biology 173
8. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
9. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
10. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
11. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.
DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE
N.B.—The following subjects may be modified during the
year as the Faculty may deem advisable.
Department of Botany
Professor:    A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor:   John Davidson.
Assistant Professor:   Frank Dickson.
Assistant:   Gertrude Smith.
Assistant:    G. Van Wilby.
Biology
1. Introductory  Biology.—The  course  is  introductory  to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses closely 174 Faculty of Applied Science
related to Biological Science, such an Agriculture, Forestry,
Medicine.
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
Text-book: Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea & Febiger,
1924.
The course is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week.
2. Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race-histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Prerequisite:   Biology 1.
Text-book:  Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press
Two lectures per week.   First Term.
3. General Physiology of animal and plant life processes.
Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite
Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book: Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans-Green.
Two lectures and one period of four hours laboratory per
week.   Second Term.
Botany
1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey of
the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized
courses in Botany.
Prerequisite:   Biology 1.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week. Botany 175
2. Morphology.
General Morphology of plants. A comparative study of
plant structures. The relationships of plant groups. Comparative
life histories. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from the lower to the higher forms,
involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.
Prerequisite:   Botany 1.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Two lectures and two periods of two hours laboratory per
week.   First Term.
3. Plant Physiology.
Prerequisite:   Botany 1.
Text-book: Palladin, Plant Physiology, English Edition
(Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, P. Blakiston.
Two lectures and two periods of two hours laboratory per
week.   First Term.
4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-book:    W. C. Stevens, Plant Anatomy, P. Blakiston.
Prerequisite:  Botany 1.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week.   Second Term.
5. (a) Economic Flora.—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts and Science. 176 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-books: Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia,
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Company.
Prerequisite:  Botany 1.
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical
work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the preparation of collections.   Second Term.
5. (b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis
on the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys.
Prerequisite:   Botany 1.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C.
One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratory
or field work per week.
6. (a) General Plant Pathology. — Identification and life-
histories of parasites causing plant-diseases; means of combating
them.
Prerequisite:   Botany 1.
Text-book:  Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week.   Second Term.
6. (6) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book:    Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week during one-half of one term.
7. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—The inter-relations
of forests and their environment; the biological characteristics of
important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions;
physiography. Chemistry 177
Text-book: Hardy, The Geography o] Plants, Oxford
University Press.
One lecture per week during one term. Field trips and
laboratory work during the session amounting to thirty hours,
one period per week.
Department of Chemistry
Professor:   E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry:   R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor:   W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor:    M. J. Marshall.
Instructor:   John Allardyce.
Lecturer:    H. E. Bramston-Cook.
Assistant:    M. Neal Carter.
Assistant:   Greta Winter.
Assistant:    G. B. Carpenter.
Assistant:    R. W. Ball.
Assistant:   C. C. Lucas.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Text-book: Horace Byers, Inorganic Chemistry, Scribner's.
Three lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of
the term an additional lecture may- be substituted for a part
of the laboratory work.
Text-book:   A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:   Chemistry 1.
One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
(b) .Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. 178 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Talbot, Quantitative Analysis, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:   Chemistry 1.
One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
Course (6) must be preceded by Course (a).
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of
the compounds of carbon will include the method of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series.
Chemistry 3 will also be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Text-books: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods of Organic
Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book: James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:   Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.    Second Term.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals,
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week.   First Term. Chemistry 179
(6) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite:   Chemistry 2.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week.   Second Term.
6. Industrial Chemistry. — Those industries which are
dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry will be
considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures
will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments
in the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisite:  Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the
physical properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their
chemical constitutions.
Text-book: Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements,
Longmans-Green.
Reference books: Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical
Chemistry, Longmans.    Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisite:  Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
8. Electro-Chemistry.—As in Arts.    (See Page 91.)
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — As in Arts. (See
Page 91.) 180 Faculty of Applied Science
16. Chemical Engineering. — Theory and design of fractionating columns, condensers, multiple effect evaporators;
chamber, tunnel, drum, rotary and spray driers. Theory and
practice of technical filtration; calculation of capacity of box
filters, filter presses, centrifugals, etc. Principles of counter
current extraction.
Prerequisites:    Chemistry 3 and 4.
Text-book: Walker, Lewis & McAdams, Principles of
Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Liddell, Handbook of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Robinson, Elements of Practical Distillation.
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week during second term of Fourth Year.
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor:   Wm. E. Duckering.
Associate Professor:   E. G. Matheson.
Assistant Professor:   F. A. Wilkin.
Lecturer:   W. H. Powell.
Instructor:   A. Lighthall.
Assistant:   Peter Price.
1. Descriptive Geometry. — Geometrical drawing; orthographic, isometric and axometric projections.
Text-book: Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, second edition,
Wiley.
One three-hour period per week.
Mr. Matheson, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Price.
2. Field Work 1.—Elementary surveying. Practical problems involving the use of the chain, telemeter, compass, transit
and level. Traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys.
Levels for profiles, benches and contours.
Work commences immediately upon the close of spring
examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours per day for
twenty days, or equivalent.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Price. Civil Engineering 181
3. Materials of Engineering*—Manufacture and properties
of iron and steel; principal alloys; considerations governing
selection of materials; manufacture and properties of cements;
concrete; stone and brick masonry; principal kinds of commercial timber; treating and preservation of timber; discussion
of standard specifications for engineering work.
Text-book:  Moore, Materials of Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References: Mills, Materials of Engineering; Johnson,
Materials of Construction, Wiley; Upton, Materials of Engineering, Wiley.
One lecture per week.    Mr. Matheson.
4. Graphical Statics. — Elementary theory of structures;
composition of forces; general methods involving the force and
equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions,
centres of gravity, bending moments; stress in framed
structures, cranes, towers, roof-trusses and bridge-trusses.
Algebraic check methods will be used throughout.
Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic
Statics, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Physics 4 must either precede or accompany
Civil 4.
One two-hour period per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2.
Maps of telemeter, compass and transit surveys. Contour and
topographical maps in convention or color. Mine and land plans.
Prerequisite:   Civil 2.
One three-hour period per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
6. Surveying 1. — Chain and angular surveying; the construction, adjustment and use of the transit, level, compass,
stadia, minor field instruments, planimeter, and pantograph;
leveling; topography; contour surveying; stadia; railway curves;
vertical curves; transition curves.
Prerequisite:   Civil 2.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying,
Vol. I, Wiley.
•Elective 182 Faculty of Applied Science
References: Gillespie, Surveying, Vol. I, Appleton and Co.;
Nugent, Plane Surveying, Wiley; Baker, Engineer's Surveying
Instruments, Wiley; Allen, Curves and Earthwork, McGraw-
Hill; Sullivan, Spiral Tables, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Powell.
7. Field Work 2.—(a) Railway surveys, reconnaissance,
preliminary and location surveys, methods of taking topography,
cross-sectioning; estimating quantities; running in easement and
vertical curves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work
for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs.
(6) Hydrographie surveys, topography of a section of
river-bed by sounding and fixing position by transits and
sextants; the three-point problem; stream-gauging by surface
and deep floats and by the current meter.
(c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth;
adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant and
minor instruments; mine surveying.
Prerequisite:  Civil 2.
Time, same as for Civil 2.
Mr. Matheson, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
8. Foundations and Masonry.—Borings; bearing power of
soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons; open
dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes; estimates of quantities and costs.
Prerequisite:   Civil 4.
Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and
Buildings, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one three-hour period.   First Term.
Mr. Matheson.
9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities
and costs; preparation of plans.
Text-book: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary
Design, Wiley; Carnegie, Pocket Companion, Carnegie Steel Co. Civil Engineering 183
Prerequisite: First Term of Civil 10.
One lecture and one three-hour period.   Second Term.
Mr. Matheson.
10. Strength of Materials.—A thorough introduction to the
fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials;
stress, deformation, elasticity and resilience; the application of
the laws of derived curves to the construction of load, shear,
moment, inclination and deflection diagrams, fibre stress, deflection of simple, cantilever, and continuous beams under any
loading; riveted joints; torsion; columns; combined stresses;
longitudinal shear; reinforced concrete; special beams.
The laboratory period includes the testing of cement, concrete, timber and steel specimens to determine the strength and
elasticity of these materials.
About one-half of the time will be set aside for the solution
of problems in investigation and design.
Text-book: Maurer and Withey, Strength of Materials,
Wiley.
Reference:  Swain, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites:  Physics 4 and Civil 4.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Lighthall.
Note:—The laboratory testing is given in the Forest
Products Laboratories, under the supervision of Superintendent
McElhanney.
11. Transportation 1. Railways.—The inception of railway
projects; reconnaissance, preliminary and location; grade problems; grades, curvature and distance and their effects upon
operating costs and revenue; velocity and pusher grades;
adjustment of grades for unbalanced traffic; construction; railway economics, traffic, revenue, branch lines.
Prequisite:   Civil 6 and 7.
Text-book:   Williams, Design of Railway Location, Wiley. 184 Faculty of Applied Science
Reference: Allen, Railroads, Curves and Earthwork,
McGraw-Hill; Wellington, Economic Theory of the Location of
Railways, Wiley.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Wilkin.
12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.—(a) Hydrostatics; design of
standpipes, reservoirs and dams.
(6) Hydrodynamics; fundamental principles and their
application to problems on the discharge of orifices, notches and
weirs; flow in pipes and open channels; practical field and
laboratory measurements; examination of hydraulic developments.
Prerequisite:   Physics 4.
Text-book:     Russell, Hydraulics, Third Edition, Holt.
One lecture and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin.
13. Mapping 2. — Draughting from notes obtained in
Civil 7; railway location and hydrographie surveys; map projections; topographic maps from photographic plates.
One three-hour period per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
14. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 6. Theory and
use of aneroid, sextant, plane-table and precise instruments;
plane-table surveying; mine, hydrographie and photo-
topographic surveying; Dominion and Provincial surveys;
field astronomy.
Text-book:  Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Vol. II, Wiley.
References: Johnson and Smith, Theory and Practice of
Surveying, Wiley; Wilson, Topographic, Trigonometric and
Geodetic Surveying, Wiley; Green's Practical and Spherical
Astronomy, Ginn and Co; Manual of Surveys of Dominion
Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land Surveyors.
Prerequisite:  Civil 6.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Lighthall. Civil Engineering 185
15. Perspective Drawing and Descriptive Geometry.—
Mathematical perspective; perspective drawings of buildings
and structures, shades and shadows.
Prerequisite:   Civil 1.
Text-book:   Crosskey,  Elementary Perspective, Blackie &
Son; Armstrong, Desriptive Geometry, Second Edition, Wiley.
One two-hour period per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
16. Field Work 3.—Problems in geodetic and precise surveying ; determination of latitude, azimuth and time by solar and
stellar observations; baseline measurements; precise levelling.
Prerequisite:  Civil 7.
Time, same as for Civil 2.   Mr. Lighthall.
17. Structural Design 2. — Selection of types of bridges;
determination of loadings; stresses; choice of cross-sectional
forms and areas; design of combination wood and steel trusses,
steel trusses; design of connections; masonry structures, dams
and retaining walls; complete drawings.
Text-book: Hool and Kinne, Structural Member and Connections, McGraw-Hill; Carnegie, Pocket Companion.
Reference: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern Framed
Structures, Vol. Ill, Wiley; Kirkham, Structural Engineering,
Myron C. Clark.
Prerequisites:  Civil 8, 9 and 10.
One lecture and two three-hour periods per week.
Mr. Matheson.
18. Engineering Economics. — A general treatment of:
sinking funds; first cost; cost analysis; salvage and scrap values;
yearly cost of service; collecting data; estimating; economic
selection.
General management; banking; partnerships and corporations; stocks; bonds; operating and fixed charges; business
finance and organization; capital and interpretation of financial
statements.
Text-book: Fish, Engineering Eocnomics, Second Edition,
McGraw-Hill. 186 Faculty of Applied Science
References:    Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts; Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Wilkin.
19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees; salary;
as a witness; responsibility; engineering contracts; tenders;
specifications; plans; extras and alterations; time; payments and
certificates; penalty, bonus or liquidated damages; maintenance
and defects; subcontractors; agents; arbitration and awards;
specification and contract writing.
Text-book: Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts,
McGraw-Hill.
References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law of
Canada, W. H. Anger; Ball, Law Affecting Engineers, Constable
and Co.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Wilkin.
20. Surveying 3.—Geodesy; the determination of azimuth,
longitude, latitude, time, the figure of the earth; measurement of
baselines; triangulation systems; adjustments and reductions
of observations; precise levelling.
References:   Hosmer,Geodesy, Wiley; Cary, Geodetic Surveying, Wiley; Gillespie, Higher Surveying, D. Appleton and Co.
Prerequisite:  Civil 14.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
21. Hydraulic Engineering 2. — Waterpower engineering;
rainfall, runoff, stream flow; investigation of ower problems;
selection of hydraulic machines; hydrographs; auxiliary power;
mass curves, load factors and characteristics; impulse and
reaction wheels; methods of control and operation of various
forms of machines; transmission of hydraulic power.
Text-books: Mead, Waterpower Engineering, Second
Edition, McGraw-Hill.
References: Gibson, Hydroelectric Engineering, Blackie;
Mead, Hydrology, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Civil 12 must either precede or accompany
Civil 21.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Wilkin. Civil Engineering 187
22. Municipal Engineering.—(a) Water Supply, Rainfall;
evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality and pressure required;
pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts, pipe lines and distribution systems; purification systems; valves, hydrants and fire
service; materials, estimates and designs; construction methods
and costs.
Text-book:   Turneaure, Public Water Supply, Wiley.
Reference: Flinn, Westbrook, Bogart, Waterworks Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
(6) Sewerage and Sewage Disposal. 1. General methods
and economic considerations; quantity and run-off; design
of sewers, manholes, flushtanks, etc.; construction methods, materials and costs; estimate, design, maintenance and management.
2. Sewage Disposal: physical, chemical, biological and
economical aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening,
sedimentation, filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs.
Text-book: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, McGraw-Hill.
(c) Town planning; covering the economical and artistic
development of a city, city management. Street cleaning and
disposal of waste; composition and quantity of city wastes;
collection, dumping and disposal; land treatment; incineration
and reduction; costs and returns.
Text-book: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.
Prerequisite:  Civil 12.
Two lectures and one two-hour period per week. Mr. Powell.
23. Transportation 2. (a) Railways.—Organization and
rules of maintenance-of-way; roadway; ballast; ties; lumber
preservation; rails and appurtenances; turnouts, tracks, accessories; structures and their design; stresses in track; track tools;
track work; work-train service; maintenance-of-way records and
accounts; expenditures; betterments; improvements of old lines,
yards and terminals; maximum capacity of single track.
Prerequisite:   Civil 11.
Two lectures per week, First Term.    Mr. Wilkin. 188 Faculty of Applied Scdsnce
(b) Highways.—1. Highway economics, surveys and locations; grades; cross-sections; paving materials; construction
methods; designs and estimates.
2. Streets and pavements; materials, design, construction,
maintenance and repairs.
Text-book: Agg, Construction of Roads and Pavements,
McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Harger and Bonney, Highway Engineer's Handbook.
Prerequisite: Civil 11.
Two lectures per week, Second Term.   Mr. Matheson.
24. Mechanics of Materials. — A continuation of Civil 10,
Strength of Materials; the application of the Principle of Least
Work to the determination of statically indeterminate forces in
beams and rigid frames; stress and deflection of unsymmetrical
sections and beams with variable moment of inertia; analysis
and design of reinforced concrete beams, slabs, columns, and
reinforced concrete arches.
Text-book: Hool and Kinne, Concrete Engineer's Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
References: Ketchum, Steel Mill Buildings; Hool, Reinforced Concrete, Vol. Ill; Urquhart and O'Rourke, Design
of Concrete Structures, McGraw-Hill
Prerequisite:  Civil 10.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering.
25. Theory of Structures.—The analysis of statically determinate framed structures under dead and live loads; distortion
of framed structures; the use of influence lines for analysis of
stresses and deflections; hinged and hingeless arches; secondary
stresses and redundant members.
Text-book: Hool and Kinne, Framed Structures, McGraw-
Hill. Civil Engineering 189
References: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern
Framed Structures, Vols. I and II, Wiley; Malvern Howe,
Influence Lines, Wiley; Morley, Theory of Structures, Longmans
Green and Co.
Prerequisite:  Civil 10.
One lecture and two three-hour periods per week.
Mr. Matheson.
26. ClaSs Excursions. — Members of the Fourth Year class
in Civil Engineering, under the supervision of an instructor,
will visit such factories, industrial developments, public works,
docks, shipyards, and important examples of engineering construction as are calculated to assist the student best to grasp the
application and scope of the studies pursued and to broaden
his vision of the engineering field. Written reports of trips are
required.
27. Civil Engineering Thesis.—Original research on selected
topics or analyses of engineering projects; experimental or
theoretical investigations. Topics may be selected from the Civil
Engineering Course: Geodetics, Railways, Hydraulics, Municipal, Highways, Economic and Business Engineering, Structures.   Copy of thesis must be filed with the department.
Work extends throughout the year, four hours per week.
28. Seminar. — Written and oral discussion of articles
appearing in the current Transactions and Proceedings of the
various engineering societies, also reviews of important papers
in engineering periodicals. Reports on local engineering projects
visited in Civil 26. Written outlines must be prepared for all
oral reports. Includes training in technical writing and public
speeaking.
Required of all Third and Fourth Year students in Civil
Engineering.
Text-book:  Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill.
One hour per week.
29. Hydraulic Engineering 3. — Theory, investigation and
design of hydraulic motors and machinery.    Turbines, Pelton 190 Faculty of Applied Science
and impulse wheels, centrifugal pumps, hydro-electric installations, plant design and operation.
Prerequisite: Civil 12.
Text-book: Dougherty, Hydraulic Turbines, Third Edition,
McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Gibson, Hydro-electric Engineering; Gibson,
Hydraulics and its Application, Van Nostrand; Mead, Water
Power Engineering, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Wilkin.
30. Engineering Problems 1. — Training in methods of
attacking, analyzing and solving engineering problems. Coaching in proper methods of work and study, including drill in
systematic arrangement and workmanship in calculations. The
content is based upon the application of mathematics to problems in physics and engineering.
Prerequisite:  First Year Arts.
Text-books:  Swain, How to Study, McGraw-Hill; Duckering, Notes and Problems, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill.
Two two-hour periods per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr.. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
31. Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of Engineering Problems 1, involving a thorough drill in problems in the
principal divisions of mathematics given in the First and Second
Years of Applied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics,
electricity and heat, surveying and draughting, and applied to
engineering.
Prerequisite:   Civil 30.
Text-book: Duckering, Notes and Problems, Second Edition,
McGraw-Hill.
One three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with
drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation, simple structures and surveying. Adapted to the needs of
students in Dairying.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Powell. Economics, Forestry 191
Department of Economics
Professor:  Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor:   H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor:   S. E. Beckett.
Assistant:    Greta Mather.
1. Principles of Economics. — An introductory study of
general economic theory, including a survey of the principles
of value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Text-books: Clay, Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan.   Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923.
Two lectures per week.
Department of Forestry
Professor:   H. R. Christie.
Assistant Professor:   F. Malcolm Knapp.
1. General Forestry.—A general survey of the subject.
Text-book: Fernow, Economics of Forestry, Toronto University Press.
References: Whitford and Craig, Forests of British
Columbia, Commission of Conservation, Ottawa; Pinchot, Primer
of Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C;
Moon and Brown, Elements of Forestry, Second Edition, Wiley;
Allen, Practical Forestry in the Pacific Northwest, Western
Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland; Schlich, Forest
Policy in the British Empire, Fourth Edition, Bradbury Agnew,
London; Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World,
McGraw-Hill.    Various government publications.
One lecture per week.
2. Forest Mensuration.—Measurement of felled timber, of
standing timber, and of growth of trees and forests. Includes
scaling, timber estimating, and preparation of tables of volume,
growth and yield. 192 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Chapman, Second Edition Forest Mensuration,
Wiley.
Reference books: Winkenwerder and Clark, Problems in
Forest Mensuration, Second Edition, Wiley. Graves, Woodsman's Handbook, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C. Graves, Forest Mensuration, Wiley. Carey, Manual for
Northern Woodsmen, third edition, Harvard Press.
One lecture and one period of four hours' field or laboratory
work per week.
3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organizations, prevention and control.
Text-book: Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland, Ore.
Reference books: Millar, Methods of Communication
Adapted to Forest Protection, Dominion Forestry Branch,
Ottawa. U. S. Forest Service, Trail Building in the National
Forests, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C.
One lecture per week.   Second Term.
4. Forest Finance.—Forestry from the financial standpoint,
including studies of compound interest, valuation, rotation,
insurance and taxation.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Valuation, University of Michigan.
Reference books: Chapman, Forest Valuation, Wiley. Woodward, Valuation of American Timber Lands, Wiley.
Two periods of one hour each, lectures and problems, per
week.    Second Term.
5. Timber Physics and Wood Technology.—The structure of
wood; the identification of different woods and their qualities
and uses; wood seasoning; wood preservation; emphasis on the
Canadian woods of commercial importance.
Text-books: Record, Economic Woods of the United States,
Second Edition, Wiley. Record, Mechanical Properties of Wood,
Wiley.
Reference books: Weiss, Preservation of Structural Timber,
McGraw-Hill.   Snow, Wood and Other Organic Structural Ma- Forestry 193
terials, McGraw-Hill. Roth, Timber, U. S. Forest Service,
Bui. 10, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Tiemann, The Kiln Drying of Lumber, J. B. Lippincott.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
6. Forest Organization. — The principles and methods of
organizing forest areas for business management. Normal forest,
increment, rotation, felling budget, working plans.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Regulation, Roth, University of
Michigan.
Reference books: Recknagel and Bentley, Forest Management, Wiley. Recknagel, Forest Working Plans, Second Edition,
Wiley. Schlich, Forest Management, Bradbury Agnew. Woolsey,
American Forest Regulation, Woolsey, New Haven.
One lecture per week.
7. History of Forestry and Forest Administration. — The
development of forestry in different parts of the world; forest
resources and industries, policy, legislation and education.
Reference books: Fernow, History of Forestry, Second
Edition, University of Toronto Press. Schlich, Forest Policy in
the British Empire, Bradbury Agnew. Boerker, Our National
Forests, MacMillan. Ise, The United States Forest Policy, Yale
University Press. Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the
World, McGraw-Hill.   Various government publications.
One lecture per week.
8. Silviculture. — Principles and methods of earing for
forests and growing timber crops.
Text-book: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, Wiley.
Reference books: Graves, Principles of Handling Woodlands, Wiley. Tourney, Planting and Seeding in the Practice of
Forestry, Wiley. Woolsey, Studies in French Forestry, Wiley.
Schlich, Silviculture, Bradbury Agnew. Various government
publications.
Two lectures per week during the year, and one period of
three hours field or laboratory work during the second term. 194 Faculty of Applied Science
9. General Lumbering.—A general study of the principles
and practice of logging and milling in the chief timber regions
of North America.
Text-book: Bryant, Logging, Second Edition, Wiley.
Reference books: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir
Region, U. S. D. A. Bui. 711, Superintendent of Documents,
Washington, D. C. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar and Yellow
Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A. Bui. 440, Superintendent
of Documents, Washington, D. C.
One lecture per week.
10. Logging.—An intensive study of logging systems and
operations in the forests of western North America.
Text-book: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir Region,
U. S. D. A. Bui. 711, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Reference books: Various articles in the Timberman,
B. C. Lumberman and other trade journals.
One lecture per week throughout the year; one period of
four hours laboratory or field work per week, alternating with
Forestry 11 and 12.
11. Milling.—A study of the sawmilling and allied woodworking industries of western North America.
Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.
Reference books: Oakleaf, Lumber Manufacture in the
Douglas Fir Region, Commercial Journal Co. Brown, American
Lumber Industry, Wiley. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar and
Yellow Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A. Bui. 440, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Seeley, Small Sawmills, U. S. D. A. Bui. 718, Superintendent of Documents,
Washington, D. C.
Two lectures per week; one period of four hours laboratory
or field work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. First
Term.
12. Forest Products.—A study of other forest industries,
including paper and pulp, naval stores, and wood distillation. Forest Products Laboratories of Canada 195
Reference books: Whitham, Modem Pulp and Paper
Making, The Chemical Catalog Co. Brown, Forest Products,
Their Manufacture and Use, Wiley. Various government publications.
Two lectures per week; one period of four hours laboratory
or field work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. Second
Term.
Vancouver Laboratory
Forest Products Laboratories of Canada
T. A. McElhanney, B.A.Sc.   (Toronto), D.L.S., B.C.L.S., A.M.E.I.C,
Superintendent.
R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill), A.M.E.I.C, Timber Tests Engineer.
J. H. Jenkins, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Specialist in Wood Seasoning.
H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington), Forestry Assistant.
J. B. Alexander, B.Sc.   (New Brunswick),   D.L.S.,   A.L.S.,   Timber
Tester.
J. T. Lee, Timber Tester.^
D. S. Wright, Timber Tester.
On account of the importance of the timber industry of
British Columbia and its remoteness from the main laboratory
at McGill University in Montreal, the Forestry Branch of the
Department of the Interior in 1918 established this laboratory
as a Branch of the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada.
The laboratory was equipped primarily for timber testing on
account of the value of the timbers of the Province for structural purposes. The scope of the laboratory has gradually
extended. A lumber seasoning service has recently been established to assist the timber industries in curtailing serious losses
on this account. A most important phase of the work of the
laboratory is its technical service to the industries in the
dissemination of information on a variety of subjects, such as
wood preservation, utilization of wood waste, pulp and paper,
wood distillation, timber pathology, etc. Where facilities do not
exist in the local laboratory for dealing with any enquiry, it
acts as an outpost to the main laboratory in Montreal. 196 Faculty of Applied Science
An increasingly valuable amount of material has been
collected from the research work of other laboratories and
catalogued for reference.
A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation exists between
the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of the
University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the
laboratory to watch the work being carried on and to use the
apparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff
of the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University library
and the advice and assistance of University specialists in related
work.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor:   R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology:   S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography:   W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy:   M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer:   E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction
to the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, which includes the study of the following topics: Weathering, work of the wind, the work of ground
water, the work of streams, the work of glaciers, the ocean and
its work, the structures of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and
igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains and plateaus, and
ore-deposits.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week.    First Term.   Mr. Schofield.
(6) Historical Geology, which includes a study of the
following: The earth before the Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the
Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week.   Second Term.   Mr. Williams. Geology and Geography 197
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and the
study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver which illustrate the subject-matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Pirsson and Schuchert, Introductory Geology,
Wiley.
Reference books: Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill,
Rocks, Rock-weathering and Soils, Coleman and Parks. Elementary Geology. National Geographic Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical Essays.
Hugh Miller's works.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field of
mineralogy.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis.
Text-books: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford
(new edition), Wiley. (For students taking only Geology 2 (a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley. (For
students who subsequently take Geology 2 (b). 198 Faculty of Applied Science
Prerequisite:  Chemistry 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.   First Term.   Mr. Uglow.
2. (6) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy. — This
course supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration.
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley.
Prerequisite:  Geology 2 (a).
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.    Second Term.   Mr. Uglow.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life, with special reference to North America.
Text-book:  Schuchert, Historical Geology, 2nd Ed., Wiley.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three lectures per week.    First Term.    Mr. Williams.
4. Structural and Physio graphical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structures, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography
of British Columbia.
Text-book: Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.
Prerequisite:  Geology 1.
Three lectures per week.   Second Term.   Mr. Schofield.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(6) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock. Geology and Geography 199
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life.   Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of one hour per
week.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books: Grabau and Shimer, North American
Index Fossils.   Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Paleontology.
Prerequisite:  Geology 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.   Mr. Williams.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (o) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay of
rocks.
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical
methods of determination are equally stressed.
Text-books: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley;
Luquer, Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand; Dana, Textbook of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites:  Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of two hours per
week.   Mr. Uglow.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore- 200 Faculty of Applied Science
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference book:  Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 2nd ed.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four lectures per week.
Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams and Mr. Uglow.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite of
ores from some mining district for a critical examination and
report.
Text-book: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination
of the Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
One laboratory period of two hours per week.   Mr. Uglow.
10. Field Geology. — The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists.   Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
One period of three hours per week.   Mr. Schofield. Mathematics 201
Department of Mathematics
Professor:   Daniel Buchanan.
Professor:   L. S. Dederick.
Associate Professor:   G. E. Robinson.
Associate Professor:   E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor:   L. Richardson.
Assistant Professor:   B. S. Hartley.
1. Plane Trigonometry.—An elementary course, including
the solution of triangles and the use of logarithms, inverse and
hyperbolic functions.
Text-books:   Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry,
Copp, Clark.   Six-Place Tables, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.   First Term.
2. Solid Geometry.—A study of the three-faced corner, the
various polyhedra and solid figures, and the theorems of Pappus.
Text-book: Foster, Geometry, Practical and Theoretical,
(Vol. Ill solid), Bell.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term.
3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, combinations and the binomial theorem, and a study of exponential
and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued
fractions, graphical algebra.
Two lectures per week.
Text-book: Rietz and Crathorne, College Algebra, Holt.
4. Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential
and integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler
applications considered.
Text-book:  Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
Two lectures per week.
6. Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with various
applications.
Text-book:  Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
Three lectures per week. 202 Faculty of Applied Science
7. Analytical Geometry.—A study of the conies and other
curves occurring in engineering practice, and elementary work
in three dimensions.
Text-book:  Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
Two lectures per week.
8. Applied Calculus. — The applications of calculus to
various problems in engineering.
Two lectures per week.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
9. Differential Equations.—A study of ordinary and partial
differential equations and their applications.
Text-book: Murray, Differential Equation, Longmans.
Two lectures per week.
(Given in 1927-28 and alternate years.)
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Professor:  Herbert Vickers.
Associate Professor:   j
Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering:
H. F. G. Letson.
Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering:    E. M. Coles.
Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and Shopwork:    H. P. Archibald.
Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering:    G. Sinclair Smith.
Instructor in Machine Shop:    H. Taylor.
Instructor in Thermo Laboratory:   E. G. Parsons.
Instructor in Mechanical Engineering:    John F.  Bell.
Assistant in Workship, Mechanical Engineering:    C. H. Barker.
Assistant  (Woodworker):    S. Northrop.
Mechanical Engineering
1. Mechanical Drawing.—Practice in freehand lettering in
accordance with common practice. Geometrical Drawing, to give
facility in the use of drawing instruments. Freehand sketching
of machine parts and structures from which drawings are made
to scale. Drawing to scale of simple machine parts. Making of
assembly drawings from detail drawings, and detail drawings
from assembly drawings.    Tracing and blueprinting.
Two three-hour periods per week. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 203,
2. (a) Shop Work.—This work is intended to supplement
the manual training given in the high schools, and also to give
the student some knowledge of the more common machine shop
methods and processes as employed commercially. The object is
to provide some basis for the intelligent design of machines and
structural parts.
Lectures.—Physical properties of the materials used in
machine construction. Modern methods of handling and finishing wood. Forging and hammering of metals. Annealing and
tempering. Making of patterns and cores. Cupola practice.
Soldering and brazing, tinning, electroplating. Drilling
and tapping, turning and boring, calipering and fitting, milling
and milling cutters, reaming and reamers, screw cutting. Grinding and abrasive wheels. Lapping. Punching and shearing.
Drop forging and die-casting. Metal spinning. Torch and
electric welding. Cold sawing and torch cutting. Tool-making
and dressing. Use of jigs. Machine shop standards, including
wire and sheet metal gauges, threads, etc.
Text-book: Colvin & Stanley, American Machinists' Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture per week.
Practice in Metal-working.—Bench work, including marking
off, chipping, filing, scraping, tapping, and fitting; lathe work,
including turning and boring, screw-cutting and finishing; lathe
adjustments; shaping; milling; gear-cutting; tool-dressing.
One two-hour period per week.
2. (b) Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 2.
Five hours laboratory per week First Term, and three hours
Second Term.
3. Kinematics of Machines. — Displacement, velocity and
acceleration. Relative motions. Harmonic motions. Gear trains.
Cams, ratchets, and escapements.   Classification of mechanisms. 204 Faculty of Applied Science
Study of mechanisms in common use.    Transmission of motion
by belting.   Design of outlines of gear teeth.
Text-book: Durley, Kinematics of Machines, Wiley.
One two-hour period per week.
4. Dynamics of Machines.—Friction and lubrication. Transmission of power by belts, ropes, gears and friction clutches.
Function and dynamics of speed governors. Dynamics of the
screw. Forces involved in linear and angular acceleration of
moving parts, with special reference to engines, turbines, and
pumps. Stresses due to centrifugal force. Balancing of moving
parts.   Dynamics of the gyroscope.
Reference books: Low, Applied Mechanics. Dent & Harper,
Kinematics and Kinetics of Machinery, Wiley.
Two lectures per week.
5. Machine Design.—Strength of materials used in machine
construction. Factors of safety and allowable stresses under
various conditions of load. Design of: Valve mechanisms for
steam engines; governors; thin cylinders and tanks; rivetted
joints; fastenings, such as bolts, screws and cotters; levers and
winch handles.
Reference books: Spooner, Machine Design, Construction
and Drawing, Longmans Green. Dalby, Valves and Valve
Gears, Arnold.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
6. Elementary Thermodynamics.—(a) Fuels and combustion. General principles underlying the construction and operation of steam boilers. Elementary theory of the steam engine.
Measurement of power. Performance of various types of steam
engines. Elementary theory of internal combustion engines.
Design and operation of isolated power plants to give the best
economic results. Theory of air compressors, transmission and
use of compressed air. Elementary theory and practical operation of producer gas plants.
Text-books: Inchley's Heat Engines, Longmans Green. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 205
Reference books: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge
Press. Callendar, Steam Power, Longman's Green. Simmons,
Compressed Air, McGraw-Hill. Marks and Davis, Steam Tables
and Diagrams, Longman's Green. Gebhardt, Steam Power
Plant Engineering, Wiley. Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket
Book, Wiley. Fernald & Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.
(6) Laboratory.—Testing   of   boilers,   steam   engines   and
internal combustion engines.   Analysis and calorimetry of fuels.
One three-hour laboratory period per week.
7. Thermodynamics. —A more precise study of the performances and construction of various types of boilers, including
furnaces and superheaters. Theoretical efficiency of different
types of reciprocating engines working under various conditions.
Influence on efficiency of size, speed and ratio of expansion
with variations of load. Compound and triple expansion engines.
Use of steam tables in reference to calculations on saturated and
superheated steam. Flow of gases and vapours through orifices
and nozzles.
Text-book: Low, Heat Engines, Longman's Green.
Reference books: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge
Press. Callendar, Steam Power, Longman's Green. Lucke,
Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill, and as under Mechanical 6.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
per week.
8. Thermodynamics. — Advanced theory relative to the
transformation of heat into mechanical energy. Laws governing
the flow of heat through various substances. More precise study
of the theory and performance of all types of prime movers,
including all types of reciprocating and rotary steam engines,
steam turbines, and internal combustion engines.
Text-book:  Low, Heat Engines, Longman's Green.
Reference book: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week. 206 Faculty of Applied Science
9. Thermodynamics.—For Mechanical Engineering students
only.
Text-book: Low, Heat Engines, Longman's Green.
Reference book: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Two lectures and one six-hour laboratory per week.
10. Machine Design.—The design of machine and structural
parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of appliances for the transmission of power, including belts, rope, cable,
friction and toothed gearing. The student is required to work
out the complete design of some machine or appliance, and make
the drawings and tracings requisite for its construction.
Text-book: Spooner, Machine Design, Longmans Green.
Two lectures and one five-hour laboratory per week for
Mechanical Engineering, and two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory for Electrical Engineering.
11. Heating, Ventilation, and Refrigeration. — Design of
steam, hot water, and hot air systems of heating. Heaters for
steam and water systems. Use of exhaust steam for heating.
Central heating plants. Loss of heat from buildings. Refrigerating systems.
Reference book: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment
of Buildings (Vols. I and II), Wiley.
One lecture per week.
12. Design of Power Plants.—A study of the function, construction, and performance of the various machines and appliances which enter into the design of industrial plants. Special
attention is given to the economic results to be expected from
various combinations.
Reference books: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II), Wiley. Fernald & Orrok,
Engineering of Power Plants, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture per week.
13. Physical Treatment of Metals.—A study of the various
metals used in commercial work, with special reference to the Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 207
treatment applied to get the physical properties and qualities
required for specific purposes.
Text-book: Colvin & Juthe, The Working of Steel, McGraw-
Hill.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
14. Mechanical Design of Electrical Machines.
Electrical Engineering
1. Theory and Operation of Electrical Machines.—A practical course for students not specializing in Electrical or
Mechanical Engineering. Units: Absolute electrostatic and
electromagnetic, practical units, conversion factors.
Magnetic Circuit: Unit magnetic pole, field, intensity,
induction; flux, magnetomotive force, reluctance, permeability,
potential, B-H curves, hysteresis. Electric Circuit: Unit quantity,
current and current density, electromotive force, Ohms Law,
Joules Law, Kirchhoff's Laws, resistivity and specific resistance,
conductivity and conductance; induction, self and mutual.
Direct Current Machines: The dynamo, motor and generator; Emf. equation; armature, simple lap and wave; excitation; characteristic curves of series, shunt, separately and compound excited generators and motors; armature reaction;
commutation; efficiency, rating and heating; types of motors
suited to various classes of service; boosters; balancers for three
wire systems; parallel operation of generators.
Alternating Current: The production of simple alternating
electromotive forces and currents; wave form; form factor;
frequency; maximum, average, and root-mean-square values;
effect of induction and capacity on the properties of alternating
current circuits; vector diagrams; measurement of power; power
factor; polyphase circuits; Y and Delta connections.
Alternating Current Machines—Alternator: Emf. equation;
armature winding; magneto-motive forces and fluxes; armature
reaction; leakage reactance; regulation; efficiency. Synchronous"
Motor: Principle; vector diagram; output; power factor; syn- 208 Faculty of Applied Science
chronizing; hunting; parallel operation of alternators. Transformer: Constant potential1 vector diagrams; leakage reactance ;
constant current; losses; efficiency; connections; phase transformation; auto and booster transformers. Induction Motor:
Revolving field; slip; characteristics; circle diagram; variable
speed; wound rotor induction motor; choice of type; starting.
Rotary Converters:  Description of operation.
Transmission of Electrical Energy: Comparison of cost of
transmission with different number of phases; instrument transformers.
The above course is designed to introduce to the students
the principal factors in electrical machinery; only enough theory
being given to explain intelligently the operating characteristics
of the apparatus studied.
Text-books: Gray, Principles and Practice of Electrical
Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Maclean, Electrical Laboratory
Course for Junior Students, Blackie & Sons.
Prerequisite:  Physics 3.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.
2. Elementary Electrical Engineering.—Units'- Absolute,
electrostatic, electromagnetic and practical units.
Electromagnetism'- Permeability; flux-density; magnetomotive force; magnetic reluctance; calculation of pull of electromagnets; inductance, self and mutual.
Commercial Current and Voltage Measuring Instruments •'
Requirements of good measuring instruments, amperemeters and
voltmeters; construction and moving-coil; hot-wire; electrostatic
and induction-type measuring instruments.
Secondary Batteries■'  Theory; use and application.
Armature Winding-' Theory of lap and wave windings; use
of equalizing connections; characteristics of series, shunt and
compound wound motors; characteristics of shunt and compound Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 209
wound generators; commutation, and armature reaction in direct
current machines.
Elementary Theory of Alternating Currents: The production of simple alternating electromotive forces and currents;
wave form, frequency, crest and RMS valves; Cartesian and
Polar diagrams; effect of self induction and capacity on the
properties of alternating current circuits; measurement of power
in A.C. circuits; polyphase circuits, balanced and unbalanced
systems; star and mesh connections; vector treatment.
Elementary Theory of the Transformer. Automatic Reversible Battery Boosters.  Testing of apparatus studied.
Wave Form Indicators: The Oscillograph, Joubert's contact, the Ondograph.
Insulation- Characteristics of various types, switches and
fuses.
Illumination and Photometry: Arc Lamps, Incandescent
Lamps, Street Illumination, etc.
Text-books: MacCall, Electrical Engineering Continuous
Currents, University Tutorial Press Ltd. MacCall, Electrical
Engineering Alternating Currents, University Tutorial Press
Ltd. Smith, Testing Dynamos and Motors, Scientific Publishing
Co. Smith, Practical Alternating Currents, Scientific Publishing Co. Maclean, Electrical Laboratory Course for Junior
Students, Blackie & Sons.
For Third Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.
Prerequisite: Physics 3.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of four hours per
week.
3. Electrical Engineering. — Direct Current Machines:
Separation of losses by various methods; back to back methods
of testing efficiency; parallel operation; review of armature
reaction and the compensating thereof; further study of commutation. 210 Faculty of Applied Science
Alternating Current Machines: The Alternator; Induced
Electromotive force, Armature winding, Magnetomotive forces
and fluxes concerned in the operation of an Alternator, Armature Reaction, Armature leakage reactance, Armature effective
Resistance, Regulation, Methods of predetermining Regulation
and the vector diagrams thereof, Losses, Efficiency.
Static Transformers: Types of Transformers, The Ideal
Transformer, True equivalent circuit of a Transformer, Approximate equivalent circuit of a transformer, Calculation of
Magnetizing current and inphase current supplying Core losses,
Calculation of leakage reactance, Solution of the vector diagram
and Calculation of Regulation, Losses in a Transformer—Eddy
Current Loss—Hysteresis Loss—Copper Loss, Calculation of
Efficiency, Ratio Test, Polarity Test, Short Circuit Test. Calculation of Regulation from the short circuit Test, Regulation by
loading, Sumpner efficiency Test, Separation of Hysteresis and
Eddy Current loss Test, Current Transformer, Potential Transformer, Constant Current Transformer, Auto-Transformer,
Induction Regulator, Parallel operation of Transformers, Transformer Connections, Phase Transformation.
Synchronous Motors: General characteristics, Power factor,
V Curves, Methods of starting, Explanation of the operation of
a Synchronous Motor, Hunting, Damping, Stability, Circle diagram of the Synchronous Motor, Losses and Efficiency, Parallel
operation of Alternators.
Synchronous Converters: Voltage Ratio and current relations, Armature heating and resistance and the effect thereof
of change in power factor.
Polyphase Induction Motors: Revolving field, slip, Transformer properties of an Induction Motor, True and approximate
equivalent circuit of an induction motor, Load equivalent to a
non inductive resistance, Circle diagram, Characteristic Curves,
Methods of starting Induction Motors, Speed Control.
Transmission of Electrical Energy: A brief treatment dealing with the economy of conducting material for different number of phases. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 211
Text-books: Smith, Practical Alternating Currents, Scientific
Publishing Co. Lawrence, Principles of Alternating Current
Machinery, McGraw-Hill.
For Fourth Year Mechanical students only.
Prerequisite:  Electrical 2.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours per
week.
4. Electrical Machinery. Theory of the Transformer. Core
and Shell types. Vector diagrams. Magnetizing current, Regulation, Current Rush on suddenly switching on. Systems of
Connection.   Methods of Cooling.   Testing.
The Alternator. Salient and non-salient pole types. Alternator windings. EMF equation. Breadth factor, Form Factor,
Coil-span Factor. Method of obtaining pure sine wave form.
Regulation. Calculation of Regulation. Synchronous Impedance.
Short Circuit Currents. Steady and Transient Method of Calculating excitation on loads of various power factors. Synchronizing of alternators. Synchroscopes. Parallel Operation of
Alternators.
The Synchronous Motor. Single and Polyphase Types.
Vector diagram. Variation of power factor with excitation.
Calculation of excitation necessary for power factor improvement. Damping windings. Hunting and its cure. Methods of
Starting.
The Induction Motor. Windings. Production of Rotating
field, Circle diagram. Slip, torque and other characteristics.
Squirrel Cage and Slip Ring Types. Effect of rotor resistance.
Torque slip curves. Starting methods of Squirrel cage machines. Calculation of steps of starting resistances for wound
rotor machines. Crawling of Induction motors. Leakage fluxes
in Induction motors. Pole changing. Cascade Connection and
its characteristics. Speed Control by rotor resistance, by change
of frequency, by use of AC commutating motors. Hunt Cascade
motor. 212 Faculty of Applied Science
Efficiency Tests. Stroboscopic method of slip measurement.
Single Phase Induction Motor Theory.
The Rotary Converter. EMF and current relations. Heating of Rotaries. Methods of Changing voltage ratios. Starting
and Synchronizing.
The Three Phase Commutator Motor. Shunt and Series
Types. Vector diagrams and characteristics.
Text-books: Miles Walker, Specification and Design of
Electrical Machinery, Longmans, Green & Co. Lawrence,
Alternating Currents, McGraw-Hill. Steinmetz, Theory and
Calculation of Electric Apparatus, McGraw-Hill. H. Vickers,
The Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of six hours per
week.
5. Electric Traction.—Electric Railways: advantages and
disadvantages of various systems. Low tension DC and high
tension DC. High tension systems. Speed-time curves and their
estimation. Estimation of power required for electric trains.
Train Resistance. Series Traction Motors DC and AC and their
complete theory and characteristics. Control and Control Systems. Equipment and Rolling Stock. Regenerative Braking.
Overhead construction and rail construction. Feeder systems
and their design.   Sub-station Equipment.
Text-books:   A. T. Dover, Electric Traction, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons.   F. W. Carter, Electric Traction, Chapman & Hall.
One lecture per week.
6. Electric Power Plants and Transmission Lines. — Comparison of amounts of Copper for Various Systems. Choice of
Site and type of machinery. Load Factor and diversity factor.
Inductance and Capacity Calculations. Voltage drops on Single
Phase and Three phase lines. Charging currents. Voltage rises
on AC systems. Automatic Protective Switch-gear. Lightning
Arresters. Kelvin's Law. Design of Feeders. Voltage drops in
feeders and cables. Conductors and disributing networks; loss Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 213
of potential in networks. Voltage control. Tirrill Regulator.
Economics of hydro-electric development. Design of E.H.T.
feeders. Suspension Type Insulators and other types. Mechanical design of line and towers.
Corona. Losses due to Corona. Laws of Corona. Voltage
and Power Factor Control of Transmission lines.
Text-book: Still, Overhead Power Transmission, McGraw-
Hill.
Two lectures per week.
One lecture per week.
7. Electrical Design.—Design of DC generators and motors.
Induction motors. Salient and non-salient Pole Alternators.
Rotary Converters.    Transformers.
Text-books: Miles Walker, Specification and Design of
Electrical Machinery, Longmans, Green & Co. H. Vickers, The
Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons. Whittaker, The
Rotary Converter, Benn Bros.
One lecture per week.
8. Radio, Telegraphy and Telephony. — Open and closed
oscillators. Resonance. Coupled Circuits. Forced and free vibrations. Waves on coils and wires.
Antennae and Earth Connections. Propagation of waves
over the earth's surface.
Generation of Oscillations. Spark. Arc. High-frequency
Alternator. Frequency Changers and Ionic Valves.
Methods of Detection. Valve Circuits, beat reception, relaying, amplifying, with special attention to work on Ionic Valves.
Wireless Telephony. Microphones: Various Types. Transmitting Circuits.   Receiving Circuits.   Tuning.
Direction Finding. Latest work on above. Interference and
its prevention.  Short Wave Work with Beam Systems.
Text-book:  Eccles, Continuous Wave Telegraphy and Telephony, Van Nostrand.
One lecture per week. 214 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Professor of Mining:   J. M. Turnbull.
Professor of Metallurgy:   H. N. Thomson.
Associate Professor of Mining:   Geo. A. Gillies.
Assistant in Metallurgy:   W. B. Bishop.
Mining
1. Metal Mining.—An introductory course in metal mining,
covering the following subjects:
Ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining;
ordinary prospecting; mineral belts; conditions in British
Columbia; preliminary development of mines; timbering and
framing; tunnelling; shaft sinking; transportation and haulage;
drainage; ventilation.
Two lectures per week.    Mr. Turnbull.
2. Coal and Placer Mining.—A general course in coal and
placer mining, covering the following subjects:
(a) Classification of coals; prospecting; mine development;
mining methods; ventilation; transportation and haulage; drainage ; tipples; coal mines acts and laws.
(b) Gravel deposits; nature and origin of paystreaks; prospecting; examination and testing of deposits; ordinary mining
methods; hydraulic and dredging methods; plant and equipment ; placer mines acts and laws.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Turnbull.
3. Metal Mining. — An advanced course in metal mining,
covering the following subjects:
Scientific prospecting; development work in mines; mining
methods; blasting and explosives; examination of mines and
prospects; methods of ore sampling; mine valuation; accounting
and costs, administration; welfare and safety work; mining laws
and contracts; economics; ethics.
Prerequisite:   Mining 1.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Turnbull. Mining and Metallurgy 215
4. Mining Machinery.—A special course covering the structural and mechanical features of Mining Engineering, as follows:
Mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and
churn drills; tramways, etc.
Prerequisites: Mining 1; Mechanical Engineering 3, 6;
Civil Engineering 3 and 10.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Gillies.
5. Mine Surveying.—A practical course covering the work
of the surveyor and staff in metal mines:
Methods and practice in mine surveying; geological work
underground; maps, plans and models; notes and records.
Prerequisites:  Civil Engineering 2 and 6.
One lecture per week.    First Term.   Mr. Turnbull.
6. Mining Design.—A laboratory draughting course covering the special requirements of Mining students in regard to
design of the layout and details of mining plant, structures, and
mine survey plans.
One three-hour period per week.   Mr. Gillies.
7. Mining Methods.—A special course covering the mining
of large ore bodies by special mining methods.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Concurrent Courses: Mining 2, 3 and 4.
One lecture per week.   Second Term.   Mr. Turnbull.
Metallurgy
1. General Metallurgy.—This course covers the fundamental
principles underlying metallurgical operations in general, and
is introductory to subsequent more specialized study.
The lectures follow in general the subject as taken up in
Principles of Metallurgy, by Chas. H. Fulton, including the
following main subjects:
Physical mixtures and thermal analysis. Physical properties
of metals.  Alloys.  Measurement of high temperatures.   Typical 216 Faculty of Applied Science
metallurgical operations. Roasting and fusing. Electrometallurgy. Slags. Matte. Bullion. Refractory materials. Fuels.
Combustion.  Furnaces.
Text-book: Fulton, Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Hofman, General Metallurgy, McGraw-
Hill. Current Mining and Metallurgical Journals. Trade
Catalogues.
Prerequisites:   Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and 2.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Thomson.
2. Smelting and Leaching.—A general course covering principles and practice of Pyrometallurgy and Hydrometallurgy as
applied to gold, silver, copper, iron, lead and zinc.
Prerequisite: Metallurgy 1.
Two lectures per week.    Mr. Thomson.
3. Metallurgical Calculations.—A special course covering
Thermochemistry; Metallurgical Calculations; Furnace Design
and Efficiency; Special Processes.
A large portion of the time will be given to the study of
heat balances of typical smelting operations.
Reference book: Richards, Metallurgical Calculations.
Prerequisites:   Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 1.
Two hours per week.   Mr. Thomson.
4. Metallurgical Analysis.—Advanced course in Metallurgical Analysis of Ores and Furnace Products, Pyrometry and
Refractories.
Special attention will be given to analytical methods used
by smelting plants in purchase of ores and control of furnace
operations.
Prerequisites:   Metallurgy 1, Metallurgy 6.
Six hours laboratory -per week, First Term. Twelve hours
laboratory per week, Second Term.    Mr. Thomson.
5. Fire Assaying.—Quantitative determination of gold,
silver, and other metals by fire-assay methods, with underlying
principles. Mining and Metallurgy 217
Text-book: Fulton, Manual of Fire Assaying, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one five-hour laboratory period per week.
First Term.   Mr. Thomson.
6. Wet Assaying.—An introductory course in metallurgical
analysis of ores and concentrates.
Most of the time will be given to the technical determination
of zinc, copper and lead.
One three-hour laboratory period per week.   Mr. Thomson.
Ore Dressing
1. Ore Dressing.—A general course covering the concentration of ores by mechanical means.
Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental
principles, typical machines, and their general operations and
relations in modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic
and practical aspects. ^^^
Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics of true concentrating ores, the general principles on which
the size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed.
The general lay-out of crushing, handling, and separating machinery. The laws of crushing and of various classifying and
separating actions, and the design, operation, and comparative
efficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls, stamps,
ball and tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and slime-
handling devices.
Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation, and other special processes, including coal-washing.
Text-books: Richards, Text-book of Ore Dressing, McGraw-
Hill.   F. Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Gillies.
2. Ore Dressing Laboratory.—A variety of crushing, sizing,
classifying and separating operations are carried out by the
students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines, 218 Faculty of Applied Science
singly and in combination. Special attention is paid to flotation
processes, several types of machines being used.
Ores from British Columbia working mines are usually
chosen, so that the work of the students is along practical lines
in comparison with actual work in operating plants.
Prerequisite:  Ore Dressing 1.
Nine hours laboratory per week.   Mr. Gillies.
Note:—All students in Mining and Metallurgy are advised to provide
themselves with a copy of Peek's Mining Engineer's Handbook (Wiley),
which is used for reference in many of the courses in which no special textbook is required.
Department of Physics
Professor:   T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor:   A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor:   J. G. Davidson.
Assistant Professor:    G. M. Shrum.
The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of
experimental lectures on the general principles of Physics,
accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in
which students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly
quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures.
Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with all the
principal instruments used in exact physical and practical
measurements.
1. Mechanics 1.—An elementary treatment of the subject of
statics, dynamics, and hydrostatics, with particular emphasis on
the working of problems. In the laboratory the fundamental
principles of statics and dynamics are established. The course
is given in the first half of the First Year of Applied Science.
Text-books: Loney, Mechanics and Hydrostatics, Cambridge
University Press. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat, Ginn.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per
week. Physics 219
2. Advanced Heat.—This course is begun when Mechanics 1
is finished, and the six hours devoted to it are divided in the
same manner. The course is based on the supposition that the
student is already familiar with the elementary principles of
heat.
Text-books: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat, Ginn.
3. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of the
fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with a
special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer.
The course includes a short treatment of the elements of
alternating currents.
Text-books: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and
Light (first part), Ginn. Smith, Electrical Measurements,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
4. Mechanics 2.—The subject-matter consists of an extension
of the statics and dynamics of Mechanics 1, but with the use of
the differential and integral calculus.
Prerequisite: Mechanics 1.
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.
5. Light. — A short lecture course on light for students
taking Chemical Engineering. The time will be devoted to a
study of refraction, dispersion, interference, diffraction, double-
refraction, polarization and spectroscopy.
One hour per week.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory,
and radioactivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Reference books: Thomson, Conductivity of Electricity
Through Gases, Cambridge University Press, Second Edition.
Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their Radiations,
Cambridge University Press.   Millikan, Electron, University of 220 Faculty of Applied Science
Chicago Press, Second Edition. Thomson, Positive Rays, Longman's. Hughes, Photo-electricity, Cambridge University Press,
X-Rays, Longman's.
Department of Nursing and Health
Professor:    Hibbert Winslow Hill.
Assistant Professor:    Mabel F. Gray.
Part-time Lecturers:
Miss Elizabeth Gertrude Breeze, R. N.   *
Mrs. Eva D. Calhoun, R.N., Cert.P.H.N. (Ann Arbor, Michigan).
John Ewart Campbell, B.A., M.D., C.M.  (McGill).
Ralph Elswood Coleman, M.B.  (Toronto).
William A. Dobson, M.D.  (Jefferson Medical College).
Miss Isabelle M Jeffares, R.N.
Miss Jane E. Johnston, R.N., Cert.P.H.N. (British Columbia).
Miss Ruby Adeline Kerr.
Frank Cornwall McTavish, M.B. (Toronto), L.S.A. (London),
M.R.C.S.  (England), L.R.C.P.  (London).
Robert Lester Pallen, D.M.D. (North Pacific College of
Dentistry).
Alfred Howard Spohn, M.B.  (Toronto).
Frederic Theodore Underhill, L.R.C.P. & S., L.M., and F.R.C.S.
(Edinburgh), D.P.H. (Edinburgh and Glasgow), F.R.S.I.
London), F.R.I.P.H.
Charles Harvey Vrooman, M.D., C.M.   (Manitoba).
Harold White, M.D.  (McGill), L.M.C.C.
Henry Esson Young, B.A. (Queen's), M.D., CM., (McGill),
LL.D. (Toronto), LL.D. (McGill), LL.D. (British Columbia), L.M.C.C.
Subjects of Nursing A
(Five-year Undergraduate Course)
1. Introduction to Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing
with the nature of hospital service and discipline, designed to
prepare students for entrance to Schools of Nursing. No formal
credit is given for this course, but attendance is compulsory.
One hour per week, First Year.   Miss Gray. Nursing and Health 221
2. History of Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing with
the origin and history of nursing.
One hour a week, Second Year.   Miss Gray.
3. Anatomy and Physiology.—A study of the structure and
function of the normal human body as the basis for the study of
all pathological conditions, as well as for the study of hygiene.
Two hours a week, Second Year.   Miss Gray.
Subjects of Nursing B and C
(One-year Graduate Courses)
1. Bacteriology.—A short laboratory course to familiarize
students with the practical application of laboratory technique
in Public Health measures.
Ten hours.   Miss Wilson.
2. Educational Psychology.
One lecture a week.   Both Terms.   Dr. Weir.
Text-book:   Gates, Psychology for Students of Education,
Macmillan.
3. Geography 10.
One lecture a week, Both Terms.   Mr. Brock, Mr. Schofield.
4. History of Nursing and Contemporary Nursing Problems
A study of the origin and history of nursing, followed by the
consideration of recent developments in the nursing field.
One lecture a week.   Miss Gray.
5. Metabolism and Nutrition.
Ten lectures.    Dr. Coleman.
6. Motor Mechanics.—Practical instruction in the structure
and operation of automobiles, including practice driving.
One hour a week.   Second Term.   Mr. Parsons.
7. Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedure. —
Principles and practice, fitting students for giving addresses and
conducting meetings.
One lecture a week.   Thirteen hours.   Dr. Hill. 222 Faculty of Applied Science
8. Sociology.—The nature of Sociology as a study; environment; influence of technology and other conditions on social
development, etc.; social pathology.
One lecture a week.   Both Terms.   Mr. Beckett.
Text: Beach, Introduction to Sociology, Houghton-Mifflin.
9. Epidemiology.—Principles and practice in the control
of disease.
One hour a week.   Both Terms.   Dr. Hill.
10. Crippled Children.—A series of lectures dealing with
the problem of children handicapped by deformities, with emphasis upon the importance of early recognition of deformities
and their prevention and cure.
Five hours.   Dr. McTavish.
11. Infant Welfare.—A series of lectures and clinics dealing
with pre-natal care, and the normal development of the infant;
also dealing with the disorders of infancy, their prevention
and cure.
Eleven lectures.   Dr. Spohn.
12. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction, with clinical demonstrations, to the study of mental illness, its cure and prevention.
Eleven lectures.   Dr. Dobson.
13. Preventable Diseases.—Brief sketches of the more important of the preventable diseases; immunology; vaccine
therapy.
One hour a week.   Both Terms.   Dr. Hill.
14. Tuberculosis.—A study of tuberculosis, its prevention
and cure.
Eleven lectures.    Dr. Vrooman.
15. Venereal Diseases.—The care and control of venereal
diseases.
Three lectures.   Dr. Campbell. Nursing and Health 223
16. Public Health.—A series of lectures covering the fields
of general hygiene and sanitation.
One hour a week.   Fifteen lectures.   Dr. Hill.
Text-books:  Hill,  Sanitation  for Public  Health  Nurses,
Macmillan; Hill, The New Hygiene, Macmillan.
17. Public Health Nursing.—A study of the principles and
practice of public health nursing.
One hour a week.   Both Terms.   Miss Gray.
Text-book: Gardner, Public Health Nursing, Macmillan.
18. Teaching Methods in Public Health Nursing.—A consideration of the material to be presented in the teaching of
personal hygiene and home nursing, and the methods of
presentation.
One hour a week.   Second Term.   Miss. Gray.
19. Rural Public Health Nursing.—A study of the principles
and practice of public health nursing in rural communities.
Six hours.   Miss Jeffares.
20. Visiting Nursing in Urban Districts, and its Public
Health Aspect.
Two lectures.   Mrs. Calhoun.
21. School Hygiene.-—A series of twelve lectures given
by members of the staff of the Medical Department of the Vancouver School Board, dealing with the specific problems of this
division of Public Health.
One hour a week. First Term. Miss Breeze, Miss Kerr,
Dr. Pallen, Dr. White.
22. Medical Social Service.—A presentation of the principles
underlying Medical Social Service.
Three lectures.   Miss Johnston.
23. Public Health Administration.—A study of the official
relation of the Public Health Nurse to the Departments of
Health.
Four lectures.   Dr. Underhill, Dr. Young. 224 Faculty of Applied Science
24. Public Health Organizations.—A series of single lectures
dealing with special aspects of their work.
(a) Diagnostic Clinics for Tuberculosis.   Dr. Lamb.
(b) The Hospital's Relation to   the   Community  Health
Programme.   Dr. Bell.
(c) The Rotary Clinic.   Dr. Rawlings.
(d) The Workmen's Compensation Act.    Dr. Miller.
25. Vital Statistics.—The general principles governing the
collection and arrangement of statistical facts, and their application in Public Health Nursing.
One hour a week.   Eighteen lectures.   Dr. Hill.
26. History and Principles of Education.
Two lectures a week.   Both Terms.   Dr. Weir.
Text-book:    Cubberley,   A  Brief  History  of  Education,
Houghton Mifflin.
27. Teaching in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the Curriculum; the selection of subjects, and content of each, and
methods of presentation.!
One lecture a week.   Both Terms.   Miss Gray.
28. Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing.—A
study of the organization of the School of Nursing, its relation
to the various departments of the Hospital; and the problems
of training and record keeping.
One lecture a week.    Both Terms.    Miss Gray.
Department of Zoology
Professor:   C. McLean Fraser.
Assistant Professor:   G. J. Spencer.
Assistant:   George Van Wilby.
Note :—Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories. Zoology 225
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Text-books:    T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Manual of
Zoology, Macmillan (American Edition, 1916).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
7. Economic Entomology (in part).—The portion of the
course in Economic Entomology that deals with forest insects.
One lecture and two hours' laboratory work per week for
half of Second Term.  THE       4
FACULTY
OF
AGRICULTURE  FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN
AGRICULTURE
The degrees offered in this faculty are:
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.) and Master of
Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.).
Courses of Study
Four distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:
(1.) A Four-year Course leading to the Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
(2.) A Winter Course at the University, consisting of a
series of Short Courses in Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture and Poultry.
(3.) Extension Courses at different points in the Province.
(4.) Graduate work in Agriculture, leading to the degree,
M.S.A.
Course Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.
Students in Agriculture are required to have Junior
Matriculation or its equivalent before entering upon this course
(see "Matriculation Requirements"). The degree of B.S.A. is
granted only after the successful completion of four years of
lecture and laboratory work. The course is planned for students
who wish to obtain a practical and scientific knowledge of
Agriculture, either as a basis for demonstration and teaching,
or as an aid to success in farm management.
The Winter Course
This course is planned for those men and women who are
unable to take advantage of the longer course, but who desire
to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those
branches in which they are particularly interested. The work
throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and
periods devoted to demonstration and judging work are strong 230 Faculty of Agriculture
features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor
are students asked to write an examination at the conclusion
of the course.
Special announcements giving details of the various divisions of the course are issued in December of each year, and
may be obtained from the Registrar on application.
Extension Courses
In order to reach those engaged in Agriculture who are
not able to avail themselves of the Winter Course given at the
University, the Faculty of Agriculture offers extension short
courses in various centres throughout the Province. These
courses are of at least four days' duration, are proceeded with
according to a definite time-table, and include lectures and
demonstrations in connection with the work of each department
of the Faculty. Detailed programmes are prepared to suit the
specific centres, and requests for such courses may be addressed
to the Registrar.
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
Graduate Work
For regulations, see page 235.
CURRICULUM
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally
consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period
of not less than two or more than three hours) per week
throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent
laboratory periods) throughout a single term.
The first two years of work leading to the degree in
Agriculture are devoted to acquiring a knowledge of the basic
sciences upon which Agriculture rests, in adding to the student's
knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more
advanced studies in practical and scientific Agriculture. The
Third Year is devoted largely, and the Fourth Year almost
wholly, to courses in Applied Agriculture. Information for Students in Agriculture 231
Except under special circumstances, students under the age
of seventeen will not be eligible for registration. Specialization
will begin at the commencement of the Third Year. Students
who have not had at least one full season's practical farm
experience will be required to obtain this preliminary training
before registering for the Third Year.
First Year
Units
Agronomy 1 and 2  3
Animal Husbandry 1 and 4  3
Biology 1  3
Chemistry 1  3 i
English 1   3 [
The first course in a language offered for
Matriculation    3
Total required    18
Second Year
Units
Poultry Husbandry 1  IV2
Horticulture 1    IV2
Dairying 1  IV2
Botany 1   3
Zoology 1  3
English 2  3
Bacteriology 1     2
Chemistry 2  3
Total required     I8V2
Third and Fourth Years
On account of the specialized types of. farming which must
necessarily be followed in many parts of British Columbia, the
work in the Third and Fourth Years leading to the degree of
B.S.A. has been arranged in major courses so as to admit of a 232 Faculty of Agriculture
measure of specialization in one of the several recognized
branches of Agriculture. At the same time all courses have
been so arranged that every student will get the basic work in
all lines no matter what option is chosen.
Prior to the beginning of the Third Year every student must
indicate in which one of the major options he wishes to continue
his study, and shall arrange his elective courses with the approval
of the Head of the Department in which he is majoring, and
in consultation with the Heads of other Departments directly
concerned.
A thesis shall be prepared by each student on some topic,
the subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the
Head of the Department in which the student is majoring, before
the end of the Third Year's work.
Two typewritten copies of each thesis on standard-sized
paper (8V2 in. by 11 in.) shall be submitted on or before the
1st of April in the graduating year.
Agricultural students are required to take a total of 35
units, thesis included, in their Third and Fourth Years.
Third Year
(Required subjects)
Units
Economics 1     3
Chemistry (Special Course)     3
(for all except Dairy Students)
Principles of Heredity—Biology 2     1
Total required    7
Fourth Year
(Required subjects)
Units
Agricultural Economics—2 (a) or 2 (b)    iy2
Thesis     3
Total required      4% Information for Students in Agriculture 233
Agronomy Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above  7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3  2
Systematic Entomology—Zoology 4  2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7  2
*Total     13
Fourth Year »
Units
Required subjects, as above    4y2
Animal Husbandry 9      iy2
*Total        6
Animal Husbandry Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above    7
*Total     7
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above     4V2
Agronomy 7      iy2
•Total        6
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. 234 Faculty of Agriculture
Dairying Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above     4
Chemistry 3           3
*Total     7
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above    4%
Civil Engineering (Special)     1
Plant Physiology—Botany 3      2
Dairy Chemistry     2
*Total     9y2
Horticulture Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above....    7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3      2
Systematic Entomology—Zoology 4     2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7     2
•Total     13
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above     4L£
Plant Pathology—Botany  6   (c)     2
*Total    ey2
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. Information for Students in Agriculture 235
Poultry Husbandry Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above    7
Embryology—Zoology 6     2
*Total    -    9
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above....    4^2
*Total    4%
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.S.A.
1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.) must hold a bachelor's degree from this
University, or its equivalent.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation together with
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of
his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a
student in this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the master's degree shall be required:
(a.) To spend at least one year in resident graduate
study; or
(b.)   (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned) :
(i.)   To do two or more years of private work
under the supervision of the University,
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. 236 Faculty of Agriculture
such work to be equivalent to one year of
graduate study; or
(ii.) To do one year of private work under
University supervision and one term of
resident graduate study, the total of such
work to be equivalent to one year of
resident graduate study.
4. Students doing tutorial work shall not be allowed to come
up for final examination in less than two academic years after
registration as M.S.A. students.
5. One major and one minor shall be required. Candidates
may select their minor in another Faculty.
6. (a.) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic
in the major subject.
(b.)  Examinations, written or oral,  or both,  shall  be
required.
7. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized
thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of
"Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")
8. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be
made to the Registrar by October 15th.   (For fees see Page 44.)
Examinations and Advancement
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In
the Third and Fourth Years candidates must obtain at least
50 per cent, on each subject. Examinations and Advancement 237
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to
80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees) must be in
the hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date
set for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units
of the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of
Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by
Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty
is satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher
year may not register as a partial student in respect of the
subjects of that higher year. But a student who is required to
repeat his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by
the Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations
in Subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class 238 Faculty of Agriculture
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects of
the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following
year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special
examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
COURSES IN AGRICULTURE
Department of Agronomy
Professor:   P.  A.  Boving.
Associate Professor:   G.  G.  Moe.
Assistant  Professor:   D.  G.  Laird.
Assistant:   G.  B.  Boving.
1. Soil and Soil Fertility.—An examination will be made of
the more important soil types; cultivation, manuring, and rotation of crops will be studied in their relation to soil productivity;
methods of treatment will be observed, and the principles under
lying soil management and improvement will constitute the basis
for subsequent courses in Agronomy.
Two lectures and one laboratory  per week.    First   Term,
First Year.   Mr. P. A. Boving, Mr. Laird. iy2 units. Agronomy 239
2. Field Crops.—This course embraces a study of the most
important grain, corn, forage, and root crops. A detailed study
of the crops, in the field and in the laboratory, will supplement
the lecture work in order to give the student a comprehensive
idea, not only of the different phases of crop production, but also
of the relative value of separate specimens and samples.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
First Year.   Mr. Moe, Mr. G. B. Boving. iy2 units.
3. Seed Growing.—This course deals with the production
and marketing of vegetable, root, clover, and grass seeds.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Third Year.   Mr. P A Boving. iy2 units.
4. Field Crops (Advanced).—Course 4 constitutes a more
detailed study of field crops than was possible in Course 2.
It also embraces special lecture and laboratory work on the
harvesting, threshing, cleaning, storing, and marketing of our
ordinary field crops. The two courses combined will give the
student a more complete understanding of the various factors
bearing upon the production of a first-class article, whether
intended for sale or for feeding.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. First and Second
Terms, Third Year.   Mr. Moe. 2 units.
5. Economics of Crop Production.—This course embraces
a study of the selecting, planning, and operating of a farm.
Various conditions, systems and practices prevailing on the
American Continent and in Europe will be discussed and
compared.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. P. A. Boving. iy2 units.
6. Field-crop Judging. — The judging and handling of
grains, grasses, forage and root crops will be taken up in the
field as well as in the laboratory.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Moe. 1% units. 240 Faculty of Agriculture
7. Soil Management. — Different systems of cultivation,
rotation, manuring and irrigation, as practised in Canada and
elsewhere, will be discussed, and the influence of these factors on
the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility will be studied.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Laird. IV2 units.
8. Plant-breeding. — This course is planned to follow
Biology 2. With this as a basis, the course is designed to illustrate and explain the breeding of field crops.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Moe. iy2 units.
9. Field Experiments. — The scope, the methods and the
interpretation of field experiments will be discussed, and a study
will be made of the more important results obtained in different
parts of the world.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Laird.y 1 unit.
10. Thesis. 3 units.
11. Crop Adaptation and Distribution (Crop Ecology).—
The relation of field crops to elevation, climate and soils will be
studied in order to give the student a comprehensive idea of the
distribution of crops and the adaptation of various types to
different parts of the world.,
One lecture per week.   First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Moe. J^ unit.
12. Research (Directed). 3 units.
(Not required of Undergraduates.)
Students majoring in Agronomy are required to work one
summer under the direction of the Department. Animal Husbandry 241
Department of Animal Husbandry
Professor:  H. M. King.
Assistant Professor:   R. L. Davis.
Assistant Professor: H. R. Hare.
Lecturer in Veterinary Science:  J. G. Jervis.
1. Market Classes and Grades of Live Stock.—A study of
the characteristics and requirements of the various market classes
and grades of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep, swine and
goats.
Texts: Plumb, Judging Farm Animals. Vaughan, Types
and Market Classes of Live Stock.
Three laboratories per week.   First Term, First Year.
Mr. King, Mr. Davis, Mr. Hare. iy2 units.
2. Breeds of Cattle. — A study of the origin, history of
development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of
cattle. Students are required to make several trips to leading
herds in the Province.
Text:   Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites:   Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three laboratories per week.   First Term, Third Year.
Mr. King, Mr. Davis. iy2 units.
3. Breeds of Horses, Sheep, Swine and Goats.—A study of
the origin, history of development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of horses, sheep, swine and goats.
Text:   Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites:   Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Two laboratories per week.   Second Term, Third Year.
Mr. Davis, Mr. King. 1 unit.
4. Live-stock Feeding and Management.—The feeding, care,
and management from birth to maturity of the various types of
live stock.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding, abridged
edition.
Prerequisite:   Animal Husbandry 1.
Three lectures per week.   Second Term, First Year.
Mr. Davis, Mr. King, Mr. Hare. iy2 units. 242 Faculty of Agriculture
5. Advanced Judging.—A continuation of the type of work
represented in the laboratory of Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Designed to strengthen Animal Husbandry students in the
selection of herd sires, foundation breeding herds, and in the
building up of superior flocks and herds. Special work in the
fitting and handling of live stock is presented. Students are
required to make several trips to leading herds in the Province.
Prerequisites:   Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Three laboratories per week.   First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Davis, Mr. King. iy2 units.
6. Live-stock Breeding. — A study of the principles of
breeding in their application to live-stock development and improvement.
Prerequisites:   Animal Husbandry 2 and 3 and Biology 2.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Third Year.
Mr. Davis, Mr. King. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
7. Herd, Flock and Stud-book Study.—An advanced course
in the study of the principal breeds of live stock, familiarizing
the student with the leading sires, dams, families, and herds
of the various breeds, and the blood lines entering into their
formation.   Emphasis will be placed upon a study of pedigrees.
Prerequisites:   Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.   Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. King, Mr. Davis. iy2 units.
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
8. Nutrition. — A study of the elements and compounds
important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal
organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption,
assimilation, and disposition of food materials. A study of the
various feedstuff's.
Texts: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding. Armsby,
Animal Nutrition.
Two lectures per week.  First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Davis. 1 unit. Animal Husbandry 243
9. Animal Feeding.—The feeding of all classes of live stock,
having distinct regard to the economic problems confronting the
breeder and the producer.
Text:   Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding.
Three lectures per week.   Second Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Davis, Mr. King, Mr. Hare. IV2 units.
10. Markets and Marketing.—A careful study of the markets with their requirements for live stock and live-stock
products, and the relation which these bear to production.
Marketing of breeding stock.
Prerequisite:   Animal Husbandry 7.
Two lectures per week.   First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. King. 3 units.
11. Thesis. 3 units.
12. Live-stock Practice and Seminar.—Every Animal Husbandry student is required to spend the summer months between
the Third and Fourth Years on an approved live-stock farm and
to present a written report upon his summer's work before
entering upon the Second Term of the Fourth Year.
Open only to students majoring in Animal Husbandry.
A seminar of one hour per week for the special study of
current problems and literature is held. Mr. King.      iy2 units.
13. Livestock Farm and Ranch Management.—The management of the range, ranch, and farm for the production of live
stock.
Texts: Potter, Western Live Stock Management. Sampson,
Farm and Range Management.
Prerequisite:   Animal Husbandry 12.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. King, Mr. Hare. IV2 units.
14. Veterinary Science.—A study of the common diseases
of horses, cattle, sheep, swine and goats; their causes, prevention,
and treatment. 244 Faculty of Agriculture
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three lectures per week.   First Term, Third Year.
Mr. Jervis. iy2 units.
15. Research   (Directed), 3  units.
(Not required of Undergraduates.)
Department of Dairying
Professor:  Wilfrid Sadler.
Associate Professor:  N. S.  Golding.
Assistant:   J. D. Middlemas.
1. Elementary Dairying.—An elementary course of lectures
on the principles underlying the successful practice of dairying.
Laboratory work on the control of milk, the preparation of
dairy products, the judging of the same, and the methods of
testing adopted.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Second Year.   Mr. Golding, Mr. Sadler. iy2 units.
2. Farm Cheese-making. — Principles and practices of
cheese-making, hard-pressed, blue-veined, and soft; the making
of cheese on the farm; a general knowledge required of the principal varieties of each class of cheese, and laboratory practice
in the making of standard varieties.
This course is offered in the Third Year or Fourth Year to
students other than those who propose to major in Dairying.
One lecture and two laboratories per week for one term.
iy2 units.
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
3. Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk, and milk
products; sources of bacteria in milk, number and varieties;
influence of time, temperature, etc., on these; methods of culture
and isolation; fermentation of milk, lactic, butyric, peptonizing,
gaseous, ropy, etc.; relation of milk to spread of tuberculosis,
typhoid fever, and other diseases; pasteurization and steriliza- Dairying 245
tion of milk; certified milk and bacterial standards applied to
milk; relation of bacteria to cream, butter-making and butter;
control of bacteria in relation .to milk and milk products.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Sadler. 2 units.
4. Creamery Butter-making. — Creamery butter-making-
grading of cream; treatment and preparation of cream for
butter-making; pasteurization; manufacture of creamery butter;
judging, grading, and marketing of butter.
Prerequisite:   Dairying 3.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Golding, V/2 units.
5. Market Milk.—The hygienic aspect of milk production;
the bacterial quality of machine-drawn versus hand-drawn milk;
certified milk; handling and management of milk for city consumption; grading of milk on bacterial standards; pasteurization; transportation and distribution of milk; ordinances and
regulations concerning the sale of milk. This course will include
laboratory work in dairy bacteriology, practice in the dairy, and
visits to selected farms and milk distributing depots.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year.    Mr. Sadler, Mr. Golding. iy2 units.
6. Cheese and Cheese-making.—This course deals with the
principles and practices of cheese-making — hard-pressed, blue-
veined, and soft.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week.   Fourth Year.
Mr. Golding. 4 units.
7. Dairy Bacteriology. — Qualitative and quantitative bacteriological analysis of market milk, condensed milk, milk
powder, cream, butter, and cheese; bacterial changes in storage
butter; ripening of cheese.    Opportunities are presented for 246 Faculty of Agriculture
exercising bacterial control of the various processes carried out
in the dairy laboratory.
Offered to those majoring in- Dairying.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Sadler. iy2 units.
8. Testing of Milk and Dairy Products. — The testing of
milk, cream, butter, and cheese; the selling of milk and cream
on the butter-fat basis; causes of variation in butter-fat content.
One lecture-laboratory per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Golding. V2 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1926-27.)
9. Dairy Buildings and Equipment.—Buildings suitable for
handling of milk and manufacturing of dairy products; their
situation, construction, arrangement; equipment of farm dairies,
creameries, and cheese-factories. This course includes detailed
studies of selected buildings.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
10. The Judging and Grading of Milk and Milk Products.—
Offered to students of the Senior Year.
Mr. Golding, Mr. Sadler. iy2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1926-27.)
11. Thesis. 3 units.
12. Research (Directed). 3 units.
(Not required of Undergraduates.)
Department of Horticulture
Professor:  F. M. Clement.
Professor:   A.   F.   Barss.
Assistant Professor:  F. E. Buck.
Assistant:    G. H. Harris.
1. Principles of Horticulture.—A study of the principles
involved in the selection, propagation, planting, and general care
of the more important fruits, vegetables, flowers and ornamental Horticulture 247
trees and shrubs, with sufficient practice to enable a student to
care for the home plantings.
This course is designed to meet the needs of all students in
Agriculture, giving them a general knowledge of Horticultural
Crops. At the same time the work is fundamental for students
who are planning to take further courses in Horticulture.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Second Year.   Mr. Barss, Mr. Buck. IV2 units.
3. Practical Pomology. — A detailed study of the best
methods in Orchard Management with field practice in various
orchard operations, such as planting, pruning, and spraying.
The course also deals with the culture of small fruits.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Barss. 2 units.
4. Plant Propagation and Nursery Practice.—This course
deals with the methods used in propagating plants, including
budding and grafting; and with Commercial Nursery practices.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Buck. 1 unit.
5. Commercial Pomology.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables—harvesting,
grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and
storage houses; marketing associations; costs of production and
marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.    Mr. Barss. iy2 units.
(Open to Third Year Students in 1926-27.)
6. Systematic Pomology.—A course in description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of fruits. The
course also includes a certain amount of work in Systematic
Olericulture.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Buck, Mr. Barss. iy2 units.
(Not offered in 1926-27.) 248 Faculty of Agriculture
7. Practical Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems
connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including
the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the construction of hot-beds,
cold-frames, greenhouses, and their management in the forcing
of vegetable crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Buck. IV2 units.
(Open to Third Year Students in 1926-27.)
8. Special Horticulture.—A course for the study of special
branches of Commercial Horticulture, including the manufacture
of horticultural products, such as canned fruits, dried products,
jams, jellies, and fruit juices.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Barss. -   — ■  1 unit,
(Not offered in 1926-27.)
9. Horticultural Problems.—An introduction to the study
of problems in Horticulture, including the breeding of Horticultural crops, variety adaptations, and methods of research,
together with a review of Horticultural investigational work
in other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining
investigations, and in preparing reports.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Barss.      s IV2 units.
10. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture. — The course
aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection,
planting and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and
flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home
grounds, school grounds, city streets, and parks. The course
includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.    First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Buck. ll/2 units.
11. Thesis. 3 units.
12. Research (Directed). 3 units.
(Not required of Undergraduates.) Poultry Husbandry 249
Department of Poultry Husbandry
Professor:  E. A. Lloyd.
Assistant Professor: V. S. Asmundson.
Assistant:   W.J.Riley.
1. General.—Fundamentals of poultry-keeping, including
breeds, breeding, judging, selection, culling, feeds, feeding,
incubation, brooding, poultry-house construction, killing, egg-
grading, marketing, sanitation and hygiene, diseases, general
management.
The regular laboratory exercises are supplemented by practice work in the feeding and care of poultry flocks.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Second Year.   Mr. Lloyd. IV2 units.
2. Markets and Marketing.—Marketing conditions for poultry products in British Columbia. The relation of the home
market to outside markets. Canadian Egg Marketing Regulations. Provincial Egg Acts and Regulations. Egg-grading, care,
packing, storing, selling. Fattening poultry for market; killing,
packing, storing, selling. Production and sale of high-class
breeding stock for local demand and export trade. Advertising.
Principles and practice of marketing, private and co-operative.
Study of prices.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Lloyd. IV2 units.
3. Incubation and Brooding.—Selection and care of hatching
eggs. Shipping hatching eggs. Natural incubation. Artificial
incubation. Types of incubators. Natural brooding. Artificial
brooding. Rearing, including systems of management, housing,
feeding and training chicks. Brooding equipment. Practice in
operating incubators and brooders.
Prerequisite:   Poultry Husbandry 1.
One lecture and two laboratories and practice per week.
Second Term, Third Year.  Mr. Asmundson. iy2 units.
4. (a) Breeds and Breeding.—The breeds of poultry; their
history, origin and economic qualities. The principles of
breeding as applied to Poultry Husbandry.   Breeding records. 250 Faculty of Agriculture
Prerequisite:   Poultry Husbandry 1 and Biology 2.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.   Second Term,
Third Year.   Mr. Asmundson. iy2 units.
4. (6) Advanced Breeding.—Breeding for egg and meat
production.   Statistical study of production records.
Prerequisite:    Poultry Husbandry 4.
One lecture and one laboratory per week.    Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Asmundson. 1 unit.
5. (a) Poultry Management.—Types of poultry farms and
their respective problems. Farm layouts. Economy of investment of capital in land, buildings, stock and equipment.
Efficiency in breeds, maintenance, labor, housing, feeding, production and personnel. Marketing. Farm income, labor income
and profit as based on University survey. Studies of individual
farms for criticism.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Lloyd. IV2 units.
5. (6) Advanced Farm Management.—Continuation of
Poultry 5, with more detailed study of surveys and cost account
records to determine labor income and profits. Inventory valuations. Special study of disease problems. Estimates on cost
of developing poultry farms. Efficiency factors. Costs of
production..
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Lloyd. 1 unit.
6. Diseases, Housing and Hygiene.—Common ailments of
poultry and their treatment. Parasites. Infectious and contagious diseases of poultry and chicks, turkeys, geese and ducks
Autopsies. Dissection. Poultry-house construction, building
sites, types, costs and uses.   Yarding.   Sanitation and hygiene.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year.   Mr. Lloyd, Mr. Asmundson. iy2 units.
7. (a) Feeds and Feeding.—A study of the digestive processes of poultry.    Nutritional requirements of poultry.    The Agricultural E conomics 251
various feedstuff's, their composition and value.   The compounding of rations.   Experimental data.   Problems.
Two lectures per week.   First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Asmundson. 1 unit.
7. (a) Feeding Management. — Feeding growing stock,
laying hens, breeding males and females, turkeys, ducks and
geese.   Use of lights.   Practice in routine management.
One lecture and one laboratory and practice per week.
Second Terms, Fourth Year.   Mr. Asmundson. 1 unit,
8. Seminar.—Poultry literature. Reports on current events.
Research and experimental problems. Preparation of reports
and bulletins. Export trade. Advertising and other economic
propaganda.
One lecture per week. Three hours practice per week.
Second Term, Fourth Year.   Mr. Lloyd. 1 unit.
9. Judging and Selection,—Judging according to standard.
Changes induced by egg production. Characteristics of layers.
Selection for egg production.    Selection for meat production.
Two laboratories per week.    First Term, Fourth Year.
Mr. Asmundson. 1 unit.
10. Thesis. 3 units.
11. Research (Directed). 3 units.
(Not required of Undergraduates.)
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Dean Clement.
A. Farm Organization and Management.—This is a lecture
and laboratory course, based on a detailed study of five hundred
farms in British Columbia, as recorded on the Farm Survey
Sheets.
References and assigned readings.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.    Fall Term.
The Staff. li/2 units 252 Faculty of Agriculture
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life. — The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as, recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Lectures and assigned readings.   Mr. Clement.        3 units.
2. (a) Agricultural Economics. — An application of the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.
(6) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan.
Lectures and assigned readings.   Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Note:—Where courses other than those listed under Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry
Husbandry and Agricultural Economics are mentioned, the
student will please refer to outlines of courses in Arts and Science
or Applied Science. List of Students 253
LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE,  SESSION  1925-26
FACULTY  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCE
Fibst Ysar
Full Undergraduate)
Name. Home Addreit.
Abernethy, Emerson Vancouver
Abernethy, Robert Murray Vancouver
Abraham, Francis Joseph Vancouver
Adair, Willis    Vancouver
Adam, Ian Maclean Vancouver
Alexander, Hugh John   Vancouver
Allardyce, Valentine Fraser Vancouver
Almond, Irene Vancouver
Alpen, Robert Richard   Vancouver
Alston, Dorothy Grant Vancouver
Andersen, George C Vancouver
Anderson, Oscar Elmer Burnaby
Anderton,  Doris  Muriel    Vancouver
Andrew, Jean Elliott Vancouver
Annand, Roy Francis    New Westminster
Anson, Arthur Harcourt Bush Lynn Creek
Anthony, Alan Roy Vancouver
Appelbe, Frank Eric Vancouver
Arbuthnot, Eva Viola Eburne
Arbuthnot, Leland Claude Vancouver
Armstrong, Shiela Marion Vancouver
Aune, Ornulf   New Westminster
Bailey, Doris Jean Vancouver
Bailey, Jean Grace Kathleen Vancouver
Baker, Herbert Gordon Vancouver
Banks, Margaret Cameron Vancouver
Baron, Robert Benjamin Denis Vancouver
Barr, Alice Jean   Vancouver
Barton, Mary Kathleen Vancouver
Beach, Margaret Violet Vancouver
Beaton, Iris Vancouver
Beer, Florence Lois Vancouver
Bell, Arman Lily Vancouver
Bell, Mary Crichton Vancouver
Bennett, Thomas Edwin North Vancouver
Benson, Thelma Irene Vancouver
Bews, Kenneth Fraser New Westminster
Billings, John Macdonald Vancouver
Black, Mildred Margaret Caroline Vancouver
Black, Roger John Wainwright Vancouver
Blackwood, Isabelle Murray Vancouver
Boggs, Theodore Rupert Vancouver
Bolton, Lorraine DeHart    Vancouver
Bowell, Charles Raymond New Westminster
Bowen, Dorothy Florence Vancouver
Bowering,  Ebbie    Vancouver 254 The University of British Columbia
Name. 'Home Addrete.
Boynton, Edith Adelaide Agassiz
Brealey, Daisy Jane West Vancouver
Brennan, William Earle   Vancouver
Brlggs, Helen Victoria   Vancouver
Brown, Harold MacBeth Vancouver
Brownrigg, Aileen Marjorie    Vancouver
Bruce, Margaret Jeanetta Vancouver
Bryer, Enid Evelyn New Westminster
Bryson, Margaret Augusta  Ashcroft
Buckland, Francis Channing Vancouver
Buckley, Constance Velma Vancouver
Buckworth, Dorothy Gwendolen Vancouver
Bunker, Edythe Mary Knob Hill, Alberta
Burch, Arthur Frederic Vancouver
Burdett, Mildred Emily Kimberley
Burdett, Winnifred    Kimberley
Burgess, Thomas Edwin Vancouver
Butchart, Muriel Gertrude Frances Langley Prairie
Cameron, Ivan Watts   Vancouver
Cameron, Wilfred Manley New Denver
Campbell, Marion Ida Abbotsford
Carl, George Clifford Vancouver
Carlaw, Dorothy Jeanne Vancouver
Carpenter, Howard Rupert Shortsville, N.Y.,
Carrick, Robert Bruce Vancouver
Carter, Mary Juliet Vancouver
Gates, Eleanor Louise Vancouver
Caufield, Rose Fowler Fernie
Chalmers, Henriette Morrison   Vancouver
Chambers, Robert Chadwick Vancouver
Chandler, Thomas Alan    Vancouver
Chapman, Ray Edward Vancouver
Chappell, John Goodson   Vancouver
Charman, Patricia Maude Celia    Vancouver
Chilton, Eleanor Gertrude   Hollyburn
Christie, Daisy Vancouver
Christison, May Hamilton Shawnigan Lake
Clare,  Alice    New Westminster
Clark, Annie Milson    Vancouver
Clark, Emma Elizabeth Vancouver
Clark, Mary Ellen  Vancouver
Clarke, Leona Julia Vancouver
Cleland, Fredwell Harold Vancouver
Cliff, Anna Marjorie Sidney
Cliff, Evelyn Elizabeth Swenson Vancouver
Coates, Alice Carol   Vancouver
Cole, Irene Rhodes   Vancouver
Colledge, Marion Thelma Vancouver
Collins, Clifford Merritt Griffith Vancouver
Connor, Earle Campbell Vancouver
Coulthard, Jean Robinson Vancouver
Craig, Jean Frances    Vancouver
Crompton, Doris  Isabel    Vancouver
Cross, Frank Gordon New Westminster List of Students 255
Name. Home Addreit.
Cross, Gordon Prescott Lynn Creek
Crossman, Margaret Luella New Westminster
Cruise, Kennth Albert Vancouver
Cruise, Margaret Evelyn Grey Vancouver
Cull, Florence Edna Vancouver
Cummings, Elgin McClure   Vancouver
Curry, William Jameson Vancouver
Cuthbertson, James Andrew Vancouver
Daniels, Harriet Muriel Embling   Vancouver
D'Aoust, Edith Eugenie   Vancouver
Davis, Anna Iola   Vancouver
Davis, Richard Lee Bull River
Deeks, Dorothy Isobel Vancouver
Delany, Mary Vancouver
Dick, Margaret Beaton Vancouver
Dobson, Lily Charlotte   Moncton, N.B.
Douglas, Elizabeth Margaret Vancouver
Dow, Elizabeth Vancouver
Dowler, Jean Vancouver
Drennan, Harold  Perry    Vancouver
Dufresne, Kathleen DeLorme    Vancouver
Dunmore, Eva   Vancouver
Dunn, James  New Westminster
Eckert, Kenneth Erwin    '. Agassiz
Eddy, Esther   Vancouver
Edwards,  Byron    Vancouver
Edwards, Marjorie Lillian Vancouver
Ellett, Florence Elizabeth Vancouver
Emery, Philip Cyril Bourchier New Westminster
Estabrook, Alan Douglas Vancouver
Ewert, Emil Howard Burnaby
Farris, Ralph Keirstead   Vancouver
Fennell, Freda Muriel New Westminster
Field, Arthur Maitland Vancouver
Fletcher, Lucy Vancouver
Foster, Alice Louis© Vancouver
Foster, Grace Addeline Vancouver
Fowler, Earle Lesli e  Robson
Fowler, Frances Louise Riondel
Fraser, Anna Jane Vancouver
Freeman, Harry Vancouver
Freeman, Phyllis Maud Vernon
Freshwater, Norman Gavin    Vancouver
Frost, Anson Gardner Coburn Vancouver
Fullerton, Harold Wesley Vancouver
Fulton, Jean Laird New Westminster
Furniss, Gladys Jean Vancouver
Garner, Frederick Oren Roswell Vancouver
Garnett,  Alva Alleen    West Summerland
Gemmell, Jean Adam    Vancouver
Genser,  Joe    Vancouver
George, Mary Cecilia Burnaby
Gibson, Albert Earson     Ahousat
Giffen, Olive Marjorie Vancouver 256 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Gilholm, Eva H Vancouver
Gillespie, Florence Margaret   Vancouver
Goard, Helen Winnifred Vancouver
Gold,  Norman Leon    Vancouver
Gooding, Florence Mary Margaret New Westminster
Gordon, Frayne Greenleaf   Vancouver
Gordon, Jean Eleanor Craig Vancouver
Gordon, Stewart Pearson   Vancouver
Gourlie, Doris Rose  Vancouver
Graham, Marjorie Gertrude North Bend
Graham, Roy    Langley Prairie
Graham, Thomas Richard Stockett Cumberland
Grant, Beryl Edna Lilian Vancouver
Grant, Donald Edwin    Vancouver
Grant, Jessie Muir Catherine Vancouver
Grant, Margaret Isobel Vancouver
Gray, Roland Charles Victor   New Westminster
Gray, William New Westminster
Green, Kathleen Blackwood Vancouver
Griffis,  Robert Silas    Vancouver
Gunn, William Donald New  Westminster
Hadwin, Thomas Frederick   West Vancouver
Haigh, Bertha Vancouver
Hall, Winifred Hilda    Vancouver
Hamilton, Annie Agnes New Westminster
Hanna, William Clarence Everett New Westminster
Harper, Gordon Thomson Rossland
Harrell, Milton Maddison Vancouver
Harris, Kathleen Evius Susan Vancouver
Harrower, George Alexander New Westminster
Haylock, Herbert Rennie   Chase
Helmer, Cecil Douglas    Vancouver
Helmer, Dorothy Evelyn Vancouver
Hewett,  Arvin Doyle    Ocean Falls
Higman, Lois Catherine Vancouver
Hill, Henry Loxley Vancouver
Hockridge, Murray Vancouver
Holland,  Stuart Sowden    Vancouver
Holland, Virginia Caroline Vancouver
Holroyd, Nora Margaret Vancouver
Holtby,  Gertrude  May    Vancouver
Honeyford, Cleon Douglas    Vancouver
Hopkins, Aileen Gertrude May Vancouver
Hopkins, Sidney John Vancouver
Horton, Edward William    Vancouver
Howarth, Harry Vancouver
Hundal, Teja Singh Vancouver
Hyndman, Ernest Edgar Vancouver
Ingram,  Dorothy Hatfield    North  Vancouver
Ingram, Henry Meridith Vancouver
Inkster, Joseph Douglas Vancouver
Jacob, Joshua James Moosa Nahalath   Zion,   Jerusalem, Palestine
James, Fred Charles Vancouver List of Students 257
Name. Home Address.
James, William Edward   Vancouver
Jamieson, Annie Eileen Vancouver
Jenkins, Nora Joyce   New Westminster
Johnson, Margaret Clara Cranbrook
Johnston, Sadie Jane   New Westminster
Johnstone, Havelock Hamill Rossland
Jones, Charles   Vancouver
Kay, William Vancouver
Keeling, Mary Elizabeth New Westminster
Keenlyside, Robert William , . Vancouver
Kelleher, Irene Julia Madeline  Matsqui
Kerr, Olive Ethel    Vancouver
Kerr, Robert John Fernie
Killam, Betty Deinstadt Vancouver
King, Harold Fulford Arnoldi Vancouver
King, Norma    Vancouver
Kirk, Marjorie Mary Southcott Vancouver
Klinck, Ronald Woodard   Vancouver
Korenaga, George Jutaro   Vancouver
Kydd, Charles Fairweather   Vancouver
Lamb, Robert Stewart   Vancouver
Lane, Melvin William New Westminster
Lang, Barbara Trail
Lanning, Marjorie Gwen Vancouver
Lee, Katharine Virgina Vancouver
Lee, William    Port Coquitlam
Legg, Maxwell   New Westminster
Legh, Doris Sibella North  Vancouver
Lentsmann, Helen Lynn   Creek
Lindsay, Lennox Hubbard Ocean Falls
Little,  Harold  Vernon    Vancouver
Lloyd, Alma May Vancouver
Lloyd-Jones, David Alan    Kelowna
Logan, Mary Campbell Vancouver
Loomer, John Claire Hedley
Lothian, Fremlin Edward    Vancouver
Lovitt, Edward Hill   Vancouver
Lower, Joseph Arthur New Westminster
Lucas, Charles Frederick   Burnaby
Lunn, Edward Otty Hollyburn
Lyons, Anna Clementina Lillian Vancouver
Lyons, Mrs. Gwendoline Mildred Penticton
Mackie, Flora Winifred Maud   New Westminster
Madeley, Eleanor Frances    Vancouver
Magar, William Lloyd    Eburne
Mahon, Harold Stratton    Vancouver
Manning, Cyril Malcolm Vancouver
Manson, James Norman Vancouver
Manzer, Leila Mae Whonnock
Marshall, Harry Borden   New Westminster
Mathers, Lillian Vancouver
Mathers, Mary Kathleen Lyle Burnaby Lake
Matheson, Constance Elizabeth Vancouver
Matheson, Donald Noble Prince Rupert 258 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Maxwell, Duncan Archibald   Vancouver
Mehl, Kathryn Vancouver
Mellish, Ellen Fortescue    Vancouver
Mennie, Jessie Rosa Central Park
Merrin, Nora May Vancouver
Merryfield, Basil Randolph    Vancouver
Michiel, Clarence Wilfred Vancouver
Millar, Alexander Manley Vancouver
Millar, Helen Henderson    Field
Moffat, Margaret Elizabeth    Vancouver
Moffatt, Donald Wadleigh   Vancouver
Moloney, Mamie Patricia    Vancouver
Moore, Amy Rosetta Vancouver
Moore, Sanderson Edward   Vancouver
More, Kenneth Riddell Vancouver
Morgan, Gwynith Maude Vancouver
Morrison, Ian Callum   Vancouver
Moscrop, Harold James Vancouver
Moss, Joseph Marrion New Westminster
Mufford, Aurelia Olive    Milner
Munday, Otis James   New Westminster
Munro, Annie Campbell Lawrence New Westminster
Munro, Jessie Marguerite Vancouver
Murphy, Denis Cameron Vancouver
Murphy, Denis White   Vancouver
Murphy, Paul David Vancouver
Murray Walter Allan    Vancouver
Macarthur, Margaret Louise Vancouver
McArthur, Stella Janet Vancouver
McBroom, Lillian Elizabeth New  Westminster
McCallum, John Leslie Gordon Grand Forks
McCallum,  Malcolm  Cowan    Vancouver
McClelland, Marion Lucretta Vancouver
McConnachie, Archibald Whyte Vancouver
McCreery,   Frances  Emily    Vancouver
Macdonald, Alan James Vancouver
Macdonald, David William    Vancouver
Macdonald, Douglas North   Vancouver
McDonald, Heen Mary Louise    Vancouver
MacDonald, Jack Wallace Vancouver
McDonald, John Fraser New  Westminster
McDonald, Teresa Irene    Vancouver
McFarlane, Grace Isobel Vancouver
McGown, Walter Morton Vancouver
Mclnnes, Mary Janet Vera    North Bulkley
Mcintosh, Irene Stewart Vancouver
Mcintosh, Rena Mae Vancouver
MIcntosh, Veronica Ann Vancouver
MacKay, Clifford Hugh  Vancouver
McKay, Jean Isobel New  Westminster
MacKay, Ronald Dickie    Vancouver
MacKenzie, Dorothy Evelyn New Westminster
McKenzie, Emma Frida Margurite   Steveston
MacKenzie, Hazel Marguerite    Vancouver List of Students 259
Name. Home Address.
McKeown, Harry Lome Vancouver
McKinnell, Gwendolyn May Vancpuver
McLaughlin, Laulette Zelda Vancouver    ,
Maclean, Donald Noble Vancouver
McLean, Dorothy May Vancouver
McLean, Rae Sadie Vancouver
McLeod, James Lome Van Anda
MacLeod, Jeannette Lillian       Vancouver
McLeod, Ora Jean Vancouver
McNeill,  Douglas Fenton    Vancouver
MacPhail, Jessie Elizabeth  Vancouver
McPhail, Murchie Kilburn   New Westminster
McPhee, Muriel Isabel Courtenay
McQuarrie, Neil Charles Rothwell New Westminster
McRae, Alida Bertha Vancouver
McRae, Joyce Agnes   Agassiz
McSweyn, Edith Gertrude Vancouver
McSweyn, Edward Malcolm LaNier Vancouver
MacTavish, Constance Cornwall Vancouver
Nakano, Thomas Tsutomu    Cumberland
Nash, Everard Tryon Whitwell Vancouver
Nelems, Harry Edwin Chilliwack
Nicholson, Howard Graves Vancouver
Nixon, Joseph Earle Vancouver
Nordberg,  Inga    Vancouver
Oldfield, Frederick Allen Vancouver
O'Neill, Leslie George Russell Vancouver
Owen-Jones, Elizabeth Ellen Doanie Vancouver
Palmer, David Barclay Vancouver
Palmer, Vera May Heffley Creek
Parr, Alan Paul New Westminster
Partington, Jean Eileen    Vancouver
Patmore, Mary Eileen Prince Rupert
Patterson, Dorothy Jean Vancouver
Payne, Mabel Lucy Vancouver
Pearce, Denis Wiffen Vancouver
Peck, Jane Mills Vancouver
Peebles, Jean : Vancouver
Pendray, Gladys Isobel Vancouver
Plommer, Edythe Mabel Vancouver
Plow, Herbert George Vancouver
Plummer, Theodore Stroud Vancouver
Pollard, Esther Mae    Brussels,   Ontario
Polley, James Clifford Vancouver
Poole,  Albert  Roberts Port Hammond
Porteous, Diana Vancouver
Punter, Eveline Theresa Victoria Maude .... Vancouver
Purdy, Millicent Evans New  Westminster
Rae, George Gordon   Vancouver
Rae, Harold Franklin Vancouver
Ralph, Evelyne Margaret   Vancouver
Rankin, Elizabeth    Vancouver
Rees,  Lloyd Estabrooks    New  Westminster
Reeve, Edith Elizabeth , . . . . Vancouver 260 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Reid, John Stewart New Westminster
Reid, Terence Herbert Creighton    Dawson, Y. T.
Ridley, Albert Arthur John Caulfield
Riggs, Alexa Eleanor Caroline Vancouver
Ripstein, Reitta Vancouver
Robarts, Norma Viola Vancouver
Roberts, James Chester    Cranbrook
Robinson, Alice Mary Vancouver
Robinson, Esther Grace   Vancouver
Rogers, Donald David McNaughton Cloverdale
Ross, Beatrice Vivian Guess Vancouver
Ross, Geraldine Winnifred Vancouver
Rowland, Greville Jackson Vancouver
Saiga, Sakuru Vancouver
Saunders,  Frederick   Edward    Vancouver
Saville, John Walton Vancouver
Scott, Albert Edward   Anyox
Scott, Archibald Oscar   Vancouver
Scott,  Norman  Valmond    Vancouver
Shepheard, Margery Joan Victoria
Shiels, Thomas Vancouver
Shimikura, Harold Mitsugu    Vancouver
Simpkins, Eva Grace Vancouver
Skinner, Edna May Vancouver
Slater, Constance Ellen Vancouver
Smith, Clyde McKenzie New Westminster
Smith, Helen Evelyn Eburne
Smith, James Walter New Denver
Snell, Jean Elinor Vancouver
Sparks, Jack Vancouver
Speck, Stanley Lloyd New  Westminster
Spilsbury, Richard Hugh   North Vancouver
Sproule,  Elmin    Vancouver
Squires, Eleanor Frances   Robson
Stangland, Louella Margaret New Westminster
Steele, David Andrew Slevin Vancouver
Stevens, Marjory Gertrude Vancouver
.Stevenson, Arthur Frank North   Vancouver
Steves, Martha Winnifred Steveston
Stewart,   Howard     Vancouver
Stewart, Kenny Nash  . Fernie
Stewart, Vernard Lenehan Vancouver
Stones, Bessie Winnifred    Vancouver
Story, Isabel Robinson   Vancouver
Sturdy,   Florence   MacDonald     Vancouver
Sutherland, Christine May Cumberland
Sutherland,   Margaret   Fitzpatrlck     Vancouver
Sutton, Arthur Vancouver
Swaisland,   Margaret  Wilmot    Vancouver
Swanson, John Rangvald   Vancouver
Swanson, Ralph Arthur    Burnaby
Switzer,  John  Gordon    Vancouver
Tait, Frederick Albert    North   Vancouver
Taylor, -James Alexander   Cranbrook List of Students 261
Name. Home Address.
Taylor, Murray Nathaniel Kelowna
Taylor,   Patrick   Stirling    Kelowna
Teetzel,   Grace  Eileen    Vancouver
Thompson, Alfreda Elizabeth    Vancouver
Thompson,  Marguerite Agnes    Ocean Falls
Thompson, Philip Geoffrey    Vancouver
Thorpe, Cecil Crews   '. . . . Vancouver
Todd, Alan Lownds    Vancouver
Tolmie,   John   Ross    Coleman, Alta.
Topham, Annie  Mabel    Vancouver
Towgood, Thomas Sebright   Oyama
Trant,  Geoffrey Allan    Vancouver
Turnbull, Charles Frederic    Vancouver
Turnbull, Dorothy Wilde   , Vancouver
Unsworth, Arthur Vancouver
Unsworth, Edith    Vancouver
Vanidour, Frederick Christian Kelowna
Vaughan, Aubrey Wallace Vancouver
Vrooman, Mary Elizabeth Vancouver
Wainman, William Vernon
Ward, George Judson   Vancouver
Ware, Ruth Vancouver
Waterfield,  Jean  Katharine  Mita    Nakusp
Watson, Henry Tolson   Cumberland
Webster, Florence Emma Eburne
Webster, Katharyn Iris    Vancouver
Webster, Marion Grace Qualicum Beach
Welsh, Virginia Margaret Vancouver
Whistler,  John   William    Mission Ctiy
Whitaker,  Alice   Geraldine    Vancouver
White, Alice Margaret Geddes Vancouver
White,  Cecil  Beverley    Vancouver
White, Harry Edward Vancouver
White, Oscar Abner   New Westminster
Whitworth,  Charles Maitland    Vancouver
William, Robert McDonald    New Westminster
Wilson, Ernestena Vancouver
Wilson, Frank Lloyd    Vancouver
Wilson, Norman Oswald Vancouver
Wilson, Reginald Alexander Vancouver
Wilson,   Ruth     Vancouver
Wilson, Violette Nanaimo
Wilson, William Moir Gartshore Vancouver
Winter, John Hilary Kelowna
Wong, Charles ~ Vancouver
Wood, Berton Montgomery    Vancouver
Wood, Doris, Jean Munro Vancouver
Woodland, Harold Elton    Grand Forks
Woodworth, Margaret Evelyn   Vancouver
Wrinch, Arthur Egbert Hazelton
Wrinch, Ralphena Alice    Hazelton
Yielding, Rose Vancouver
Yip, Quene Kew    Vancouver
Yolland, Clifford Angelo Cao    Trail 262 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
York, Gladys    Abbotsford
Young, Donald V Comstock, Mich.,
U.S.A.
Young, Dorothy Isobel   Vancouver
Second  Yeas
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Adams, Frank Ormond Vancouver
Alihan, Milla   Vancouver
Allan, Donald Stewart   Vancouver
Allan, Kathleen Vancouver
Atkinson,  Herbert  Stephen    Rossland
Baird, Kathleen Porter Vancouver
Bamber, Irene Vancouver
Barnett, Thomas Percy Vancouver
Beach, Donald Watson   New Westminster
Beattie, Arthur Henry  Vancouver
Berry,   Ethel    Vancouver
Berto, Thomas Vincent Vancouver
Bisson, Russell Daniel Agnew   Rossland
Bride,   William    Vancouver
Brown,   Clifford   McGregor    Grand Forks
Brown, Harry Leslie Vancouver
Brown, Robert Campbell   North Vancouver
Brown, William MacBeth Vancouver
Bryson, Lawrence Elmer   New Westminster
Buchanan, Harry Alfred    Vancouver
Buckley, Laurence Mason Vancouver
Bulger,  Russell  Joseph    Prince Rupert
Bull, Ernest Bolton    Vancouver
Burton, Helen Jean Marguerite    Vancouver
Cameron, Eugene Francis Vancouver
Carter, Elizabeth Blanche Vancouver
Cashato, Oliffe Revelstoke
Clarke, Sidney Vernon Vancouver
Cole, Mary Rhodes Vancouver
Colquette, Clifford Bruce Vancouver
Conklin, James Scott Armit Vancouver
Corlette,  Anita  Marguerita    Vancouver
Cornish, Clive Grierson Vancouver
Craig,  Lucy  Margaret    Vancouver
Creelman, Katherine Vancouver
Currie, John Howard Vancouver
Dalton, Vernon John North  Vancouver
Davidson, George Forrester New  Westminster
Davidson, Richard Smith Vancouver
Davies, Dermont Aubrey    Vancouver
DeCew, Dorothy Mariette Vancouver
DeCew, William Howard    Vancouver
Delbridge,   Clayton    Vancouver
Dewar, Douglas James   Vancouver
Donley, Wilfred George New  Westminster List of Students 263
Name. Home Address.
Douglas, Isobel Gertrude    Vancouver
Duffell, Stanley    Vancouver
Dyer, Eleanor Gertrude Vancouver
Eagleson,   Charlotte  Edith    Vancouver
Eaton, George Howard   Vancouver
Elliott, Philip Leslie Vancouver
Erickson, Evart Andrew Silverton
Estey,   Margaret  Jean    Vancouver
Fisher,  Mary Jean    Ladner
Fitzpatrick, Dudley Mansfield   Vernon
Fleming, Iola Lillian    Vancouver
Franklin, William Douglas    Vancouver
Fraser, Christina A Vancouver
Frith, Mary Kinnear Vancouver
Fulton,  Olive Mary Florence    Vancouver
Gamble, George Kenneth    Vancouver
Gammie,  Margaret  Hunter    Vancouver
Gehrke, Irene Mary Vancouver
Gibbs, Enid Alice    Vancouver
Gillespie,  Gordon Drummond    Vancouver
Gillson,  John  Wilfred    Vancouver
Gould, Charles Ernest Groves Vancouver
Green, Lillooet Kennedy    New Westminster
Greenlees, Margaret Madeline    Vancouver
Greig,   Margaret  Lockhead    Vancouver
Groves, Elizabeth Alice Vancouver
Gwyer, Patricia Elizabeth King    Penticton
Haddock, Norah Vancouver
Hallonquist, Earland Grand New Westminster
Healy, Eleanor Justine Vancouver
Henderson, Elinor Jean .-'. Vancouver
Hill, Vernon Reid    Vancouver
Hillas,   Gertrude    Vancouver
Hornsby, Ruth Marie Prince  George
Hudson, Vivienne Georgina    Ladysmith
Hyndman, Ray  James Vancouver
Jackson,  Elaine  Mary    Kamloops
Jackson, Wilfrid Allin Vancouver
James,  Ralph Duncan    Vancouver
Jolliff,   Eleanor   Loraine    Vancouver
Kask, Jack Laurence Vancouver
Keeling, Patrick Hugh   North Lonsdale
Kelly, Gordon Evans Silverton
Kendall, Elizabeth Van Haaften   Vancouver
Kennedy, Dorothy Norma Vancouver
Kerlin, Donald Edward Vancouver
Kerr, Ruby Evelyn   Vancouver
Kosowski, Mary Vancouver
Lamb, Helen Adelaide    Vancouver
Lando, Esmond    Vancouver
Lane, Edith Winnifred Vancouver
Lane, Joseph Harold Nanaimo
Lane,   Mary  Elizabeth  . New  Westminster
Lawler, Beatrice May   Vancouver 264 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Lee, Gerald Herbert Bonnington  Falls
Litch, Edith Stacey Vancouver
Lucas, Richard B Vancouver
Lucas, Verna Zora   Vancouver
Lyons, Hermiena Marion    Penticton
Madeley, William Arthur Vancouver
Madsen, Christy Vancouver
Maikawa, Fred Hiroshi    Vancouver
Mann, Doris Elizabeth   New Westminster
Marshall,  Moses Alexander    West Summerland
Masterson,   William   John     New Westminster
Matheson, Helen   Vancouver
Matheson, Jean Urquhart New Westminster
Matheson,  Priscilla Lois    Penticton
Matheson,   William   Millar    Vancouver
Mawdsley,  Constance Lena    Vancouver
Meredith, Grace Elizabeth Vancouver
Millener, Violet Maud    Vancouver
Milley,  Elva  May    Vancouver
Munro, Ferdinand Lutz Vancouver
Murphy, Lorna Marguerite    Vancouver
Musgrave, Gwendolen Mary Pasadena, California
McAlpine,  Gladys Cutler    North  Vancouver
McBain, Wilberta Jean Vancouver
McCharles, John Alestair Vancouver
McCleery, Frances Marie   Vancouver
McDonald, Louise Dorothy    Vancouver
MacDonald, Margaret Catherine    Vancouver
MacDonald,  Norman  Dean    New Westminster
McFarlane,   Meredith   Milner    Vancouver
McGill,  Esther Maude    Vancouver
Maclnnes, William Edmund Vancouver
Mclntyre,  Borden    Revelstoke
Maclver,  Dollna Catherine    Vancouver
McKay, Dorothy Craig New Westminster
MacKay, Muriel Alexandra   Vancouver
McKechnie, Robert Edward    Vancouver
McLaughlin, Grace Velma Vancouver
McLuckie, Kathlene Louise   Vancouver
MacLurg, Alexander    Kelowna
McMillan,  John  Alexander    Vancouver
McQuarrie,  George Roosevelt    New Westminster
McRae, Charles Edmund Vancouver
McWilliams,   Harold  Godfrey    Vancouver
Neill, Ruth Alicia Vancouver
Newall,   Nathan    Vancouver
Noble, Robertson D'Oyly   Vancouver
Nordberg, Elsie       Vancouver
Oberg, Kalervo Tofino
Oswald, Drummond Wilson   New Westminster
Paterson, Ethylwin Adelaide Vancouver
Patrick, William Beverly   Vancouver
Pike,  James  Albert    Vancouver
Pilkington, Francis Channing   Vancouver List of Students 265
Name. Home Address.
Pillsbury,  Lucy Sprague    Prince Rupert
Pollock,  Mary  Elizabeth    Vancouver
Poole, Frederick Abner    Port Hammond
Prescott, Mary Grange   Alberni
Ralph, Kathleen May Vancouver
Reid, Marjorie Stevenson Vancouver
Rilance, Arnold Boon Vancouver
Robertson, Muriel Amelia Vancouver
Robinson, Audrey Fleming    Vancouver
Robson,  Annie  Oliver    Vancouver
Ross, Lucy Kennedy Vancouver
Salisbury,   Dorothy   Esther    Vancouver
Seed, Harry John    North Vancouver
Selby, William Raymond    Kimberley
Shaw,  Ralph  Murison    Vancouver
Simpson,   Samuel  Leonard    Massett
Smith,  Margaret Sydney    Vancouver
Sostad, Odin Sherley Vancouver
Spencer, Myrtle Alberta Vancouver
Stevenson, Alan Maxwell Vancouver
Stinson, Rena Caswell    Vancouver
Stringer,  Lillian  Erva    Vancouver
Stusser,  Max Vancouver
Sugarman, Howard Wilfred Vancouver
Sugarman, Ruth Anna   Vancouver
Swanson, Gladys Elizabeth    Vancouver
Swanson, John Douglas Brock Vancouver
Swanson,  Marion Louise    Burnaby
Tait, Claudine    Vancouver
Taylor, Annie New Westminster
Taylor, Bernard Wilfred West Summerland
Taylor, Grace Eileen Vancouver
Taylor, William Henry Vancouver
Telford, Douglas   Vancouver
Thomson, Margaret Maud Vancouver
Thomson, William Edward    Vancouver
Thurston, Kenneth Touchburn Port Moody
Tolmie, Margaret Jean Coleman, Alta.
Trenholm, William Albion Chemainus
Tufts,  Evelyn Edith Vancouver
Turpin,  William  Hunt    Vancouver
Vosper,  Velma  Lorine    Vancouver
Washington, Norma Rae    Vancouver
Watson, Howard Dalton Vancouver
Watson,  Neil  McKean    Vancouver
Weaver,   Alice   Louisa    Vancouver
Weir,   Elizabeth   . Vancouver
White, Helen Aileen Vancouver
Williams,  John Harry    Kelowna
Wilson, Isabel Mary   Vancouver
Wilson,  Jean  Kirk    Vancouver
Woods,   Doris   Jean    Vancouver
Worsley,  Emily Vietta    Vancouver
Wright, Laurence Ogilvie Vancouver 266 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Wright, Robert Hamilton   Vancouver
Young,   Maurice   Taylor     New  Westminster
Conditioned
Adams, Charles   Vancouver
Allen, Doris Cave    Vancouver
Barr, Bruce Adams Hatzic
Beall, Charlotte Rebecca    Vancouver
Burritt, Flora  McDonald    Vancouver
Butler,  Francis  Allen    New Westminster
Cassidy,   Florence   E Murrayville
Clarke, Doris Evelyn Vancouver
Creer,  Kathleen  Joan    Vancouver
Crozier,  Mary Alice    Vancouver
Cupit, Frank Leslie    Vancouver
Farris,   Donald    Vancouver
Fourier,  Frank Lawrence    Vancouver
Gunn, Lewis Leslie Vancouver
Hipperson,  Dorothy  Claire    Nelson
Lazarus, Bernard Horace    Vancouver
Mahoney, Mary Cecilia Penticton
Millar,  Meredith Stanley   Vancouver
McDonald, Margaret Cathryne Christina .... Vancouver
McGugan, Donald McPherson   . Vancouver
MacKay,   Hazel   Leola     Vancouver
MacLean, Edwin Urquhart Vancouver
McLennan, Edna Catherine    Vancouver
Smith,   Carmen   Mac Virtue    Vancouver
Starr, Jean Chase   Vancouver
Stephens,   Harriette   Gwain    Vancouver
Thompson, Gertrude Hester Cranbrook
Trent, George Deakin John Vancouver
Wainman, Charles Vernon
Wood,  Laura-Linda Falconer    Vancouver
Third Yeab.
Full Undergraduates
Allan, Dalton Dodd Vancouver
Allen, John  Stanley    Naramata
Almond, Blanche Vancouver
Bailey, Albert Ernest    Victoria
Ballard, Ernest Richard   Vancouver
Berry,  Anne   Bowman    Langley Prairie
Black,   Albert   Forrester     West Burnaby
Black, Rhea May Vancouver
Blatchford, Annie   Vancouver
Boyes, Winifred Emmeline Vancouver
Brown,  Dorothy Ellen    Vancouver
Brown, Norman Vancouver
Buckingham, William Norman Justin Vancouver
Bumstead, Viola Grace Vancouver
Burton, John Stuart Vancouver List of Students 267
Name. Home Address.
Calvert, Donald Eric Kaslo
Cameron, Maxwell A Nelson
Cameron,   William   Murray    Vancouver
Campbell,  Henry Neil    South Vancouver
Chislett, Charlotte Vancouver
Christie,  William  Henry    Victoria
Clegg, Edith Beatrix Vancouver
Cleveland,   Hester   Catherine    Victoria
Coade, Lillian Marjorie Vancouver
Coles, Hilda Vancouver
Coombe, Dorothy Louise  Vancouver
Cottingham,   Mollie  Esther    South   Vancouver
Dalrymple,   Thomas    South Vancouver
Dee,   Henry   Drummond    Victoria
Denman,  Ester Odella    Vancouver
Dick,  Robert  Norman    Britannia Beach
Dowsley, Gertrude Orena   Vancouver
Duncan, James Daniel    Vancouver
Dwinnell,   Edith   Louise    . Vancouver
Elliott, Frank William Vancouver
Farris,  Katherine Vancouver
Fraser, Jean Hamilton  . Shawnigan Lake
Freeborn, Grace Margaret   Vancouver
French,  Joan  Elizabeth Oulton    Oak Bay
Fugler,  Mary Ethel    Vancouver
Fullerton, William Evan   Vancouver
Galbraith,  Gladys  Eileen    Vancouver
Gillespie,   Robert   Malcolm    Vancouver
Gilley, Jean Rogers Dean New Westminster
Graham, Nona N Victoria
Grantham,  Herbert  Harris    Vancouver
Gretton, Ronald Henry North  Vancouver
Groves,   Kenneth   Pryde    Vancouver
Guernsey,  Elizabeth    Vancouver
Hadgkiss, Annie Louise    Vancouver
Harding,  Cora Lucille    Vancouver
Harvey,  Gladys Skene    Vancouver
Hemsworth, Phyllis Mellow  Vancouver
Hill, Evelyn Moulton Vancouver
Hockin, John MacGregor  Vancouver
Hogg,  Robert  William    Vancouver
Holland, Florence Jean Vancouver
Hood,  Orlo McGillvray Vancouver
Hope,   Grace   Emeline    Vancouver
Howay, Undine Louise    New  Westminster
Howlett, Leslie Ernest Victoria
Hurry, Margaret Isobel South  Vancouver
Ingledew, William Edward Vancouver
Johnston,   Frederick   Blaney Vancouver
Johnston,   Mary  Harriett  Vancouver
Keillor,   Margaret   Graeme Vancouver
Kerr,   Ida   May Vancouver
Kilpatrick, Mary Elspeth    Vancouver
King, Hubert Bell  Vancouver 268 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Lam, George Vancouver
Lamb,   Kaye    Cloverdale
Lamont, Donald MacKenzie   Vancouver
Lamont, Katherine Mary   Vancouver
Leigh, Morton Digby Revelstoke
Leith, Edward Isaac Prince George
Logie, Russell Moore Vancouver
Mattice, Clarence Raymond   Keremeos
Meagher,  John  Frank    Nelson
Metz, Alice Wilma    Vancouver
Millward, Louis George South Vancouver
Morell, Arthur Ernest    Vancouver
Morriss,   Mary  Rachel    Vancouver
Mottley,  Charles  McCammon    Vancouver
Mulhern, Edmond Finiber Vancouver
Munro, Hector Gordon Vancouver
McDiarmid, Margaret Alice    Ladner
Mackenzie, Annie Christian Vancouver
Mackenzie, Henriette Doris    Vancouver
MacKenzie,  Lilly Margaret    New Westminster
McKie,  Archibald    Vancouver
McLean,  James Beattie    Vancouver
McMeans,   Beatrice  Kathleen    Vancouver
McNeill, Lome Campbell   Vancouver
McPhee, Angus Lorimer    Vancouver
McQuarrie,  Clare  Nulalinda    Vancouver
MacTavish, Isabelle Grace Vancouver
Newby,   Cecil  David Sardis
Nishimoto, Chiyo Victoria
Nixon, Myrtle Vancouver
Noble, Kenneth Frederick   Vancouver
Orr, Mildred Catherine Vancouver
Partington, Dorothy Louisa Ritchie West Vancouver
Parton, Marion Florence    New Westminster
Patten, Charles Gordon Armstrong
Peck,  Helen Theresa    Vancouver
Pettapiece,  Edna Lowers    Vancouver
Phillips,  George  Lindsay    Vancouver
Phillips,   Richard   Gaundry    Vancouver
Piggott,   Eleanora    Armstrong
Pillsbury, Richard Washburn    Prince Rupert
Porter, Ida Somerville    West Vancouver
Pradolini, Mario Revelstoke
Pumphrey, Katharine Avis    Vancouver
Ralph, Isobel    Vancouver
Rankin, Margaret James    Vancouver
Reid,   Elsie   Margaret     Vancouver
Reid, Katharine Olive Marie New Westminster
Reynolds,  Harriet Elizabeth    Vernon
Riddell, Jean  Marie    Vancouver
Ripstein, Horace Raphael Vancouver
Robertson,  Mary  Struan    Vancouver
Robinson, George Russell Vancouver
Russell, Dorothy Burton    Vancouver LteT of Students 269
Name. Home Address.
Scouse, Agnes Hunter   (Nancy)    Steveston
Shakespeare,   Jack   Sydney    North Vancouver
Smith, Harold Duncan   . . . .: Vancouver
Stanley, John New Westminster
Stedman, Ralph Elliott Vancouver
Stevens, Francis Henry Vancouver
Stevenson,   Matthew  Ian  . Vancouver
Stewart, Christina Jean   New Westminster
Stewart,  Jean  Eileen    West Vancouver
Stocks, George Herbert Vancouver
Strauss,  Amber  Donalda    Vancouver
Streight,   Harvey   Richard   Lyle    New Westminster
Sturdy, David Arnold Revelstoke
Swanson, Violet Mary    Vancouver
Thompson, Henrietta Baird Vancouver
Thorpe,   Robert   Shilson    Victoria
Todd,  Duncan Kent    Vancouver
Tutill,  Douglas    Merritt
Underhill, Helena Margaretta New Westminster
Wagenhauser,  Muriel Emmie    Princeton
Wagg,   Elda   Blanche    Vancouver
Walker,  Day    Vancouver
Walmsley, Sheridan Edward New Westminster
Walsh, Maude    Vancouver
Warden, David Cunningham Vancouver
Wells, Harry Nelson  Vancouver
Wilkinson, John Holt Vancouver
Wilkinson,   Margery   Hilda    Vancouver
Wilson, Isabel Agnes Vancouver
Winter, Edythe Wilson Vancouver
Woodworth,   Charles   Albert    Vancouver
Wright, Henry Clarke Max   North  Vancouver
Conditioned
Crawford,  Alan   Masters    Vancouver
Gordon, Ronald Edwin Kirby New Westminster
Musgrave, Jean Isabel    Royal Oak
Mcintosh, Josephine Helen    O'Brien Bay
MacKenzie, Donald    Vancouver
Reynolds,   Cecil   Murray    Nanaimo
Robinson,  Lillian  Agnes    Vancouver
Wellington, Beatrice Margaret Barnet
Focbth Yxab
Full Undergraduates
Aitken, James   New Westminster
Arkwright, Dorothy Vancouver
Armour, John Arnold Kerr Penticton
Armstrong, Helen Jessie    Vancouver
Ashworth,  George William    Vancouver
Baillie, Oenone Georgellen Vancouver
Baines, Alyce Agnes Ward Victoria
Ball,   Ralph   Henry    Kelowna 270 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Balmer,  Ian Argyle    Tuxford, Sask.
Barton, Bernlce Eveline Vancouver
Barton, Isobel Wilson Vancouver
Barton,  Lorna Durnford    Vancouver
Baynes, Doris Lillian Vancouver
Beane,   May  Elizabeth    Victoria
Bell,  William  John    Vancouver
Berkeley,   Alfreda   Alice    Nanaimo •>
Birney, Alfred Earle   Vancouver
Bolt, Sybil    Vancouver
Bonsall,  Henry  Brash    Vancouver
Boyles, Sadie Margaret Vancouver
Bridge, John Weightman   Vancouver
Bridgman, Clara Maude Vancouver
Brown, Florence Verona    Vancouver
Bullock-Webster,  Marion Isobel    Victoria
Byrne,  Thomas  Scully    Vancouver
Campbell,   Mildred   Helena    Vancouver
Catterall,  John   Leslie    Vancouver
Chalmers, William Vancouver
Chamberlain, Edward Robert    Vancouver
Clark, Kathleen Lilian   Vancouver
Conrad, Elsie   Vancouver
Cooper, Ursula Hope Vancouver
Cowx,   Joseph   G Vancouver
Crees, Norman Jack    Vancouver
Cull, James Simpson Vancouver
Davidson,  Allen  Ernest    New  Westminster
Dickman,   Esther   Evangeline    New Westminster
Dimock, Marjorie Campbell Armstrong
Dobie, Margaret Helen New Westminster
Eaton, Virginia Louise   Vancouver
Edgett, Freda Blanche   Vancouver
Esler,  Mary  Reynolds    Vancouver
Faulkner,   Jean   Celesta     Vancouver
Fowler,  Horace Wesley    Vancouver '
Fraser,  Ruth Alberta    Vancouver
Freeman, Maurice Vancouver
Fuller,  Betty    Victoria
Gadd, Gwendolyn Mavis   Vancouver
Gallaugher, Arthur Frederick    Vancouver
Garesche, Gladys Mary Victoria
Garner,  Edna  Bosanquet    Vancouver
Gartshore,  Hendrie Vancouver
Gauthier, Alexander Cairns    Vancouver
Gibbard,   Charles  Alexander    Mission City
Gilley, Hazel Letitia New Westminster
Gould, Clara Walters Heavysege Vancouver
Grace,  John    New  Westminster
Graham, Jean Alexander Copeland    Vancouver
Greggor, Clara Fenella Vancouver
Gruchy, Allan Garfield    Vancouver
Handford,   Cecile   Margaret    Vancouver
Henderson, Anne Alexander Vancouver List of Students 271
Name. Home Address.
Henderson, Robert Alexander   Vancouver
Hill, Mark Russell    Vancouver
Hodgins,   Lillian   Leone    Nanaimo
Hunter, Herbert Murray    Vancouver
Irwin,   Marion Lenora    Vancouver
Jones,   Margaret  Elizabeth    Vancouver
Kidd,  Honor Mary   Vancouver
King, Esther Elizabeth Vancouver
King, Gladys Agnes    Vancouver
Kobe, Susumu    Kobe, Japan
Lade, Mary Elizabeth   Vancouver
Langridge, Gertrude Annie    Vancouver
Leach,  Frances Wanetta    Vancouver
Ledingham, George Menzies Vancouver
Leeming, Marjorie Hope    Victoria
Levirs,   Franklin   Oliver    Victoria
Logie,  William  James    Vancouver
Lynn,  Mildred  Brown    Vancouver
Lyttleton,  Helen  Margaret    Vancouver
Marin, Rosa Anna Marie    Vancouver
Marsh, D'Arcy Gilbert    Vancouver
Mellish,  Arthur  Preston    Vancouver
Menten, Marjorie Evelyn    New Westminster
Mercer, William Edward Arthur New Westminster
Meredith, Joan Odette Foulis   Vancouver
Minaty, William Vancouver
Mitchell, Marion    Vancouver
Moore, Hilton Mahan    Vancouver
Murphy, William Vancouver
Musgrave, Flora Macdonadl Royal Oak
Myers, Alice Elizabeth MacDougall Naramata
McCulloch,   Walter  Fraser    Kamloops
Macdonald, A. Bruce Vancouver
MacDonald, Eileen Vernon
MacDonald,  Kenna Cecelia    Vernon
McGregor,  Mary  Catherine    Vancouver
Mclntyre,   Charles   Mearns    Vancouver
McKay, Doris Grace   Vancouver
MacKay,  Mary  Aileen    Vancouver
McKee,  Mary  Mabel    Vancouver
MacKinnon, Ronald  Liston    Vancouver
McLennan,   Percy   Grant    Vancouver
Macrae, Jean Wilson Vancouver
Nakano, Noboru Abe   Cumberland
Osborne, Donald James Fitz Vancouver
Palmer, Russell Alfred Vancouver
Phipps, Edith Sheila May Vancouver
Piters, Jack    Vancouver
Poore, Henry James Cambridge    Cumberland
Potter, Frank Victoria
Price,  Anna Evelyn    Vernon
Raby,   Ha  Gertrude    Salmon Arm
Reid,  Mary  Fraser Vancouver
Sheridan, Richard Henry   Vancouver 272 The University of British Columbia
Smith, Louis Falconer    West Summerland
Smith, Marion Ruth   Vancouver
Stirling, Barbara Grote    Vancouver
Story, Jean Margaret Kelowna
Straight, Winona Thirze    Vancouver
Stuart,  Ronald James    Echo Bay, Gilford Isl.
Sutherland,  John   Houston    Vancouver
Swannell, Charles Frederick Victoria
Swanson,  Margaret   Vancouver
Swencisky,  Grace  Helen    Vancouver
Taylor, David Allan Brown   South Wellington
Teeple,  Ruth  Eleanor   . . . Vancouver
Telford,   Gordon  Donald    Vancouver
Thompson, Bertha Hazel   Vancouver
Tighe, Elsie  Marion    Calgary,. Alta.
Turnbull, Walter R Vancouver
Usher, Katherine  Hepburn    Vancouver
Verchere, David Robert   Ladysmith
Vincent,   George   Gaston    Victoria
Wales, Bertram Edwards Vancouver
Washington, Dorothy Marion Vancouver
Wilcox, Laura    Vancouver
Wilkinson,  Jane  Holt    Vancouver
Woodrow, Jean    Vancouver
Conditioned
Coghlan, Basil Stuart Vancouver
Griffith, Braham Grey   Vancouver
Unclassified
Anders,   Charles   Harold    Vancouver
Arnold,   Jack   Robert    Vancouver
Balkwill,  John  Francis   . Vancouver
Betts, Clayton Stanley   Dawson,  Y. T.
Black,  Bishop    Vancouver
Boydon,  Ashley  Wilfred    Victoria
Brooke, Melville Charles    Steveston
Callan,   Lawrence    Vancouver
Cameron, Elizabeth V Vancouver
Ch,  Hazara Singh    Punjab,   India
Clark, William Thomson   Vancouver
Crickmay, Geoffrey William North  Vancouver
Darling, David Auld    Vancouver
Dill,  Oswald  Arnott    Vancouver
Draney, William Frederic Campbell    Vancouver
Drysdale, Jean Allan Nanaimo
Eagles,  Dorothy  Roberts    New  Westminster
Farish, Harry Greggs   Vancouver
Farrand,   Charles  Jackson  Snider    Vancouver
Gillanders, Marion Phyllis Vancouver
Gillingham,   Donald   William     Vancouver
Hager, Alvah Robert Vancouver
Hetherington,   Wilfred   Allen    Creston
Ireland,  Elizabeth  Barbara Winslow    Vancouver
Ito, Kashizo         Yokohama,  Japan List of Students 273
Name. Home Address.
Knox,  George Alexander    Vancouver
Kwan,   Diamond    Vancouver
Lang, Arthur Hamilton   Vernon
Leach, David John Vancouver
Lyons,  Ronald  Aldai    Penticton
Maxwell, John Allison    New Westminster
Meredith,   Gordon   Thomas    Vancouver
Mi.llar,   Edith   Catherine    Vancouver
Moffat, Alda Cisamba    Vancouver
Morrison,  Edmund    Vancouver
Morrison,   MacKenzie    Vancouver
McLean,  John A.   . Vancouver
McLean, Ola Millicent    Vancouver
McMahon, John Augustine Kimberley
McSweyn, Maxine Marie Magdalene Vancouver
Norman,  Ralph  Overton    Vancouver
Ogilvie, Varvara    Vancouver
O'Kelly, Patrick Edward James    Vancouver
Osterhout, Victor Howard Vancouver
Purdy, Harry Leslie   Vancouver
Rich,   Harold   Gerhard    Vancouver
Roach, William    Vancouver
Sparks, Frederick  Percival    Vancouver
St. Dennis, Frederic George Vancouver
Stevens, Gerald Boyd Hill W . . . . Portland, Ore.
Stevens, Winifred Marjorie   Vancouver
Stewart,  Neil  Alexander    Vancouver
Taylor, Thomas Mayne Cunninghame Kelowna
Thomas,   Margaret  Joan    Victoria
Underwood, Marjorie Marie Chase
Waterman, Esther Calgary, Alta.
Weeks, William Ernest    Vancouver
Whaun,   Moore    Vancouver
Yasuda, Totoyoshi Vancouver
FACULTY   OF   APPLIED   SCIENCE
Fibst  Yeah
Full Under graduatef
Baker,  John Arthur    Eburne
Bebb, Elon Fernie
Benedict, Donald Welton    Abbotsford
Berquist, Andrew Rubert Vancouver
Bishop,   Joseph  William    Vancouver
Blackett, Harold Wilfrid Victoria
Blankenbach, William Woodhouse    Victoria
Campbell, Robert Kenneth    Grand Forks
Carpenter,   Robert   Burton    Vancouver
Casselman, Ralph   Vancouver
Clark, James Frederick   Vancouver
Cornish,  Charles Rischmann    North  Vancouver
Curtis, James Dillon North Vancouver
Cuthbertson,  Robert  Thomas Vancouver
Doberer, Donald Calgary, Alta. 274 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Duckering,  Charles  Elmhirst    Vancouver
Evans,  William  Percival    Vancouver
Foerster,   Fred    Vancouver
Foggo, Laurence  Christopher    Vancouver
Gormely,   Marcus   William    Vancouver
Graham, Leslie Walter Vancouver
Hall, Hraold Vancouver
Hall, Wilfred Newman   Vancouver
Heelas,  John  C Armstrong
Henderson, Arnold Edwards Vancouver
Hood, Thomas Edward Vancouver
Horwood,   Hereward   Clare    Kingston, Ont.
Hulbert, John Eric Bourchier   Sardis
Ireland, Harold   Vancouver
Jagger, Albert Edward  Vancouver
Kelly,  Francis  Harold    Ladner
Leask, John Russell   Cranbrook
Leek, Walter E Vancouver
Legg,  John Herbert    New  Westminster
Lord, Clifford Symington New Westminster
Martin, Clarence  George  Massett, Q.C.I.
Mathews, Lawrence Gerard   Vancouver
Morriso.n, Robert Laurance  Vancouver
Macdonald, John E Vancouver
McDonald,   Walter  Valentine    Vancouver
McKechnie, Neil Douglas New Westminster
McKeever,  James  Lawrence    Penticton
McLean, Alexander Vancouver
Ogawa, Thomas Tohru   Vancouver
Peebles, Archie    Vancouver
Pollard, William Frederick Arnold Victoria
Ratledge,  Leo  Jack    Quesnel
Richards,   Charles   Perry    Vernon
Richmond, William Osborn Chilliwack
Robertson, Francis McGregor    North  Vancouver
Rudnicki, Alois Henry   Fernie
Sargent, Hartley   Victoria
Smith,   Robert  Hamilton    Oak   Bay
Stanley, Thomas Russel Vancouver
Stevenson,  John  Sinclair    Vancouver
Swift, William Ashton   Penticton
Taylor, Reginald Murray    Vancouver
Thompson, George Vancouver
Tindall, John Ronald    Vancouver
Todd,   Eric   Edward    Vancouver
Todd, Harol James    Victoria
Turnbull, Thomas Arthur Vancouver
Wallis,  John  Cyril    Britannia Mines
Warden, Thomas    Vancouver
Willis, Philip Ernest Victoria
Wilson,   George  Herbert    Vancouver
Woo, Wong Chong   New Westminster
Woodworth,   Hugh  MacC Vancouver
Workman, William Ross    Coal Creek List of Students 275
Conditioned
Name. Home Address.
Andresen,   Sigurd    Vancouver
Bridgman, Edward Oscar   North Vancouver
Carver, Stanley Cox    Victoria
Cornwall, George Leek Vancouver
Dawson,  Lome    Trail
Dhami, Bhaget Singh    Piplanwala, India
Hunt,   Basil   Graham    North  Vancouver
Kendall, Noble Vancouver
Lee, Yone Ming Vancouver
Mallory,  Woodley Albert Roger    Vancouver
Marrion, Oscar G Vancouver
Mackay,  Jack  Chalenger    Vancouver
Partridge,  Earl  Douglas    Cumberland
Rogers,   Edward   William    Vancouver
Ross, David Whitehead Moore Waldo
Selbie, Horace William   Vancouver
Sohi, Budh Singh    Hoshiarpur, Punjab,
India
Second  Year
Full Undergraduates
Arland,  Andrew  John    Cloverdale
Bailey, Basil Edwin Vancouver
Bell, Douglas Ensor   Vancouver
Canfield, Orra Wells New  Westminster
Crawford,   Lionel   George    Merritt
Doberer, Cameron    Calgary, Alta.
Duncan, John Daniel    Vancouver
Farrington,   John  Leonard    Vancouver
Gibson,  Swanston   . . . Vancouver
Goranson, Edwin Alexander New Westminster
Groves,   Tom   Douglas Westholme, V. I.
Harvie, Ralph Andrew    Vancouver
Hatch,   David   Alfred Vancouver
Hodgins,   Hugh   John    Vancouver
Mooyboer,  Abram  Peter    Vancouver
Morris, Wilfred Henry    Grand Forks
Mounce,  Lewis  Shannon Vancouver
McQuarrie, Hector Neil North  Vancouver
Newmarch,   Gerald     Vancouver
Sangha, Ajaib Singh  . Punjab, India
Sinclair,  James    Vancouver
Stewardson,  Alan    New Westminster
Sutherland,   James   Brooke    Vancouver
Terhune, Stuart John Rossland
Tokunaga, Tadashi    Vancouver
Touzeau,  Ernest  George    Vancouver
Tupper, Bert Robinson Vancouver
Woodman,  Owen  Oscar  Musgrave    Parksville, V. I.
Conditioned
Astell, Joseph James Vancouver
Gustafson,   Carl   Edwin    Vancouver 276 The University of British Columbia
Gwyther, Harold William  . Vancouver
Jones, Allan John   Nanaimo
Logan, Gordon Van Egmond    Vancouver
Scott, John James Vancouver
Third  Year
Full Undergraduates
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Brown, Rex Llewellyn    Vancouver
Hartley, James Dadwell Victoria
Nunn, Edward Hazen   Vancouver
Rees, Arthur Fred    ,New Westminster
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Bloom, Jason   Vancouver
Gordon,  Arthur  Illingworth  E Skidegate
Larson, Arthur George Vancouver
Oliver, John Craig   Vancouver
Phillips, Wilfrid John    London, England
Rothwell, James Moscrip   Vancouver
Todd, Robert L Vancouver
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Bishop, Charles Branson    Vancouver
Gale,  Stanley Cuthbert    Vancouver
Gill, Otto Harrison   Cranbrook
Manson,  Harold Eberts    Hatzic
Mathews,   John   Thomas    Vancouver
Mathewson,   Philip  Lavens    Essondale
North, John Terry    Vancouver
Wainman, Philip Richard    Vernon
FOREST ENGINEERING
Elley,  Frederick  Willoughby    Fernie
Liersch,  John Edward    Vancouver
Miller, George Webster North Vancouver
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Lees, Everett John Vancouver
Marin, Joseph    Vancouver
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Leek, Charlie William    Vancouver
Millar, James Wallace   Field
MINING ENGINEERING
Arnold, Theodore Ernest   Vancouver
Shannon, Jack Donald    Vancouver
Stevenson, Cecil Douglas   Victoria
Waddington,   George  Wilfred    Merritt List of Students 277
Conditioned
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Clement, Bruce Dennis Vancouver
D'Aoust, Joseph Gilbert Vancouver
Pottinger, Alexander Vancouver
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Kidd, Desmond Fife   Vancouver
METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING
Kerslake,  Ben    Vicosa
Fourth Ykar
Full Undergraduates
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Baylis, Robert Henry Vancouver
Louden, Thomas Newton   Vancouver
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Buchanan, Thomas Gwynne Vancouver
Robinson,   George  Richard    Vancouver
Tamura, Morikiyo   Port Haney
Tarr, Francis Gilbert Aubrey  North Vancouver
FOREST ENGINEERING ,
Abernethy,  Gordon  McKellar    Vancouver
Bassett, Edward W Victoria
Guernsey,  Frederick William    Vancouver
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING     "
Barton,  Carl Francis    Vancouver
Brock, Byron Britton Vancouver
Jones,   William   Alfred    Vancouver
Kania,  Joseph Ernest Anthony    Vancouver
Norman, George William Hal   North Vancouver
Pollock, James Robert   Vancouver
Warren, Harry Verney Vancouver
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Bain, William Alexander   Vancouver
Hale, Frederick Montague   Vancouver
Timleck, Curtis James   New Westminster
Conditioned
Wilks,   Ernest  Fabian    Vancouver
Unclassified
Barnsley, Frank Richard   Vancouver
Crickmay, James Lorrimer    North  Vancouver
Dhut, Bhag Singh Punjab, India
Eales,  George Henry    Vancouver 278 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Falconer, Joseph Garner    Bindloss, Alta.
Goedbloed, Leeudert Abraham Vancouver
Gornall, Robert William    Victoria
Huestis, Eric Stephen    Vancouver
Hunter, George Grahame Cranbrook
Letson,  Gordon  Macintosh    Vancouver
Mazur, Moses Leningrad,  Nadejdin-
skaja
McDonald, Hugh John    Vancouver
Mclntyre, Edward Harold Vancouver
Mosher,   Harry   Everett    North  Vancouver
Pretious,   Edward   Sinclair    Hollybnrn,  West  Van.
Sparks, Wilbur Hamilton Vancouver
Young,  Robert  Bruce    Compler, Alta.
NURSING
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Archibald, Marian Vancouver
Armstrong, Mary Jessie   Burnaby
Cardwell,  Marion Torrence    Vancouver
Henderson, Isobel Martha Vancouver
Hillas,   Hedwig    Vancouver
Jones, Ruth Harriette    Vancouver
McKay,  Georgie Alta    Vancouver
McPhee,   Mary   Lavinia  Vancouver
Ross,   Mary    Victoria
Woodworth,   Jessie  Hart Vancouver
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Anderton,  Evelyn    Cranbrook
Aske, Jessie Vancouver
Dorsett,  Margaret   . '. Vancouver
Henderson,  Mary Elizabeth    Vancouver
Kilpatrick,   Heather    Vancouver
Upshall, Edna Muriel   Vancouver
Conditioned
Hilton, Grace Isabel   Vancouver
Tisdall,  Edith  White    Vancouver
Wilkie,   Dora  Watson  . Victoria
Thied Year
Full  Undergraduates
Johnston, Mabel Georgina Jessie North  Vancouver
Macdonald,   Ruth     Vancouver
Mackechnie, Flora Vancouver
Swerdfager,  Myrtle    Kamloops
Yates,   Annie   Townsend    Vancouver List of Students 279
Fourth Year
Full  Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Higgs,   Nora  Lila    Albert   Head
Lyne, Frances    Esquimau
Reilly, Ruby Rhoda   Vancouver
Stoddart, Elizabeth   Clinton
Fifth  Year
Full Undergraduates
Armstrong, Norah   Fort A La Corne, Sask.
Innes, Florence Alfreda Irene   Vancouver
Kerr,  Margaret  Edith    New Westminster
Unclassified
Olmstead,  Dorothy  Geraldine    Vancouver
Swencisky, Victoria Margaret   New Westminster
FACULTY   OF   AGRICULTURE
First Year  %
Full Undergraduates
Black,   Lindsay   McLeod    Vancouver
Charlton, Gerald William Port Haney
Gilmore,   Edward    Steveston
Ink, Joseph Charles  Nelson
Lee,   Bessie  Marion    Ucluelet
Nesbitt,  Richard  Thorne    New Westminster
Odium,  Roger  Melvyn    Vancouver
Sutherland,   Donald    Vancouver
Swanson, John Robert    Vancouver
Waterfield,   Donald   Creswell    Nakusp
Yarwood,  Cecil  Edmund    Huntingdon
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Boyes,   Edgar   Donald    Vancouver
Corbishley, Donald    Penticton
Thbrneloe,   Keith    Vancouver
Conditioned
Eden, Allan Harold Vancouver
Moffatt, Kenneth Fraser    Vernon
Mclntyre,  Douglas Cassidy    Vancouver
MacKenzie, James Cameron New Westminster
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Berry, Jack Coulter    Langley Prairie
Mallory,   Lester   DeWitt     Sardis
Milne, Helen Isabella Vancouver
Ross,   Herbert   Holdsworth    Vancouver 280 The University of British Columbia
Conditioned
Name. Home Address.
Noble,  Grace  Isabel    Hatzic
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Allen, Maude Andrews   Vancouver
Biely,   Jacob    Vancouver
Gough,  William  Frederick    Hull, England
Matthews,  Willoughby Walter    Westholme, V. I.
Mutrie,  Fergus    Vernon
McCurrach,   John   Bruce   . . New Westminster
Rive,   Charles    Vancouver
Tarr,  Hugh  Lewis  Aubrey    North  Vancouver
Unclassified
Berlet, Roy Frederick    Vancouver
Blair, Blanche    Milner
Bowman, Sydney Joseph    Vancouver
Brown,  William  Charles    Hammond
Carson,   Robert  Lewis    Victoria
Dynese,   George  Micheal    New Westminster
Hansen, Carl Ulrik Krag   Copenhagen,  Denmark
Ivanoff,   Mary  Vancouver
Jo, Kazuo Kobe, Japan
Lott, Thomas Belsham   Kamloops,
Luyat,  Gabriel Allan    Agassiz
MacKenzie,  Charles  Duncan    New Westminster
Newcombe,   Frederick   Ellis    Vancouver
Reid,  Edgar  Cameron   . . Haney
Roach, William    Vancouver
Verchere,  Frank  George    Mission City
Vroom, Paul Noel St. Stephen, N. B.
Walter, Alice   London,   England
Wells,   Oswyn   Aird     London, England
Wilkinson,  Thomas George    Vancouver
GRADUATES
Faculty  of  Arts  and  Science
Allen, George Ashwell    Vancouver
Ball,   Robert  William Sandwick
Bell,   William   Sidney Vancouver
Bidwell, Dorothea Victoria
Carpenter,   Gilbert   Brown     Vancouver
Clement,   William   James    Kelowna
Cribb, Geginald Edward Wellington
Cross, Henry Norman Seattle,   Wash.
Crute, Ebenezer North  Vancouver
Davis, Newton Fraser Gordon   Vancouver List of Students 281
Name. Home Address.
Denton, Vernon Llewellyn Victoria
Durkin,  Estella  Maud    Vancouver
Eades,   James   Edwin    Vancouver
Gage,   Walter   Henry    Burnaby
Gillanders, Earle Burdette Chilliwack
Gordon, Margaret    Vancouver
Grieg, Janet Thomson    ' Brysonville, Quebec
Hallamore,  Joyce        Vancouver
Harman, Eileen Beatrice   Vancouver
Henderson, Harold Reynolds Vancouver
Lewis, Kathleen  Gwynneth    Vancouver
Martin, Abbott Cotton    Adairsville, Georgia,
U.S.A.
Mather, Greta Ellen   North Vancouver
Mathews, Helen  Mary    Vancouver
Morrison,   Louise   Dorothy    Vancouver
Nuttall, Thomas Herbert New Westminster
Palmer,  Peter Fourie    Vancouver
Patterson,   Frederick   J Hollyburn
Peck, Dorothy Campbell    Vancouver
Rae,  Hugh McConnell    Aye, Scotland
Reith, Helen Wilma   Penticton
Russell, Isabel Macpherson   Vancouver
Smith, Gertrude  May   New Denver
Stevens, Ernest George Barlow    Vancouver
Story, Evelyn Sykes   Wawanesa, Manitoba
Thompson, Homer Armstrong Rosedale
Webster,  Arnold A Vancouver
Wilby,   George  Van    Vancouver
Williamson, Lillian Alexandrina Vancouver
Winter, Alice Greta Vancouver
Yonemura, Hozumi Vancouver
Faculty op Applied Science
Carter,  Marshall  Neal    Vancouver
Jackson, Gerald Christopher Arden Vancouver
Lucas, Colin Cameron    Vancouver
Price, Peter   Vancouver
Faculty of Agriculture
Hall, Ernest Raymond Saanichton
Middlemass, James Douglas Edinburgh, Scotland
TEACHER  TRAINING  COURSE
Abbott, Melvyn Wesley Revelstoke
Anderson, Gladys Mary    Vancouver
Anthony, Edward Joseph Nakusp
Bell, Marjorie Anne    Vancouver 282 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Bell, Ella Wilson    Vancouver
Boxall,  Ernest  Alfred    Victoria
Brehaut,   Cora    Murray Harbor, P.E.I.
Buck, Frank Hepworth    Vancouver
Buckley, Hubert Leslie North  Vancouver
Burns, Nancy  Steen    Vancouver
Chapman, Edward Fawcett   New Westminster
Charnley, Frank    Bamston Island
Clarke, Mary Kathleen   Vancouver
Cliff,   William   Harold    Upper Derby, N. B.
Clingan, Dorothy Mary Virden, Manitoba
Craig, James Hannington Vancouver
Dobbin,  Mary Helen    Vancouver
Doidge,  Gilbert    North  Vancouver
Dunn, Eric John Kamloops
Farrand, Zoe Eileen Vancouver
Farrington,   Eileen   Gladys    Vancouver
Fee, Doris Louise    Kamloops
Ford,   Margaret   Doris    Vancouver
Forster, Eric    Capilano
Gale, Anne Moiva   New Westminster
Gignac, Frances Virginia    North  Vancouver
Gill,  Dorothy  Alexandra    North  Vancouver
Griffith, William Ivor    Vancouver
Hall, Winnifred Myrtle  . Vancouver
Hankinson,   Bessie    Vancouver
Hardie, William Leslie Vancouver
Horning, James Emerson Vancouver
Inglis, Kathleen  Mary    Gibson's Landing
Jackson, Mary Isabelle Vancouver
Keay, Norah Annie Victoria
Kelly, Clive Alexander   Vancouver
Kelly,  Wilfred  Carson    Vancouver
Limpus, George Henry    Vancouver
Miller, Kenneth Livingstone Vancouver
McDonald,   Marguerite    Armstrong
McGugan, Edna Muriel Vancouver
Mclntyre,   Margary Vancouver
McLarty, Elsie Islay Vancouver
McLeod,   Florence  Alexandra    Vancouver
McMeans, Jean Rebecca . . .  Vancouver
McPhail, Hugh Coaldale,  Alberta
Newcombe, Gwendolyn North  Vancouver
Railton,   Joan  Mary    Vancouver
Rilance,  Elsie  Gertrude  Leleita    Vancouver
Sharpe,  Vera Mabel    Enderby
Shorney, Kathlyn Doris    Vancouver
Smith, James Vancouver
Sutherland,  Marion  Georgina    New Westminster
Thrupp,  Sylvia Lettice    Vancouver
Weld,  John  Noel    Vancouver
Whittaker, Norah Madeline    Vancouver
Williamson, Cecilia   Vancouver i: ■ •■ Registration for 1925-26
283
Registration for 1925-26
Faculty of Arts and Science
Women
First Year         241
Second Year       123
Third Year  85
Fourth Year  80
Unclassified      15
Faculty of Applied Science
Women
First Year     —
Second Year  —
Third Year  —
Fourth Year         —
Unclassified  —   .
Nursing
Women
First Year  10
Second Year    9
Third Year        ^5 I
Fourth Year • .       ^4 "
Unclassified  3
2
Faculty of Agriculture
Women
First Year     1
Second Year  —
Third Year  2
Fourth Year  1
Unclassified  3
Graduates
Women
Arts and Science  17
Applied Science     —
Agriculture  —
Teacher Training Course
Women
Teacher Training Course  35
Short Courses
Summer School  394
Agriculture      89
Public Health Nursing  4
Botany  34
Men
Total
239
480
116
239
78
163
62
142
44
59
 1083
Men
Total
86
86
34
34
35
35
20
20
17
17
19°
Men
Total
—
10
—
9
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
33
Men
Total
10
11
7
7
3
5
7
8
17
20
51
Men
Total
24
41
4
4
2
2
Men
Total
22
57
57
1463 284
The University of British Columbia
DEGREES   CONFERRED
May, 1925
Faculty of Arts and Science
The Deoree of Master of Arts
(Names in alphabetical order)
Brink, Reginald Murray, B.A Major:  Economics
Minor:  Sociology
Brown, Joseph Frederick, B.A Major:  Mathematics
Minor:  Chemistry
Crozier, Robert Nelson, B.A Major:  Chemistry
Minor:  Physics
Dallas, Dorothy Frances, B.A Major:  French
Minor:  Philosophy
Fordyce-Clark, Charles Augustus, B.A Major:  English
Minor:  Latin
Gill, Alan Findlay, B.A Major:  Chemistry
Minor:   Mathematics
Hewetson, Henry Weldon, B.A Major:  Economics
Minor:  History
Johnston, Charlotte Islay, B.A Major:  Mathematics
Minor:  Economics
Lee, Doris Elizabeth, B.A Major:  Economics
Minor:   History
Offord, Harold Reginald, B.A Major:  Chemistry
Minor:  Physics
Smith, Donald Blair, B.A Major:   Government
■Minor:  Economics
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts
With Honours
.   (Names in alphabetical order)
Ball, Robert William (2nd class honours In Chemistry)
Carpenter, Gilbert Brown (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Davidson, Jean Elizabeth (1st class   honours   in   Biology—
Botany option)
Dodds, Kathleen    (1st class honours in Economics)
Foe, Archibald Roderick    (1st class honours   in   Biology—
Zoology option)
Gage, Walter Henry (1st class    honours     in     Mathematics)
Grauer, Albert Edward (1st class honours in Economics)
Gregory, Phyllis Marie (1st class honours in Economics)
Hardie, William Leslie (2nd class honours in French)
Harvey, Mary (1st class honours in French)
Hemingway, Allan    (1st class   honours  in  Chemistry
and Physics)
Inglis, Kathleen Mary (1st class  honours  in   Biology—
Zoology option)
Ingram, Sidney Bettinson   (1st class honours in Mathematics
and Physics) Degrees Conferred
285
Lucas, Edith Ethel (1st class honours in French and
Latin)
Lyness, Dora Isabel   (2nd class honours in French)
Mather, Vera Gertrude (1st class  honours   in  Biology—
Zoology opeion and Bacteriology)
Miller, Kenneth Livingstone  .... (2nd class honours in French)
Morrison, Louise Dorothy (2nd class honours in French)
MacDonald, Janet Ruth (1st class honours in French)
MacGill, Helen Gregory (1st class  honours in Economics
and German)
McLarty, Elsie Islay    (1st class honours in French)
Mac William, Ruth Askew (2nd class   honours   in    English
Language and Literature)
Rilance, Elsie Gertrude Loleita. . (2nd class honours in French)
Russell, Isabel Macpherson (1st class honours in French)
Smith, Henry Bertram (2nd class    honours    in    Mathematics)
Smith, James (2nd class    honours    in    Mathematics)
Thompson, Homer Armstrong . . . (1st class honours in Classics)
Thrupp, Sylvia Lettice (1st class honours in History)
Tipping, Wessie Millicent Mitchell (1st class honours in French)
Whiteside, Helen Richmond (1st class honours in French)
Winter, Alice Greta (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Woolliams, George Ewart (1st class honours in Biology and
Botany)
In Pass Course
(Names in  order  of merit)
Class  I
Duncan, Cedric John Whittaker, Norah Madeline
Hallamore, Gertrude Joyce McDonald, Marguerite
Smith, Grace Elizabeth Mable        Painter, Francis Midforth
Craig, James Hannington
Class II
Brown, Thomas Wilfred Gignac, Frances Virginia
Keay, Norah Annie Crich, Evelyn Pethalda
Chapman, Edward Fawcett Hankinson, Bessie
Hall, Winnifred Myrtle Ledingham, John Proudfoot
Gaddes, Leonard Dunn, Eric John
Edwards, Lucy Louise Hood, Helen Rutherford
Farrington, Eilcon Gladys Anthony, Edward Joseph
Wasson, Evans Ernest Deans, William
Sing, Herbert Carman Stevens, Ernest George Barlow
Taylor, Elsie Gertrude Nelson, Clarence
Elliott,  Muriel Edna McMeans, Joan Rebecca
Dowling, Clifford Harris Bell, Marjorie Anne
Railton, Joan Mary Taylor, Dorothy Gladys
Allen,   George Ashwell Griffith, William Ivor
Watney, Douglas Percy Williamson,  Cecilia
Palmer, Peter Fourie Mowatt, Laura Sedgewick
Sheppard, Lucy Adeline Arkley, Heileman Osborne
Gillanders, Earl Burdett Angell, Eloise
Fee, Doris Louise McLean, Leslie Morrison 286
The University of British Columbia
Passed
Henderson, Harold Reynolds
Shorney, Kathlyn Doris
Kelly, Clive Alexander
Arkley, Stanley Tremaine
Forster, Eric
Mathews, Ralph Barton
Burns, Nancy Steen
McGugan, Edna Muriel
Farrand, Zoe Eileen
Dobbin, Henry Helen
Newcombe, Gwendolyn
Welch,  Beatrice Ruth
Kelly, Wilfred
Graham, Etta Louise
Patullo, Lillian Doris
Sutherland, Marion Georgina
Weinberg, Jeanette
Keenan, Thomas James
Jackson, Mary Isabelle
McLeod, Florence Alexandra
Charlton, David Berry
Fisher, Jessie Louisa
Mills, Reginald Charles
Sharpe, Vera Mabel
Anderson, Gladys Mary
'Bell, Ella Wilson
Ford, Margaret Doris
Unranked
Arkley, Adalene
Baird, John Douglas
Barnes, Vera Florence
Bull, Arthur McKenney
t Burton, Erling Willia m
Cant, Hestor Ross
Chapin, Florence Marie
Cummings, Robert Edgar
Doidge, Gilbert
Eades, James Edwin
Groves, Dorothy
Hart, Ellen
Knapton, Ernest John
Knowling, Edith Lilian
Martin, Edith Irene
Miyazaki, Masajiro
Murray, Dorothy Alzyna
Mclntyre, Margary
Mackay, Donald Cottrell
McKillop, Lex Lisle
MacLeod, Robert Leighton
Rae, Hugh McConnell
Schell, Kenneth Alonzo
Schmidt, Walter Ernest
Shore, John Wallace Baird
Swanson, Mary Katherine
Taylor, Clifford Nesbitt
Thomson, Jean
Wilkinson, Nelly
Faculty of Applied Science
The Degree of Master of Applied Science
(Names in Alphabetical Order)
Bramston-Cook, Harold Edward, B.A.Sc Major: Chemistry
Minor: Metallurgy
Graham, William Ernest, B.A.Sc Major: Chemistry
Minor: Mathematics
and Physics
Huggett,  Jack Leslie,  B.A.Sc Major: Chemistry
Minor: Metallurgy
McLachlan, Charles Gordon, B.A.Sc Major: Metallurgy
Minor: Chemistry
Osborne, Freleigh Fitz, B.A.Sc Major: Geology
Minor: Biology
Peck, Wallace Swanzey, B.A.Sc Major: Chemistry
Minor: Metallurgy
Smitheringale, William Vickers, B.A.Sc Major: Geology
Minor: Biology Degrees Conferred
287
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science
(Names in order of merit)
Chemical Engineering
Class  I
Sutherland, Brian Porier
Class II
None
Passed
None
Carter, Marshall Neal
Chemistry
Class  I
None
Class II
Lucas,   Colin  Cameron
Passed
None
Civil Engineering
Class  I
Hicks, Kenneth Wade
Morgan, Frederick Stewart
Lazenby,  Frederic Arthur
McPherson, John Wallace
None
Class II
Israeli,  Moshe
Lambert, Arthur Alexander
Demidoff, Peter Henry
Passed
Electrical Engineering
Class  I
None
Class  II
Morton, Ralph McKenzie
McDonald, Malcolm
Walsh, Harold  Edgar
Campbell, John Middleton
Black, Thomas Bennet
Passed
None
Forest Engineering
Glass  I
Woodhouse, Arthur Redvers
Class II
Bennett, James Lingard
Stoodley, George Elmer
Greggor, Robert Douglas
Gibson, Ernest Sydney
Passed
None 288 The University of British Columbia
Geological Engineering
Class  I
None
Class II
Ramsell, John Laurenca
Passed
None
Mechanical  Engineering
Class  I
None
Class II
Ferguson, Royden Hamilton
Passed
None
Mining Engineering
Class I
Price, Peter Maguire, John Alfred
Class II
Cox, Charles Roland Disney,  Charles Norman
Jackson,  Robert  Miller
Passed
None
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Nursing
(Names in order of merit)
M Nursing Option
Class  I
None
Class  II
Rogers, Dorothy Matilda Bennet, Helen Margaret
Unranked
Carson,  Leila Audrey
Public  Health  Option
Class  I
None
Class   II
Hedley, Anne
Passed
None
Faculty of Agriculture
The Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture
Fleming, William Melvin, B.S.A Major:  Horticulture
Minor:   Botany Degrees Conferred
289
The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
Murphy, Lawrence Arthur
Chester, Herbert
Aylard, Arthur William
Challenger, George Woolner
Baxendale, Robert Dalton
Argue, Charles William
Nelson, John  Cecil,  B.A.
Cameron, William Craig
Gutteridge, Harry Stoneman
MacCallum, Harry Crawford
Fraser, Edward Bruce
Atkinson, Lyle Alexander
Hay, Kenneth Archibald
Class II
Laing,  Arthur
Townsend, Charles Thoreau
Buckley, Hubert Leslie
Parsed
Eby, Victor James 290 The University of British Columbia
HONORARY DEGREES CONFERRED
October, 1925
Doctor of Laws, Honoris Causa.  (LL.D.)
The Hon. Walter Cameron Nichol
Sir Arthur William Currie, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., LL.D.
The Hon. John Duncan MacLean, M.D., C.M.
Henry Suzzallo, Esq., Ph.D., LL.D.
John Stanley Plaskett, Esq., ScD. F.R.S.C, F.R.S.
Henry Esson Young, Esq., B.A., M.D., CM., LL.D.
Robert Edward McKechnie, Esq., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.C.S. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes . 291
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND  PRIZES
Awarded May,  1925
For Post Graduate Studies
1. University Scholarship, $200.00 Brian Sutherland
2. The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $100.00   Greta Mather
3. The Nichol Scholarship, $1,200.00 Jack L. Huggett
Faculty of Arts and Science
Fourth   Tear
1. The Governor-General's Gold Medal Edith E. Lucas
2. The Historical Society Gold Medal Sylvia Thrupp
3. Alliance Francaise Gold Medal Wessie M. M. Tipping
Third   Tear
1. University Scholorship,  $75.00    William Chalmers
2. University Scholarship, $75.00 Louise F. Smith, by
reversion to Sadie Boyles
3. The Arts '19 Scholarship, $150.00 Louis F. Smith
4. The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize, $50.00 No Award
Second   Tear
1. The McGill Graduates' Scholarship, $137.50 Kaye Lamb
2. University Scholarship, $75.00 Donald E. Calvert
3. University Scholarship, $75.00   Kaye Lamb, by
reversion to Undine Howay
4. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship, $110.00. .. .Kaye
Lamb, by reversion to Ralph E. Stedman
5. The Scott Memorial Scholarship, $110.00. .. .Margaret G. Keillor
6. The Shaw Memorial Scholarship, $137.50 Francis Stevens
First   Tear
1. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 Jean M. Tolmie
2. Royal Institution Scholarship,  $75.00   ... .William  M.  Brown
3. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 Thomas Warden
(William M. Brown and Thomas Warden—equal)
4. The P. E. O. Sisterhood Scholarship, $75.00. . .Joyce Hutchinson
5. The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize, $25.00
—Margaret H. Gammie
Faculty of Applied Science
For Post Graduate Studies
The Dean Brock Scholarship, $100.00   Brian Sutherland
Fourth   Tear
1. The Convocation Scholarship, $50.00 ....Brian Sutherland, by
reversion to Peter Price
2. The Engineering Institute of Canada Walter Moberly Memorial
Prize,  $25.00. .. .Bruce Callander
Third   Tear
The Dunsmuir Scholarship, $165.00 A. Morton Richmond
The Engineering Institute of Canada Swan Prize H. V. Warren
and A. Morton Richmond 292 The University of British Columbia
Second  Tear
University Scholarship, $75.00   Joseph Marin
First   Tear
Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 James Sinclair
Nursing—Public Health
Provincial Board of Health Prizes $34.00 Anne Hedley
$24.00  .. Janet Campbell
$24.00 Mildred Hyde
$18.00 . . .Hazel Brunker
Faculty of Agriculture
For Post Graduate Studies
W. C. Macdonald Scholarship, $500.00. Alexander Zoond
Third   Tear
1. The B. C. Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship,  $100.00—
Maude A. Allen
2. The B. C. Dairymen's Association Prizes—Three equal prizes
amounting to $100.00: George M. Dynes, G. Thomas Wilkinson
and J. Bruce McCurrach
First   Tear
University Scholarship, $75.00   No Award
General—(Open)
1. University Book Prize,  $25.00    No Award
2. The Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, $110.00—
Harley Hatfield
3. The Historical Society Prize, $25.00   Clare McQuarrie
4. The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship, $250.00—
Frank H.  Buck
5. The Players' Club Prize, $50.00 Dorothy Taylor
6. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
No Award
7. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
No Award
8. The Letters Club Prize, $25.00 A. Earle Birney
9. The  Canadian  Institute   of   Mining  and   Metallurgy,   Bursary,
$50.00. .. .George W. H. Norman THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1926
Six Weeks—July 5th to August 14th
The University Summer Session began in 1920 as a Summer School for teachers. Its original purpose was to provide
instruction in the subjects of the First Year of the University
course for teachers in service who desired to qualify for First
Class certificates. In 1921 the name was changed and work
was enlarged to include a number of Second Year subjects and
provision was made whereby those attending might complete
the work of the first two years. Since 1921 a number of Summer Session students have succeeded in obtaining the thirty
units of credit prescribed for the First and Second Years and
a definite demand for more advanced courses has arisen.
Beginning with the Summer Session of 1926, the University
will offer advanced courses the successful completion of which
will entitle to credit in the Third Year.
In addition to the regular academic courses the Summer
Session has conducted classes in Commercial Subjects designed
to assist candidates for the Commercial Certificate. It has also
given special courses designed to acquaint teachers with the
newer aspects of educational practice, such as mental measurements, vocational guidance and the psychology of special subjects of the elementary and high school curriculum. These
special courses will be continued in the Summer Session of 1926.
The Summer Session Announcement, giving details of
courses and particulars as to fees, etc., is issued early in the
spring of each year and may be obtained free by application
to the Registrar. Requests for special information should be
addressed to The Director of the Summer Session, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. 294 The University of British Columbia
STUDENT ORGANIZATION
In order that the activities of the student body may be
effectively carried on, the Alma Mater Society has been organized, with a governing executive called the Students' Council. It
is the duty of the Students' Council to control all the activities
of the societies subsidiary to the Alma Mater Society.
Each student on admittance to the University automatically
becomes a member of the Alma Mater Society. All student
activities are regulated and questions of student discipline are
controlled by the Students' Council. It consists of ten
members, chosen from the Third and Fourth Years. With the
exception of the Editor-in-chief of the "Ubyssey," the members
are elected by ballot at the close of the session preceding their
term of office.
In order that the work may be carried on to the best advantage, considerable funds are necessary, and the Alma Mater fee
of $7.00, compulsory for all students, is designed to cover the
expenses incurred,  i     %
Students upon entering the University have an opportunity
to take part in practically all lines of sport, as well as to participate in debating and public speaking, and various other
activities which are more clearly indicated below.
Publications Board
The Publications Board is best known from the Handbook,
the "Ubyssey" and the "Annual." In the first of these an
attempt is made to compile information valuable to the undergraduate. The "Ubyssey," the College paper, is published
twice a week. The members of the Staff are Students selected
as a result of voluntary competition. The "Annual," which
is published at the end of the spring term, summarizes the
activities of the various classes and societies.
Literary and Scientific Department
The Literary and Scientific Department co-ordinates the
workings of its constituent Societies, which are indicated below.
In the Players' Club, those whose talents lie in the direction
of the drama may find medium of expression. Student Organization 295
The Musical Society, membership in which is granted as a
result of competitive try-outs, consists of an orchestra and mixed
chorus comprising over a hundred students under professional
leadership.
For those interested in public speaking and debating there
are the Men's Literary Society, the Women's Literary Society
and the Agriculture Discussion Club.
The Chemistry Society, the Engineering Discussion Club,
the Social Science Club, the Live-stock Club and the G. M.
Dawson Discussion Club offer a field for discussion of Scientific
and Social problems.
Women's Athletics
The Women's Athletic Association comprises all the
women's athletic clubs of the University, the chief of which are
herewith briefly described:
The Women's Basketball Club enters two teams in the
City League.
The Women's Swimming Club competes with the V.A.S.C.,
and also against Victoria during the annual trip. This year a
course in life-saving has been given.
The women may join the Badminton and Tennis clubs,
which are under the Men's Athletic Association.
The Grass Hockey Club, though not entered in a league,
plays challenge games against the High Schools, New Westminster and Victoria.
The Women's Gymnasium Club meets once a week, under
a physical instructor.
The Track Club holds, with the Men's Track Club, a joint
meet which takes place annually at Brockton Point, one of the
women's events being the relay for the Arts '25 Cup.
A Training Club for all women playing on any University
team. This club meets twice a week, under the supervision of
the University trainer.
Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton,
swimming, track, etc., for which points are awarded, the winning 296 The University of British Columbia
class being the holders of the Chris. Spencer Cup for the ensuing
year.
Men's Athletics
The Men's Athletic Association endeavors to foster all
branches of clean and manly sport.
The Rugby season opens at the beginning of the Fall Term.
Practices are held once a week, and teams are entered by the
Rugby Club as follows: Two teams play in the Miller Cup
League for the city championship, and from these a First Team
is chosen to play in the McKechnie Cup League for the provincial championship. The Second and Freshmen teams, the
latter comprised entirely of Freshmen, play in the Intermediate
League of the city for the Province Cup.
Basketball season follows that of Rugby. Four teams, two
senior and two intermediate, are chosen and entered in the
City League.
The Soccer Club enters three teams in the City leagues.
The first team plays in the Pacific Coast League and in the
provincial championship series. The second team plays in the
Second Division, while the third team is entered in the Junior
League.
The Track Club takes charge of all field events, its big
features being the Western Canada Inter-collegiate Amateur
Athletic Union track meet, the Arts '20 relay race, and the
annual inter-class track meet.
The Men's Grass Hockey Club, recently formed, enters a
team in the City League.
The Rowing Club is affiliated with the Vancouver Rowing
Club, and retains its identity as a University Club.
The Ice Hockey Club enters a team each year in the city
series.
The Outdoors Club takes charge of all picnics, hikes, mountain climbing, excursions, and outdoor parties.
The Tennis Tournament takes place after the opening of
the Fall Term, and the championship games are played in men's
and women's singles and doubles, and also mixed doubles. Student Organization 297
The Badminton Club holds practices and games in the evenings throughout the winter.
The Boxing and the Swimming Clubs meet once a week
during the winter, under capable instructors.
Alumni Association
This organization was formed in May, 1917. It is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary
membership includes all members of the Faculty. Active membership includes all Associate members who have paid their
annual fee of $2.00 for town members, $1.00 for out-of-town
members. All graduates of the University automatically become
Associate members on graduating.
The purpose of the Association is to further the interests of
the University and the Alumni. To accomplish this purpose
the Association aims to keep its members interested in the University and the Alma Mater, so that they may know their college
not only as it was, but as it is, and can be. To carry out these
aims general meetings are held every two months during the
University term. In addition, a directory of our graduates is
sent to all Active members, while news bulletins are sent to both
Active and Associate members.
There are four standing committees in the Association,
which seek to foster interest in athletics, music, dramatics and
publications among members of the Association, and throughout
the Province in other organizations. VICTORIA COLLEGE
(IN  AFFILIATION  WITH  THE  UNIVERSITY OF  B.C.)
STAFF
Edward B. Paul, M.A. LL.D. (Aberdeen), Principal, Associate Professor
of Classics.
E.  Howard Russell,  B.A.   (Queen's),  Registrar, Associate  Professor of
Mathematics.
Percy H. Elliott, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Science.
Miss Jeanette A. Canu, B.L. (Dalhousie), Assistant Professor of English
and Philosophy.
Mme. E. Sanderson-Mongin, Assistant Professor of French.
Ira Dilworth, M.A.  (McGill), A.M.  (Harvard), Instructor in English.
E. S. Fare, B.A., LL.B. (Toronto), Instructor in History and Economics.
W. H. Hughes, B.A., B.Sc. (Queen's), Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
J. A. Cunningham, B.A.  (Queen's),  Instructor in Biology.
The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first
two years of the course in Arts and Science. The courses
offered are:
First and Second Years
The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of
which must be taken in each year.
Each student must take:—
UNITS
(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the
Second Year    6
(o) The first two courses in a language offered for
Matriculation, one course in each year    6
(c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year     3
(d) History 1 or 2 or 3, or Philosophy 1 or Economics 1 (if possible)     3
(e) Chemistry 1 or Physics 1     3
(/) Three courses—not already chosen—selected from
the following:—
Chemistry 1, Economics 1, French 1, French
2, Greek 1, Greek 2, History 1, History 2,
Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics
3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1....    9
The rules and regulations governing the College are the
same as those in force in the University. WESTMINSTER HALL
(United Church of Canada)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Smith, M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
Registrar and Secretary
Rev. J. A. Logan, D.D.
Westminster Hall offers courses in Theology, and, under the
general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated
Theological Colleges, provides classes for which credit is given
in the Arts Course for the B.A. degree.    (See Page 65.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Westminster Hall.
THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL
COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A., D.D.
Registrar
Rev. C. H. Shortt, M.A.
The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology
leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the Degrees
of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the
University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Theological
options for which credit is given in the course leading to the
B.A. degree.    (See Page 65.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of the College. RYERSON COLLEGE
(United Church of Canada)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A.
Ryerson College offers courses of instruction in Theology
leading to the degree of B.D. and for ordination to the Christian
Ministry, and, under the general regulations of the University
with reference to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides
Religious Knowledge options for which credit is given in the
course leading to the B.A. degree.    (See Page 65.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Ryerson College. //
~J,
Buildings and Grounds of
The University of firitish Columbia,
Vancouver, 3.C.
y  Theological
\\
%e>
^a^w
---1
plvesatfqorr cnescerir
|«i«/»/U\\\\ ^^
Milit&iy /deserve    M/et/c\\\\X\ Oman's
Field W\fi*%
Stadium
Union &■
Gymnasium
/Medicine
nczuzur—
]Q
#w/>
Dormitory
i  «/?r^
^TtI
Science
.id d'
Yfldmia/strdtionX
St
*r
mines <*-
^ncu/tus
fa*
farm Cbtfi
2* 2322
]C
HClL"
Botanical   Gardens
53
farm Lands
Q£
i
^"i^t
*/5
^
Horticulture
Geo/?o/rt
„^Ji^
m
I Library
Z c/cience
3 Ddmwistrahor?
4--Auditorium
SJlrts
6 Applied rjcience
7 Agriculture
8 Power/louse
9 Mechanical Laboratories
10Electrical Laboratories
II' ff?inir$./fctdl]urgy frtlydr&ylics
t2 tvrest Products Laboratory
13 Horticultural Bern
Farm    Lands
^cXrooomy
Leperjc/.—•       ■ i' i [ j (
■ Permanent $t///o//r?yfs
M Je/w - Per/tpanent tSui/ciir/ps
GrtiNE

Cite

Citation Scheme:

        

Citations by CSL (citeproc-js)

Usage Statistics

Share